sys/param.h and move the MI numbers out of here. Also move the MI
defines. Also remove a couple defines not in use (not sure if it is
age, or OpenBSD origins for thse). Note the current values that are
overrides that appear to be odd in some way.
More cleanup could be done here: NBPG appears to be spelled PAGE_SIZE
these days. There's new ways to spell PGOFSET and PGSHIFT too, I
think. These constants duplicate the MI constants and are sprinkled
into the mips code only. Further investigation is needed.
all to date and the latter also is only used in ia64 and powerpc
code which no longer serves a real purpose after bring-up and just
can be removed as well. Note that architectures like sun4u also
provide no means of implementing IPI'ing a CPU itself natively
in the first place.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: arch, grehan, jhb
former more explicitly tells the compiler that you want an empty loop.
There are some lint programs that use this hint to avoid generating
warnings.
No functional change...
JBus to PCI 2.2 bridges. In theory, this driver should also handle
`XMITS' Fireplane/Safari to PCI-X bridges but due to lack of access
to such hardware, support for these hasn't be fleshed out, yet.
that a nested partition (typically the BSD disklabel)
is not done tasting while the root file system is being
mounted. While this is rare, it's still possible.
in the transmit path, such as TCPS_TIMEWAIT, fail the credential
extraction immediately rather than acquiring locks and looking up
the inpcb on the global lists in order to reach the conclusion that
the credential extraction has failed.
This is more efficient, but more importantly, it avoids lock
recursion on the inpcbinfo, which is no longer allowed with rwlocks.
This appears to have been responsible for at least two reported
panics.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: ganbold
that DTrace uses.
This fixes a bug that would have affected kernels built with MAC and all
kernels built after the mpsafetty integration.
The bug will be apparent in RELENG7 on MAC kernels.
Reported by: kan
and Xlazypmap differ from the frame for Xtimerint. The Xtimerint puts
pointer to the frame between return address and frame body, while rest
of the functions listed above do not. Correct offset calculation to
allow the ddb backtrace to step over such frames.
Noted and reviewed by: tegge
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 week
setting TDF_INPANIC then it will never be rescheduled again. Wrap
setting the panic condition with the critical section.
Noted and reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 week
The uminor() and umajor() functions have the same use in kernel space as
the minor() and major() functions in userspace. If we ever get rid of
the minor() function in kernel space, we could decide to just expose
minor() and major() to kernel space, making uminor() and umajor()
redundant.
There are two reasons why we want to have uminor() and umajor() in
<sys/types.h>:
- Having them close together prevents them from diverting. Even though
it's unlikely the definitions will change, it's a good habit to have
them at the same place.
- They don't really belong in kern_conf.c. kern_conf.c has been
liberated from dealing with device major and minor number handling.
The device_ids(9) manpage now lists the wrong #include's, because it
should only list <sys/types.h> now. I'm leaving it as it is now, because
I wonder if we should document them anyway. We're probably better off
documenting minor(3) and major(3).
After I removed all the unit2minor()/minor2unit() calls from the kernel
yesterday, I realised calling minor() everywhere is quite confusing.
Character devices now only have the ability to store a unit number, not
a minor number. Remove the confusion by using dev2unit() everywhere.
This commit could also be considered as a bug fix. A lot of drivers call
minor(), while they should actually be calling dev2unit(). In -CURRENT
this isn't a problem, but it turns out we never had any problem reports
related to that issue in the past. I suspect not many people connect
more than 256 pieces of the same hardware.
Reviewed by: kib
I've had some reports in the past that opening an already opened TTY
through, for example, /dev/tty can fail with random error codes. Looking
at ttydev_open(), I can see there is a way `error' is returned without
initialising it. Even though I haven't had any confirmation this fixes
the bug, I'll fix it anyway.
Reported by: Andrzej Tobola <ato iem pw edu pl>
filedescriptor into it. Make sure that td_fpop is NULL when calling
d_mmap from dev_pager_getpages().
Change guards against td_fpop field being non-NULL with private state
for another device, and against sudden clearing the td_fpop. This
could occur when either a driver method calls another driver through
the filedescriptor operation, or a page fault happen while driver is
writing to a memory backed by another driver.
Noted by: rwatson
Tested by: rnoland
MFC after: 3 days
To prevent any further confusion about device minor and unit numbers,
we'd better just refer to device unit numbers. Many people still think
the numbers we show inside devfs have any relation to the numbers passed
to make_dev(9), which is not the case.
Discussed with: kib
When I changed kern_conf.c three months ago I made device unit numbers
equal to (unneeded) device minor numbers. We used to require
bitshifting, because there were eight bits in the middle that were
reserved for a device major number. Not very long after I turned
dev2unit(), minor(), unit2minor() and minor2unit() into macro's.
The unit2minor() and minor2unit() macro's were no-ops.
We'd better not remove these four macro's from the kernel, because there
is a lot of (external) code that may still depend on them. For now it's
harmless to remove all invocations of unit2minor() and minor2unit().
Reviewed by: kib
Thanks goes to ITE who provided docs and feedback and made this possible.
Minor fixups to the Intel ICH code for bugs found while doing this.
(ITE8213 is very semilar to an Intel ICH)
MFC after: 1 week
includes syscall32_{de,}register() routines as well as a module handler
and wrapper macros similar to the support for native syscalls in
<sys/sysent.h>.
MFC after: 1 month
- Instead of using a syscall slot (370) just to get a function prototype
for lkmressys(), add an explicit function prototype to <sys/sysent.h>.
This also removes unused special case checks for 'lkmressys' from
makesyscalls.sh.
- Instead of having magic logic in makesyscalls.sh to only generate a
function prototype the first time 'lkmnosys' is seen, make 'NODEF'
always not generate a function prototype and include an explicit
prototype for 'lkmnosys' in <sys/sysent.h>.
- As a result of the fix in (2), update the LKM syscall entries in
the freebsd32 syscall table to use 'lkmnosys' rather than 'nosys'.
- Use NOPROTO for the __syscall() entry (198) in the native ABI. This
avoids the need for magic logic in makesyscalls.h to only generate
a function prototype the first time 'nosys' is encountered.
called without an inpcb pointer despite holding the tcbinfo global
lock, which lead to a deadlock or panic when ipfw tried to further
acquire it recursively.
Reported by: Stefan Ehmann <shoesoft at gmx dot net>
MFC after: 3 days
variable wait routines. DROP_GIANT() already manages that state in the
Giant interlock case.
- Assert that Giant is held when it is passed as a sleep interlock.
the unlocked route caching in if_stf. Add a mutex that protects
access to cached route. This seemed to fix problems for Pekka Savola.
Nick Sayer had similar problems, and in his case completly disabling
the route cache seemed to help. Add a sysctl net.link.stf.route_cache
that can be used to turn off route caching in if_stf.
PR: 122283
MFC after: 2 weeks
Tested by: Pekka Savola, Nick Sayer.
Kick the device into the right mode if it comes up as a flash-disk.
Set the buffers to a sensible 1024 bytes instead of a far too small
default.
Don't attempt to change speed, baud, parity and such, the device does
not understand it.
have hardware ram buffer. The silicon bug seem to be triggered by
pause frames if receive buffer is not aligned on FIFO word(8 bytes).
To workaround the issue, make sure to align Rx buffers on 8 bytes.
Unfortunately this workaround requires yet another Rx fixup for
strict alignment architecture machines to align IP header.
For newer hardwares that lacks ram buffer may not have this bug so
check number of available ram buffer size to see the existence of
ram buffer.
Reported by: Ian Freislich (ianf <at> clue dot co dot za), das
Tested by: Ian Freislich (ianf <at> clue dot co dot za)
Some subsystems (HPS-USB) like to lock down the TTY through a more
generic approach, namely the regular mtx(9) macro's. Allow the TTY lock
to be obtained through the new macro.
Discussed with: hps, thompsa
unmounts. When we upgrade a vnode lock from shared to exclusive during
a name cache lookup, fail the lookup with EBADF if the vnode is invalidated
while we are waiting for the exclusive lock.
Also, for correctness (though I'm not sure it can occur in practice),
downgrade an exclusively locked vnode if it should be share locked.
Tested by: pho
Yesterday I got two reports of potential crashes, related to TTY
deallocation during device closure. When a thread is in TF_OPENCLOSE,
draining its output upon closure, we should not allow calls to
tty_rel_free() to happen at the same time. This could cause the TTY to
be torn down twice.
PR: kern/127561
Reported by: KOIE Hidetaka <koie suri co jp>
Discussed with: thompsa
unconditionally drop the tcbinfo lock (after all, we assert it lines
before), but call tcp_dropwithreset() under both inpcb and inpcbinfo
locks only if we pass in an tcpcb. Otherwise, if the pointer is NULL,
firewall code may later recurse the global tcbinfo lock trying to look
up an inpcb.
This is an instance where a layering violation leads not only
potentially to code reentrace and recursion, but also to lock
recursion, and was revealed by the conversion to rwlocks because
acquiring a read lock on an rwlock already held with a write lock is
forbidden. When these locks were mutexes, they simply recursed.
Reported by: Stefan Ehmann <shoesoft at gmx dot net>
MFC after: 3 days
to the C99 style. At least, it is easier to read sysent definitions
that way, and search for the actual instances of sigcode etc.
Explicitely initialize sysentvec.sv_maxssiz that was missed in most
sysvecs.
No objection from: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
port by OF the syscons won't take over console. Only attach syscons to "screen"
if /chosen/stdout is not connected, which could be the case when loader(8)
is booted directly from the OF. This fixes Marcel's Xserver.
Reported by: marcel
It turns out our old TTY layer (and other implementations) block when
you read() on a PTY master device of which the slave device node has not
been opened yet. Our new implementation just returned 0. This caused
applications like telnetd to die in a very subtle way (when child
processes would open the TTY later than the first call to select()).
Introduce a new flag called PTS_FINISHED, which indicates whether we
should block or bail out of a read() or write() occurs.
Reported by: Claude Buisson <clbuisson orange fr>
and bcmp are not the same thing. 'man bcmp' states that the return is
"non-zero" if the two byte strings are not identical. Where as,
'man memcmp' states that the return is the "difference between the
first two differing bytes (treated as unsigned char values" if the
two byte strings are not identical.
So provide a proper memcmp(9), but it is a C implementation not a tuned
assembly implementation. Therefore bcmp(9) should be preferred over memcmp(9).
containing an Ethernet address fitted as this is yet another thing
that fails in that case in order to avoid the one second delay
until pci_read_vpd_reg() times out.
- Const'ify the bge_devs array.
ufsdirhash_free() introduced in my last commit by removing the dirhash
about to be free'd in ufsdirhash_free() from the global dirhash list
before dropping the sx lock.
Tested by: kris
One of the features that prevented us from fixing some of the TTY
consumers to work once again, was an interface that allowed consumers to
do the following:
- `Sniff' incoming data, which is used by the snp(4) driver.
- Take direct control of the input and output paths of a TTY, which is
used by ng_tty(4), ppp(4), sl(4), etc.
There's no practical advantage in committing a hooks layer without
having any consumers. In P4 there is a preliminary port of snp(4) and
thompsa@ is busy porting ng_tty(4) to this interface. I already want to
have it in the tree, because this may stimulate others to work on the
remaining modules.
Discussed with: thompsa
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
According to style(9), function argument names should only be omitted
for prototypes that are exported to userspace. This means we should
document the function arguments in the TTY header files, because they
are only used in userspace.
While there, change the type of the buffer argument of
ttydisc_rint_bypass() to `const void *' instead of `char *'.
Requested by: attilio
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
IPv4 address, first drop the udbinfo and inpcb locks, which will otherwise
be recursed. This leads to a potential minor race, but is preferable to a
deadlock when acquiring a read lock after a write lock on the inpcb.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Norbert Papke <fbsd-ml@scrapper.ca>, lioux
when it runs on half-duplex media.
While I'm here add register definition for GPREG1. ATM the GPREG1
register is only valid for JMC250 A1/A2.
Submitted by: Ethan at JMicron
o change ieee80211_parse_htcap and ieee80211_parse_htinfo to save only
internal state obtained from the ie's; no dynamic state such as
ni_chw is altered
o add ieee80211_ht_updateparams to parse ht cap+info ie's and update
dynamic node state
o change ieee80211_ht_node_init to not take an htcap ie that is parsed;
instead have the caller make a separate call as one caller wants to
parse the ie while another wants to parse both cap+info ie's and
update state so can better do this with ieee80211_ht_updateparams
These changes fix sta mode state handling where the node's channel
width was shifted to ht20/ht40 prematurely.
don't duplicate this. These are setup according to the role of the
node--the bss node for ap and adhoc modes need to use parameters
that are the least common denomimator of all nodes in the bss;
otherwise we are setting up params for a station joining a bss and
we select those according to the capabilities of the station.
This stuff needs more work as we do extra work due to having setup
in common code paths shared by nodes using both roles.
o don't use the key index to identify when the driver has been
asked to allocate a key slot, use an explicit flag; allows
drivers to force s/w fallback for entries in the global table
o change callback api to allocate driver resources for a crypto key:
- de-const the key parameter so drivers can muck with the flags
- on callback failure don't automatically try to setup s/w crypto;
instead the driver must now mark the key entry for s/w crypto and
the caller will re-attach the cipher module
NB: api change permits drivers more control over fallback to s/w
crypto (e.g. based on a limited number of h/w key slots)
For receive:
o explicitly tag rx frames w/ M_AMPDU instead of passing frames through
the reorder processing according to the node having HT and the frame
being QoS data
o relax ieee80211_ampdu_reorder asserts to allow any frame to be passed
in, unsuitable frames are returned to the caller for normal processing;
this permits drivers that cannot inspect the PLCP to mark all data
frames as potential ampdu candidates with only a small penalty
o add M_AMPDU_MPDU to identify frames resubmitted from the reorder q
For transmit:
o tag aggregation candidates with M_AMPDU_MPDU
o fix the QoS ack policy set in ampdu subframes; we only support immediate
BA streams which should be marked for "normal ack" to get implicit block
ack behaviour; interestingly certain vendor parts BA'd frames with the
11e BA ack policy set
o do not assign a sequence # to aggregation candidates; this must be done
when frames are submitted for transmit (NB: this can/will be handled
better when aggregation is pulled up to net80211)
properly; was doing this only on a change in the protection mode
so the advertised protection mode in the beacon would oscillate.
Submitted by: Chris Zimmermann
o use txa_start to form the addba request and purge txa_seqstart
o fill txa_start before calling ic_addba_request to permit drivers
to override when they handle seq# generation (e.g. mwl)
Because pseudo-terminal master file descriptors no longer have a vnode
underneath, we have to fill in fstat() values ourselves. Make our
implementation somewhat sane by returning the timestamps of the TTY
device node that corresponds with our file descriptor.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafettty/...
the code to prevent useless waste of space.
- Remove support for quote bits. There is not a single driver that needs
these bits anymore. This means putc() now accepts a char instead of an
int.
- Remove the unneeded catq() and nextc() routines. They were only used
by the old TTY layer.
- Convert the clist code to use ANSI C prototypes.
In the MPSAFE TTY branch I noticed the vfs timestamps inside devfs were
allocated with 0, where the getattr() routine bumps the timestamps to
boottime if the value is below 3600. The reason why it has been designed
like this, is because timestamps during boot are likely to be invalid.
This means that device nodes that are created on demand (posix_openpt())
have timestamps with a value of boottime, which is not what we want.
Solve this by calling vfs_timestamp() inside devfs_alloc().
Discussed with: kib
initialize the vattr structure in VOP_GETATTR() with VATTR_NULL(),
vattr_null() or by zeroing it. Remove these to allow preinitialization
of fields work in vn_stat(). This is needed to get birthtime initialized
correctly.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
NODEV is more appropriate when va_rdev doesn't have a meaningful value.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Suggested by: bde
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
VOP_GETATTR() call in vn_stat(). Thus if a file system doesn't
initialize those fields in VOP_GETATTR() they will have a sane default
value.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
initialize va_vaflags and va_spare because they are not part of the
VOP_GETATTR() API. Also don't initialize birthtime to ctime or zero.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Reviewed by: bde
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
returning uninitialized birthtime. Most file systems don't initialize
birthtime properly in their VOP_GETTATTR().
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Reviewed by: bde
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
Reverse the direction of pmap_promote_pde()'s traversal over the specified
page table page. The direction of the traversal can matter if
pmap_promote_pde() has to remove write access (PG_RW) from a PTE that
hasn't been modified (PG_M). In general, if there are two or more such
PTEs to choose among, it is better to write protect the one nearer the
high end of the page table page rather than the low end. This is because
most programs access memory in an ascending direction. The net result of
this change is a sometimes significant reduction in the number of failed
promotion attempts and the number of pages that are write protected by
pmap_promote_pde().
MFamd64 SVN rev 179777 CVS rev 1.621
Tweak the promotion test in pmap_promote_pde(). Specifically, test PG_A
before PG_M. This sometimes prevents unnecessary removal of write access
from a PTE. Overall, the net result is fewer demotions and promotion
failures.
compile these with -mcpu=ultrasparc (which is the hard-coded default
of our system compiler), which allows the remainder of the kernel to
be compiled with "only" -mcpu=v9 for reference and testing purposes.
consists of CPUs running at different speeds, for driving hardclock as
these timers in turn are driven at frequencies as low as 5MHz, resulting
in bad granularity compared to the TICK timers. However, don't employ
the workaround for the BlackBird erratum #1 when using the TICK timer
on machines with cheetah-class CPUs for performance reasons.
Reported by: Florian Smeets
of "cd:,\\:tbxi" with properly configured boot.tbxi, instead of booting
\boot\loader directly. Rev 183168 could probably stay, since it can be
viewed as an anti-foot-shooting measure and has no impact on normal
operation. I can revert it as well, if anybody objects.
functions used by other code in the tree. As such it was removed from
the merged tree until the functions were needed in the future. The
file was missing from the FreeBSD import, but it was listed in the
files.mips file as being standard. Remove it from there until such
time as we need one.
to vga_pci.c to request on behalf of it's children. This causes vgapci to show
up as the interrupt owner in vmstat -i, rather than the child device.
Approved by: jhb(mentor)
they point to the very same device. This should make loader usable on
some (all?) PowerMacs, where "/chosen/stdout" is disconneted from the
"screen" by the OF init process by default, except when user actually
has requested interaction with OF by holding ALT-CMD-O-F. Along with
rev 183168 this should provide a way to build bootable FreeBSD/ppc
installation or live CD that works OOB. Also, it should bring PowerMac
experience closer to that on other arches.
MFC after: 1 week
(assiming re@ blessing)
kib@ and I have decided we will MFC the bpf(4)/snp(4) fixes after we've
released 7.1. Make sure the code in HEAD doesn't refer to a flag we
don't need anyway.
snp(4) in the MPSAFE TTY P4 branch already works, but still needs some
polishing before it can be integrated to SVN.
this also can be happened if we pull the USN stick out forcibly.
Currently the ZyDAS driver uses tsleep() when it try to query a read
command to the device and it'd make a timeout if the device doesn't
response within about 1 sec.
In a case of that the USB stick is gone by hand and the driver's
scanning with changing the channel numbers, the thread which is sleeping
until a command requested is responded can be waked up after all
detaching routines finished that means the zyd softc already freed.
Tring to touch the softc freed by the wakeup thread makes a panic.
So make sure that all sleeping threads should be waken up before the
detach is completed and any other new requests to the device should be
prevented.
to "screen" node directly. The problem is that by default OF on some (all?)
Macs either doesn't provide "/chosen/stdout" or redirects it somewhere,
unless you boot in manual mode via CMD-ALT-O-F. It's nice to see normal
FreeBSD boot output instead of blank gray screen.
could trigger an error interrupt that we can't actually to do anything
against as soon as enabling the error handlers.
While at it don't bother about writing only to the write-one-to-clear
bits when clearing error bits.
disable interrupts and loop forever with these.
- Hide all MP-related bits in <machine/smp.h> underneath #ifdef SMP.
- Inline ipi_all_but_self(9) and ipi_selected(9). We don't expose any
additional bits but save a few cycles by doing so.
- Remove ipi_all(9), which actually only called panic(9). It can't be
implemented natively anyway and having it removed at least causes
MI users to fail already fail when linking.
core of this change generalizes the initial page directory setup so that
the kernel can be given arbitrarily large or small.
- small formatting fixes
- update copyright
MFC after: 1 month
years by the priv_check(9) interface and just very few places are left.
Note that compatibility stub with older FreeBSD version
(all above the 8 limit though) are left in order to reduce diffs against
old versions. It is responsibility of the maintainers for any module, if
they think it is the case, to axe out such cases.
This patch breaks KPI so __FreeBSD_version will be bumped into a later
commit.
This patch needs to be credited 50-50 with rwatson@ as he found time to
explain me how the priv_check() works in detail and to review patches.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
Reviewed by: rwatson
Now, only some few places still require thread passing (mostly the ones which
access to VOP_* functions) and will be fixed once the primitive also will be.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
so the benefit of having acpi.ko as a standalone module is outweighed by
the complications of drivers compiled into the kernel not including ACPI
attachments by default.
Discussed on: current
Left only parts surely required for basic troubleshooting and configuration
purposes. There is still very long output, but further shrinking makes it
less informative.
Original debugging can be enabled with hw.snd.verbose=4.
make it memory-coherency enforced (PTE_M). This is required for SMP
to work.
o Serialize tlbie operations and implement the tlbie operation in a
function called tlbie(). Hardware can end up in a live-lock if
between the tlbsync and subsequent sync on one processor another
processor executes a tlbie or tlbsync.
o Eliminate the following defines:
TLBIE, TLBSYNC, SYNC and EIEIO
Use either inline assembly statements or inline functions defined
in <machine/cpufunc.h>
during a DELETE lookup operation, lookup would cache the length of the
directory entry to be deleted in 'i_reclen'. Later, the actual VOP to
remove the directory entry (ufs_remove, ufs_rename, etc.) would call
ufs_dirremove() which extended the length of the previous directory
entry to "remove" the deleted entry.
However, we always read the entire block containing the directory
entry when doing the removal, so we always have the directory entry to
be deleted in-memory when doing the update to the directory block.
Also, we already have to figure out where the directory entry that is
being removed is in the block so that we can pass the component name
to the dirhash code to update the dirhash. So, instead of passing
'i_reclen' from ufs_lookup() to the ufs_dirremove() routine, just read
the 'd_reclen' field directly out of the entry being removed when
updating the length of the previous entry in the block.
This avoids a cosmetic issue of writing to 'i_reclen' while holding a
shared vnode lock. It also slightly reduces the amount of side-band
data passed from ufs_lookup() to operations updating a directory via
the directory's i-node.
Reviewed by: jeff
caches if not yet enabed. This is required for coherency and
atomic operations to work, not to mention performance. We use the
L2 and L3 cache settings of the BSP to configure the APs caches.
Can't be bad.
Program NAP and not DOZE. DOZE is present only on earlier CPUs
and the bit is reserved on the MPC7441 & MPC7451. NAP will do
bus snooping to keep caches coherent.
Program the PIR with the cpuid. This may not be necessary...
We're only returning a 32-bit counter.
o In decr_intr(), manually perform LICM, so that we don't test
a loop invariant condition inside a loop.
o Include <machine/smp.h>
volatile so that the compiler won't perform CSE. For SMP,
this may result in us accessing the wrong PCPU and as such
results in a bogus curthread value.
Note that getting curthread is not quite MP-safe in the sense
that it requires two instructions that aren't performed
atomically. The first instruction gets the address of the PCPU
structure and the second instruction dereferences that pointer
to get curthread. If a thread is switched-out in between these
instructions and switched-in on a different CPU, we still get
the wrong curthread.
cap on memory usage, then shared LOOKUP operations could start free'ing
dirhash structures. Without these fixes, concurrent free's on the same
directory could result in one of the threads blocked on a lock in a dirhash
structure free'd by the other thread.
- Replace the lockmgr lock in the dirhash structure with an sx lock.
- Use a reference count managed with ufsdirhash_hold()/drop() to determine
when to free the dirhash structures. The directory i-node holds a
reference while the dirhash is attached to an i-node. Code that wishes
to lock the dirhash while holding a shared vnode lock must first
acquire a private reference to the dirhash while holding the vnode
interlock before acquiring the dirhash sx lock. After acquiring the sx
lock, it drops the private reference after checking to see if the
dirhash is still used by the directory i-node.
non-LOOKUP operations.
- Relax a VOP assertion for a DELETE lookup. rename() uses WANTPARENT
instead of LOCKPARENT when looking up the source pathname. ufs_rename()
uses a relookup() to lock the parent directory when it decides to finally
remove the source path. Thus, it is ok for a DELETE with WANTPARENT set
instead of LOCKPARENT to use a shared vnode lock rather than an exclusive
vnode lock.
Reported by: kris (2)
Reviewed by: jeff
upgrades the vnode lock if it is share locked was dropping the interlock
before actually checking VI_DOOMED. Fix this by do the vdropl() after the
check and relying on it to drop the vnode interlock.
Reported by: pho
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Unlike tty_rel_gone() and tty_rel_sess(), the tty_rel_pgrp() routine
does not unlock the TTY. I once had the idea to make the code call
tty_rel_pgrp() and tty_rel_sess(), picking up the TTY lock once. This
turned out a little harder than I expected, so this is how it works now.
It's a lot easier if we just let tty_rel_pgrp() unlock the TTY, because
the other routines do this anyway.
wait until the current suspension is lifted instead of silently returning
success immediately. The consequences of calling vfs_write() resume when
not owning the suspension are not well-defined at best.
Add the vfs_susp_clean() mount method to be called from
vfs_write_resume(). Set it to process_deferred_inactive() for ffs, and
stop calling it manually.
Add the thread flag TDP_IGNSUSP that allows to bypass the suspension
point in the vn_start_write. It is intended for use by VFS in the
situations where the suspender want to do some i/o requiring calls to
vn_start_write(), and this i/o cannot be done later.
Reviewed by: tegge
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 month
Show the b_dep value for the buffer in the show buffer command.
Add a comand to dump the dirty/clean buffer list for vnode.
Reviewed by: tegge
Tested and used by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
MNT_RDONLY flag before the VFS_MOUNT() is called. In ufs_inactive()
and ufs_itimes_locked(), UFS verifies whether the fs is read-only by
checking MNT_RDONLY, but this may cause loss of the IN_MODIFIED flag
for inode on the fs being remounted rw->ro.
Introduce UFS_RDONLY() struct ufsmount' method that reports the value
of the fs_ronly. The later is set to 1 only after the remount is
finished.
Reviewed by: tegge
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 month
inode having number ino. In r170991, the ip was marked IN_MODIFIED, that
is not quite correct.
Mark only the right inode modified by checking inode number.
Reviewed by: tegge
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 month
the command set (only so long as the module is present):
o add db_command_register and db_command_unregister to add and remove
commands, respectively
o replace linker sets with SYSINIT's (and SYSUINIT's) that register
commands
o expose 3 list heads: db_cmd_table, db_show_table, and db_show_all_table
for registering top-level commands, show operands, and show all operands,
respectively
While here also:
o sort command lists
o add DB_ALIAS, DB_SHOW_ALIAS, and DB_SHOW_ALL_ALIAS to add aliases
for existing commands
o add "show all trace" as an alias for "show alltrace"
o add "show all locks" as an alias for "show alllocks"
Submitted by: Guillaume Ballet <gballet@gmail.com> (original version)
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
- Retire IVARs for passing IRQs around. Instead, ppbus and ppc now allow
child devices to access the interrupt by via a rid 0 IRQ resource
using bus_alloc_resource_any().
- ppc creates its own interrupt event to manage the interrupt handlers of
child devices. ppc does not allow child devices to use filters. It
could allow this if needed, but none of the current drivers use them
and it adds a good bit of complication. It uses
intr_event_execute_handlers() to fire the child device interrupt handlers
from its threaded interrupt handler.
- Remove the ppbus_dummy_intr() hack. Now the ppc device always has an
interrupt handler registered and we no longer bounce all the way up to
nexus to manage adding/removing ppbus child interrupt handlers. Instead,
the child handlers are added and removed to the private interrupt event
in the ppc device.
all the non-filter handlers attached to an interrupt event. This can be
used by device drivers which multiplex their interrupt onto the interrupt
handlers for child devices.
It seems we only depend on COMPAT_43 to implement the send() and recv()
routines. We can easily implement them using sendto() and recvfrom(),
just like we do inside our very own C library.
I wasn't able to really test it, apart from simple compilation testing.
I've heard rumours that COMPAT_SVR4 is broken inside execve() anyway.
It's still worth to fix this, because I suspect we'll get rid of
COMPAT_43 somewhere in the future...
Reviewed by: rdivacky
Discussed with: jhb
On the i386 architecture, the processor only saves the current value
of `%esp' on stack if a privilege switch is necessary when entering
the interrupt handler. Thus, `frame->tf_esp' is only valid for
an entry from user mode. For interrupts taken in kernel mode, we
need to determine the top-of-stack for the interrupted kernel
procedure by adding the appropriate offset to the current frame
pointer.
Reported by: kris, Fabien Thomas
Tested by: Fabien Thomas <fabien.thomas at netasq dot com>
someone else might change it, so after we re-acquire the lock on it,
we need to check it is still valid. People have been panicing in this
function due to soem edge cases which I have hopefully removed.
Reviewed by: keramida @
Obtained from: 1 week
common PowerPC code when all we want to achieve is to enable
external interrupts. We can set PSL_RI at any time before we
allow interrupts and/or exceptions, so move it to the AIM
specific initialization and do it when we also set PSL_ME
(machine check enable).
configuring the L2 cache on the BSP. Nor the L3 cache. We
merely print the settings.
Save the L2 and L3 cache configuration in global values so
that we know how to configure the cache on APs.
ABI change on ILP32 platforms and relating to events. However
it's harmless on little-endian ILP32 platforms in the sense
that it doesn't cause breakages. Old ILP32 thread libraries
write a 32-bit th_p and new thread libraries write a 64-bit
th_p. But due to the fact that we have an unused 32-bit data
field right after th_p and that field is always initialized to
zero, little-endian ILP32 machines effectively have a valid
64-bit th_p by accident. Likewise for new thread libraries and
old libthread_db: little endian ILP32 is unaffected.
At this time we don't support big-endian threaded applications
in GDB, so the breakage for the ILP32 case goes unnoticed.
rt_check() in its original form proved to be sufficient and
rt_check_fib() can go away (as can its evil twin in_rt_check()).
I believe this does NOT address the crashes people have been seeing
in rt_check.
MFC after: 1 week
items of the nmount() iovec. This will allow us to move
away from gathering up all the NFS mount options as a single
"struct nfs_args" to be passed down through nmount().
This will make adding new NFS mount options much easier.
Many, many thanks to Doug Rabson, who took my initial patches and
cleaned them up.
Reviewed by: dfr
MFC after: 3 months
the same way it has been implemented for IPv4.
Reviewed by: bms (skimmed)
Tested by: Nick Hilliard (nick netability.ie) (with more changes)
MFC after: 2 months
Because of using more clear and same time more functional codec parser
new driver is able to handle more codecs, use them better then before and
without most of previous quirks. All of tested codecs itself manage playback,
record, input mixing and monitoring quite fine. In all of investigated
trouble cases problem was found or in nonstandard codec usage or incorrect
codec configuration made by BIOS. Most of that cases could be fixed using
device hints, some of which are already included to the driver.
New driver supports multiple codecs per HDA bus, multiple audio function
groups per codec and multiple logical sound devices per audio function group.
So don't worry when you get several PCM devices instead of one, it is normal.
It is usual situation with powerful codecs to provide, for example, 3 PCM
devices: one for 7.1 playback and main recording, one for headset and one
for digital SPDIF I/O.
New driver implements Universal Audio Architecture (UAA) much better then
previous one. Most information about recommended codec usage now taken from
the codec configuration registers initialized by BIOS. User may alter that
configuration using device hints to reconfigure logical audio devices to
his needs in a very broad range up to the limits of the codec functionality.
New driver supports digital PCM playback and AC3 pass-through. I am not sure
about completeness of this implementation, but I have several success stories
including my own. Vchans subsystem does not support AC3 pass-through so it
had to be disabled for that devices at this moment.
New driver is ready for multichannel playback, but until our OSS is unable
to use this it will just duplicate same stereo stream into all channel
pairs.
New driver supports suspend/resume. I am unable to really test this part
myself, but I have got several success stories.
Driver has very informative verbose boot messages. So if you have any
questions or problems - enable and read them first.
Discussed on: freebsd-multimedia@
Tested by: many
we ran into in the past where places hidden by TCP_SIGNATURE were
missed.
It is possible to turn it on now that FAST_IPSEC (now know as IPSEC)
is enabled for LINT and the default and only IPsec implementation.
ng_apply_item(). There are possible (and I have got one) use-after-free
class panics because of it.
If hook is specified, require it to be valid at the apply time. The only
exceptions are the internal ng_con_part2(), ng_con_part3() and
ng_rmhook_part2() functions which are specially made to work with invalid
hooks.
the free list and in this way avoid contention on the w_mtx.
In order to make the code simple, we rely on the rule that when the head
has not a child it also doesn't have other subsequent entries.
Actually this assertion is broken because we can free all the head
children and quit witness_unlock() with the head still allocated, with no
children and subsequent entries present.
Fix this by shifting the head if other entries are present and still
freeing the object, but leaving always an head.
- Fix witness_thread_has_locks() in order to report, correctly, if the
lock list linked to a specific thread has children or not based on the
above explained rule.
- Fix a printout into DDB's "show alllocks" command in order to show,
correctly, the process name that is really what we want.
- Fix style(9) for a comment.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
Reported by: Marko Kiiskila <marko dot kiiskila at nokia dot com>
Sponsored by: Nokia
- When searching for the next system drive, return the next one instead
of always returning the first one.
- Plug fd lead and make sure that the MLX_NEXT_CHILD ioctl is called
on the controller fd, not the disk's one.
While there, fix a cut-n-pase error in a warning.
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: kan (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
the same vmspace, decrement the reference count of the shared LDT instead
of a newly-made copy. Code factually removed LDT from the process that
did rfork(0).
Introduce user_ldt_deref() function that does decrement of refcount for
the struct proc_ldt, and call it in the rfork(0) case on the shared LDT.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
The user_ldt_free() function shall return with dt_lock unlocked.
Error handling code in both functions do not handle this, fix it by
doing necessary lock/unlock.
While there, fix minor style nits.
MFC after: 1 week
code. We only attempt a single reset using this method (a "hard" reset),
and we use two writes to ensure there is a 0 -> 1 transition in bit 2 to
force a reset.
MFC after: 1 week
- Fix nexus_setup_intr() abuse of setting up multiple IRQs in one go. Calling
arm_setup_irqhandler() in loop is bogus, as there's just one cookie given
from the caller and it is overwritten in each iteration so that only the
last handler's cookie value prevails.
- Proper intr masking/unmasking handling: the IRQ source is masked at PIC level
only after the last handler has been removed from the list.
Reviewed by: cognet, imp, sam, stass
Obtained from: Grzegorz Bernacki gjb ! semihalf dot com
isn't fixed to only open the network device once and not do a open
and close dance on every file access; the firmwares of newer sparc64
machines perform an auto-negotiation with every open which in turn
causes netbooting to take horribly long if we open and close the
device over and over again.
Safari- and JBus-based machines. Currently the main purpose of
these drivers is debugging of the resource allocation on nexus(4)
and the register content of these devices though.
ttydevsw_outwakeup(). This should fix panics which occur after remote
login sessions timeout during moderate TTY activity. An example of
where this might occur is where a pending write to the terminal is
occurring while sshd(8) is shutting down the TTY after a TCP timeout.
Submitted by: ed
the locked entry in it16 slot 0, which typically is occupied by the
PROM, and manually entering locked entries in slots != 0.
Thanks to Hubert Feyrer for donating the Blade 2000 this change was
developed on.
of spurious witness warnings since lockmgr grew witness support. Before
this, every time you passed an interlock to a lockmgr lock WITNESS treated
it as a LOR.
Reviewed by: attilio
memory-mapped config access. Add a workaround for these systems by
checking the first function of each slot on bus 0 using both the
memory-mapped config access and the older type 1 I/O port config access.
If we find a slot that is only visible via the type 1 I/O port config
access, we flag that slot. Future PCI config transactions to flagged
slots on bus 0 use type 1 I/O port config access rather than memory mapped
config access.
detaching that when the USB is pulled out forcibly during the driver is
running background scan, a page fault can be occurred even if we called
usb_rem_task() when detaching. It looks like a kind of races.
as with getdents64. The last byte is used for storing
the d_type, add this to plain getdents case where it was
missing before. Also change the code to use strlcpy instead
of plain strcpy. This changes fix the getdents crash we
had reports about (hl2 server etc.)
PR: kern/117010
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Dmitry Chagin (dchagin@)
Tested by: MITA Yoshio <mita ee.t.u-tokyo.ac jp>
Approved by: kib (mentor)
congestion window not being incremented, if cwnd > maxseg^2.
As suggested in RFC2581 increment the cwnd by 1 in this case.
See http://caia.swin.edu.au/reports/080829A/CAIA-TR-080829A.pdf
for more details.
Submitted by: Alana Huebner, Lawrence Stewart,
Grenville Armitage (caia.swin.edu.au)
Reviewed by: dwmalone, gnn, rpaulo
MFC After: 3 days
be un-cached. Our previous memory barrier was not sufficient. This patch
allocates the IGP GART tables using the BUS_DMA_NOCACHE flag to get these
cards working.
Approved by: kib
calls to bus_dma. There were multiple paths that held different locks or
no locks at all. This patch ensures that all of the calling paths drop
their lock(s) before calling drm_pci_alloc().
Reviewed by: kib
- Set UMA_ZONE_NOFREE so that the per-turnstile spin locks are type stable
to avoid a race where one thread might dereference a lock in a free'd
turnstile that was previously used by another thread.
Theorized by: tegge (2)
MFC after: 1 week
for all three contexts and configure the dt512_1 to hold 4MB pages for
them (e.g. for direct mappings).
This might allow for additional optimization by using the faulting
page sizes provided by AA_DMMU_TAG_ACCESS_EXT for bypassing the page
size walker for the dt512 in the superpage support code.
Submitted by: nwhitehorn (initial patch)
to synchronization needed after stores to internal ASIs in order
to make side-effects visible. This mainly requires the MEMBAR #Sync
after such stores to be replaced with a FLUSH. We use KERNBASE as
the address to FLUSH as it is guaranteed to not trap. Actually,
the USII synchronization rules also already require a FLUSH in
pretty much all of the cases changed.
We're also hitting an additional USIII synchronization rule which
requires stores to AA_IMMU_SFSR to be immediately followed by a DONE,
FLUSH or RETRY. Doing so triggers a RED state exception though so
leave the MEMBAR #Sync. Linux apparently also has gotten away with
doing the same for quite some time now, apart from the fact that
it's not clear to me why we need to clear the valid bit from the
SFSR in the first place.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends
don't need to add it.
o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the
SBus device.
o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for
SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint
and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably
is a bug though).
o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The
former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum
frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the
inverse of minimum sync period.
o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD:
1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and
NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select().
1.125: free allocated resources on detach.
o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset()
as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c.
o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching
fails.
o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4)
reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and
restore the default parameters for the target in question.
o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know
that we use 32-bit transfers.
o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes
distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the
target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary
and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous
transfers are negotiated.
o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are
currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit
as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations.
o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init()
instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an
interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by
ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now
no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset().
o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun.
o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate
and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages.
o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing
it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one.
o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when
appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI
status information.
o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared.
o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate.
o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label.
o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is
still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as
this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering
this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense.
o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs.
o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving
the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass
the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9).
o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the
Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as
sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel
after a DMA transfer.
o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments.
o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9)
and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc
members.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
it had been assigned to the last sleeping thread. That thread might have
started running on another CPU and have reused that sleep queue. Fix it
by just walking the thread queue using TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE() rather than
a while loop.
PR: amd64/124200
Discovered by: tegge
Tested by: benjsc
MFC after: 1 week
but needs a lot more work. In particular, it has no flow control and has
a tendency to race when giving commands. It still uses Giant for the
tty and driver lock, but this is a keep-it-simple feature for now.
Some of the [temporary] proliferation of messages lines are way too long.
location in GDT where the segment descriptor from pcb_gs32sd is
copied, and the location is in GDT local to CPU.
Noted and reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 1 week
don't inline the locking primitives, and only grab those parts of mii
that we really need. Other space optimizations are too agressive for
the generic file (removing all of usb, and loading it as kernel
modules).
Payload Length) as set in tcpip_fillheaders().
ip6_output() will calculate it based of the length from the
mbuf packet header itself.
So initialize the value in tcpip_fillheaders() in correct
(network) byte order.
With the above change, to my reading, all places calling tcp_trace()
pass in the ip6 header via ipgen as serialized in the mbuf and with
ip6_plen in network byte order.
Thus convert the IPv6 payload length to host byte order before printing.
MFC after: 2 months
o It has been tested only on KB9202, KB9202A and KB9202B boards
o Better comments about hints
o option<space><tab>
o Add newer SX_NOINLINE option.
o Fix a few comments
calls the latter.
Merge tcp_mss_update() with code from tcp_mtudisc() basically
doing the same thing.
This gives us one central place where we calcuate and check mss values
to update t_maxopd (maximum mss + options length) instead of two slightly
different but almost equal implementations to maintain.
PR: kern/118455
Reviewed by: silby (back in March)
MFC after: 2 months
l_ucontext. To restore the registers content, trampoline needs to
dereference uc_mcontext instead of taking some undefined values from
l_ucontext.
Submitted by: Dmitry Chagin <dchagin@>
MFC after: 1 week
SYSCTL_PROCs and check that the default mss for neither v4 nor
v6 goes below the minimum MSS constant (216).
This prevents people from shooting themselves in the foot.
PR: kern/118455 (remotely related)
Reviewed by: silby (as part of a larger patch in March)
MFC after: 2 months
- Add a routine for looking up a device and checking if it is a valid geom
provider given a partial or full path to its device node.
Reviewed by: phk
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
somehow.
As a consequence we may now get an unexpected result(*).
Catch that error cases with a well defined panic giving appropriate
pointers to ease debugging.
(*) While the concensus was that the case should never happen unless
there was a bug, noone was definitively sure.
Discussed with: kmacy (about 8 months back)
Reviewed by: silby (as part of a larger patch in March)
MFC after: 2 months
This is different to the first one (as len gets updated between those
two) and would have caught various edge cases (read bugs) at a well
defined place I had been debugging the last months instead of
triggering (random) panics further down the call graph.
MFC after: 2 months
the default rule number but also the maximum rule number. User space
software such as ipfw and natd should be aware of its value. The
software that already includes ip_fw.h should use the defined value. All
other a expected to use sysctl (as discussed on net@).
MFC after: 5 days.
Discussed on: net@
As discussed with Robert on IRC, checking the permissions on
/dev/console to see if we can call TIOCCONS could be unreliable. When we
run a chroot() without a devfs instance mounted inside, it won't
actually check the permissions on the device node inside the devfs
instance.
Using the already existing PRIV_TTY_CONSOLE for this seems like a better
idea.
Approved by: rwatson
reading from EEPROM doesn't seem to work on these controllers.
Reported by: Milan Obuch ( freebsd-net at dino dot sk )
Tested by: Milan Obuch ( freebsd-net at dino dot sk )
driver will need more serious help to work with an interrupt driven
path. There's many subtleties in driving the DMA engine with
interrupts in many configurations. Best to not "guess" what the right
way would be and mislead people.
memory allocation. It was change to include the range in the normal
memory area, so these ifdef'd out special cases are no longer useful
to keep around.
the device indicates that it wasn't able to write all the data in the
buffer out.
Ed Schouten doesn't like the idea of a panic here. I think for
production code, we need something better. For right now, while we're
trying to assess the impact of this issue, a panic is OK. So complain
to me, not him if this is hit.
- The vnode has to be locked exclusively before calling insmntque().
- Until I find a way to handle insmntque() failures use VV_FORCEINSMQ flag
to force insmntque() to always succeed.
Reported by: kris, trasz, des, others
Suggested by: kib
Tested by: trasz
table. This is required in order to set obp-control-relinquished
within the PROM, allowing to safely read the OFW translations node.
Without this, f.e. a `ofwdump -ap` triggers a fatal reset error or
worse things on machines based on USIII and beyond.
In theory this should allow to remove touching %tba in cpu_setregs(),
in practice we seem to currently face a chicken and egg problem when
doing so however.
to 43 bits so update TD_PA_BITS accordingly. For the most part this
increase is transparent to the existing code except for when reading
the physical address from ASI_{D,I}TLB_DATA_ACCESS_REG, which we
only do in the loader and which was already adjusted in r182478, or
from the OFW translations node.
While at it, ensure we are only taking valid OFW mapping entries
into account.
As reported by several users on the mailing lists, applications like
screen(1) fail to properly handle ^S and ^Q characters. This was because
MPSAFE TTY didn't implement packet mode (TIOCPKT) yet. Add basic packet
mode support to make these applications work again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
When I migrated tty_compat.c to MPSAFE TTY, I just hooked it up to the
build and fixed it until it compiled and somewhat worked. It turns out
this was not the smartest thing, because the old TTY layer also had a
field called t_flags, which contained a set of sgtty flags.
This means our current COMPAT_43TTY code overwrites the TTY flags,
causing all strange problems to occur. Fix this code to use a new struct
member called t_compatflags. This commit may cause kern/127054 to be
fixed, but this still has to be tested/confirmed by the originator. It
has to be fixed anyway.
PR: kern/127054
- add new diag commands: devinfo, sysinfo for U-Boot-style details about the system
configuration
- better memory info summary
- style corrections
Obtained from: Semihalf
frequencies (and having different cache sizes) so use the STICK
(System TICK) timer, which was introduced due to this and is
driven by the same frequency across all CPUs, instead of the
TICK timer, whose frequency varies with the CPU clock, to drive
hardclock. We try to use the STICK counter with all CPUs that are
USIII or beyond, even when not necessary due to identical CPUs,
as we can can also avoid the workaround for the BlackBird erratum
#1 there. Unfortunately, using the STICK counter currently causes
a hang with USIIIi MP machines for reasons unknown, so we still
use the TICK timer there (which is okay as they can only consist
of identical CPUs).
- Given that we only (try to) synchronize the (S)TICK timers of APs
with the BSP during startup, we could end up spinning forever in
DELAY(9) if that function is migrated to another CPU while we're
spinning due to clock drift afterwards, so pin to the CPU in order
to avoid migration. Unfortunately, pinning doesn't work at the
point DELAY(9) is required by the low-level console drivers, yet,
so switch to a function pointer, which is updated accordingly, for
implementing DELAY(9). For USIII and beyond, this would also allow
to easily use the STICK counter instead of the TICK one here,
there's no benefit in doing so however.
While at it, use cpu_spinwait(9) for spinning in the delay-
functions. This currently is a NOP though.
- Don't set the TICK timer of the BSP to 0 during at startup as
there's no need to do so.
- Implement cpu_est_clockrate().
- Unfortunately, USIIIi-based machines don't provide a timecounter
device besides the STICK and TICK counters (well, in theory the
Tomatillo bridges have a performance counter that can be (ab)used
as timecounter by configuring it to count bus cycles, though unlike
the performance counter of Schizo bridges, the Tomatillo one is
broken and counts Sun knows what in this mode). This means that
we've to use a (S)TICK counter for timecounting, which has the old
problem of not being in sync across CPUs, so provide an additional
timecounter function which binds itself to the BSP but has an
adequate low priority.
in 182691, as the sparc64 version is going to be rototilled and sun4v
currently can't be verified to still work with the new sparc64 one
due to its overall state.
Global data (pointed by R2 on PowerPC) in principle is not guaranteed to be in
proximity of U-Boot heap (where the API signature is placed) accross different
architectures and platforms. Instead, use U-Boot stack pointer as a hint for
the search instead of the global data; this method tends to be more uniform
accross different platforms.
Obtained from: Semihalf
to an integer divide by zero panic in the kernel, if the kernel was
run with hz<1000.
Neither i386, pc98, amd64 or sparc64 are affected in the currently
supported branches and default configuration.
Submitted by: Miikka Saukko, Ossi Herrala and Jukka Taimisto from
the CROSS project at Codenomicon Ltd. via CERT-FI.
Reviewed by: bz, rwatson
Security: CVE-2008-2464
MFC after: 8 hours
at least pass muster with the loader on 3.0.3
Note that this doesn't actually make it work as Xen 3.0.3
appears to disallow recursive mappings on the page directory
sizes (and running at different frequencies) so move the cacheinfo
to the PCPU data. While at it, remove some redundant and/or unused
members from struct cacheinfo.
- In sparc64_init don't assume the first CPU node we find in the OFW
device tree is the BSP.
in order to avoid the invasive probes done by identify-routines of
ISA drivers, which may access unassigned addresses or those of
unrelated devices and thus in turn can trigger master/target aborts
as revealed by r182108 and ahc(4). I think that this is also the
cause of the hang previously seen on B100 blades during boot.
Bypassing isa_probe_children(9) also avoids adding ISA hints, which
just can be wrong for sparc64.
Reported by: gavin
processes, clear PCB_32BIT and PCB_GS32BIT bits [1].
- Reread the fs and gs bases from the msr unconditionally, not believing
the values in pcb_fsbase and pcb_gsbase, since usermode may reload
segment registers, invalidating the cache. [2].
Both problems resulted in the wrong fs base, causing wrong tls pointer
be dereferenced in the usermode.
Reported and tested by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeepv at gmail com> [1]
Reported by: Bernd Walter <ticsoat cicely7 cicely de>,
Artem Belevich <fbsdlist at src cx>[2]
Reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 3 days
The ttydisc_getc() routine obtains a read length from ttyoutq_read().
For no valid reason, the current code stores this value in an int, and
returns a size_t. There is no need to perform this useless conversion.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
The D_NEEDMINOR flag was introduced for drivers that do not actually
depend on storing a device unit/minor number, but require the ability to
address the cdevs by this number, which is used by clone_create().
The cpuctl(4) driver sets D_NEEDMINOR, even though it doesn't use the
clone_create() API. Remove the flag, because maybe we want to get rid of
it somewhere in the far future.
replaced by file relative sector numbers as the buffer block number when
zero-padding a file during extension. Revert the change, it causes wrong
blocks filled with zeroes on seeking beyond end of file.
PR: kern/47628
Submitted by: tegge
MFC after: 3 days
The syscons code disabled scroll lock inside sc_cnputs() if it's going
to print a system message. The code currently wants to process any TTY
output data as well, but we cannot do this, because the TTY lock is a
sleep mutex, while cnputs() picks up a spin mutex.
Disable the code for now. It solves a panic when a console message is
printed while scroll lock is enabled. One solution would be to
initialize a task structure here.
Reported by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda gmail com>
from umodem and ufoma.
With these changes, umodem kinda works for me now. It certainly gets
past the "tip" bug that I found earlier where 115200 wasn't a valid
baud rate. This was "broken" in the mpsafetty commit, but in reality,
umodem was always broken.
translation. It turns out this is useful for applications which require
source port randomization for security (i.e. dns servers).
Discussed with: secteam
Requested by: mlaier
MFC after: 2 weeks
errata of USIII and beyond (USIII erratum #19, USIII+ erratum #1,
USIIIi erratum #1).
- Use the cheetah PA mask in {d,i}tlb_va_to_pa_sun4u() for USIII
and beyond. This is done so that these functions will still mask
the debug bits of spitfire-class CPUs once we increase TD_PA_BITS
to match the number of bits used for the PA by cheetah-class CPUs.
- Change {d,i}tlb_enter_sun4u() to also set TLB_CTX_KERNEL as the
context of the mappings entered. This is more or less cosmetic as
TLB_CTX_KERNEL is 0.
- Now that we have to distinguish between different sun4u CPUs in
the loader anyway, no longer do trial and error when reading the
portid property.
first one. U-boot, for example, uses the second register to store
MAC.[1]
- Use random MAC address if none configured instead of failing.
Submitted by: Bjorn Konig <bkoenig@alpha-tierchen.de> [1]
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
lock tracking and checks, doing just the former ones.
- Fix a bug where sysctl utility was printing crazy values when setting a
new value for debug.witness.watch [0]
[0] Reported by: yongari
- In the current design, when a TTY decreases its baud rate, it tries to
shrink the queues. This may not always be possible, because it will
not free any blocks that are still filled with data.
Change the TTY queues to store a `quota' value as well, which means it
will not free any blocks when changing the baud rate, but when placing
blocks back into the queue. When the amount of blocks exceeds the
quota, they get freed.
It also fixes some edge cases, where TIOCSETA during read()/
write()-calls could actually make the queue a tiny bit bigger than in
normal cases.
- Don't leak blocks of memory when calling TIOCSETA when the device
driver abandons the TTY while allocating memory.
- Create ttyoutq_init() and ttyinq_init() to initialize the queues,
instead of initializing them by hand. The new TTY snoop driver also
creates an outq, so it's good to have a proper interface to do this.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
anholt thinks that he added this check as part of some regression testing,
but it is failing at least some of the time. I don't want to remove it
just yet. I added a bit of debugging to help identify the issue.
Approved by: kib
wind up with the incorrect checksum on the wire when transmitted via
devices that do checksum offloading.
PR: kern/119635
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 5 days
stopped nor the waiting state and also no other means to check
whether the receiver is idle (see also r163774), we have no choice
than to call mii_tick(9) unconditionally even in the case of the
DC_REDUCED_MII_POLL handling as far as the RX side is concerned.
This isn't necessarily worse than checking whether RX is idle
though because unlike as with TX we're racing with the hardware,
which might receive packets any time while we poll the MII, anyway.
Reported and tested by: Jacob Owens
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 3 days
- Macrofy bitmap table lookup. Constify the table while I am here.
- Add missing continue statements in the for loop.
Functionally it should be the last remaining fix from:
PR: kern/89752
MFC after: 1 month
1 means that witness is up and running.
0 means that witness is disabled but that it can be established later
again in effective way.
-1 means that witness is disabled permanently
- Fix a bug causing kernel to panic on witness disabling through
witness_watch. lock lists queues were still full of entries and this was
causing throubles with debugging stubs (like witness_thread_exit()).
Reported by: kris, yongari
Sponsored by: Nokia
While merging back my changes from Perforce, it seemed I removed a
locking assertion that still applies to ttydisc_rint_poll(). Restore it,
because it may come in handy.
- Implement IMAXBEL. It turned out the IMAXBEL termios switch was marked
as supported, while it had not been implemented.
- Don't go into the high watermark when in canonical mode, no data has
been canonicalized and the input buffer is full. This caused the
terminal to lock up. This prevented users from pressing
backspace/^U/etc in such cases.
This could easily be simulated by pasting a very big amount of data in
a shell with sh(1) in canonical mode.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
it's unclear if this can happen on freebsd but does appear on netbsd.
Identified by Matthias Drochner who came up with an initial change
that we then revised together.
Reviewed by: thompsa, sephe, avatar
MFC after: 2 weeks
because the media was removed, the periph would get its refcount dropped
and ultimately freed before getting unlocked. This created a dangling
pointer that was easy to trip over. This fixes a common source of
crashes with removaable media, but problems remain and will get tracked
down.
that there are 3 different interrupt enable bits, 2 for different
families of cards, and 1 for when MSI is used. Also apply a big
hammer backstop for cards that aren't recognized. This should fix
all of the interrupt issues at boot.
- changes in support of the VLAN filter fix to 126850
- removal of a bunch of legacy code that was cruft, if not
possibly harmful.
- removal of POLLING from this driver, with multiqueue and
MSIX it just makes no sense here.
- Fix an LRO bug that I've been working on internally, intermittent
panics under stress, the problem was releasing the RX ring lock
before the LRO flushing.
- Following the above fix I now enable LRO by default
- For performance reasons increase the default number of RX queues
to 4.
- Add AIM - "Adaptive Interrupt Moderation", a fancy way of saying
that the EITR value is dynamically changed based on the size of
packets in the last interrupt interval.
- Much goodness to try, enjoy!!
A couple of months ago I was quite impressed, because when I was writing
code, I discovered that uiomove() would not allow any locks to be held,
while ureadc() did, mainly because ureadc() is implemented using the
same building blocks as uiomove().
Let's see if this triggers any aditional witness warnings on our source
tree.
Reviewed by: atillio
Previously it may have contained unnecessary (even sensitive) data from
the previous allocation.
As a (good) side effect, scratch memory may be used to store the previous
filter state(s) safely because it is allocated and freed with filter itself.
However, use it carefully because bpf_filter(9) does not have this behavior.
MFC after: 3 days
- Change it so that without INVARIANTs there are
no panics in SCTP.
- sctp_timer changes so that we have a recovery mechanism
when the sent list is out of order.
insert new vnode into the mount vnode list. Then, for the SU-enabled
mount, ffs_vfree could create freefile dependency. This dependency can
hang around forever since inode is not marked as IN_MODIFIED and
correspondingly inodeblock may be not marked as dirty.
After ffs_vget() fails, retry with FFSV_FORCEINSMQ, mark the inode as
modified, and vput() it immediately. Take care of the dup alloc.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 month
dependencies. In particular, it may need this while syncing filesystem
being unmounted. Since during unmount MNTK_NOINSMNTQUE flag is set,
that could sometimes disallow insertion of the vnode into the vnode
mount list, softdep code needs to overwrite the MNTK_NOINSMNTQUE flag.
Create the ffs_vgetf() function that sets the VV_FORCEINSMQ flag for
new vnode and use it consistently from the softdep code instead of
ffs_vget().
Add the retry logic to the softdep_flushfiles() to flush the vnodes
that could be instantiated while flushing softdep dependencies.
Tested by: pho, kris
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 month
to ignore the unmounting and forces insertion of the vnode into the mount
vnode list.
Change insmntque() to fail when forced unmount is in progress and
VV_FORCEINSMQ is not specified.
Add an assertion to the insmntque(), requiring the vnode to be
exclusively locked for mp-safe filesystems.
Use the VV_FORCEINSMQ for the creation of the syncvnode.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 month
Use the much simpler cdevpriv for per-fd state and enable it. This allows
multiple opens of /dev/ipmi0 (e.g. using ipmitool while ipmievd is running
in the background).
MFC after: 1 week
storage. We can safely remove the label copying operations since
M_MOVE_PKTHDR will move the mbuf tags (which contain MAC labels) to
the destination mbuf.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: rwatson
For some reason a return-statement crept into this code, where it
shouldn't belong. This means we didn't properly unlock the TTY before
returning to userspace.
Submitted by: Tor Egge <tor egge cvsup no freebsd org>
- Added some additional code for debug builds.
- Fixed a problem printing physical memory on 64bit system during debugging.
- Modified some of the context memory and mailbox register names to more
clearly distinguish their use.
- Added memory barriers for Intel CPUs when accessing host memory data
structures which are written by hardware.
MFC after: Two weeks.
doing it on every CPU.
- Use CPU_ABSENT() rather than pcpu_find() to determine if a CPU is not
present.
- Count up to mp_maxid rather than MAXCPU when iterating over CPUs to
match the rest of the code in the kernel.
MFC after: 1 week
if_ethersubr.c. CTASSERT is implemented using a dummy typedef, which if
used in a header file may conflict with another CTASSERT in a source file
using that header.
I'll make a note of this in CTASSERT's man page.
Approved by: imp
says that in such cases we can pick any interrupt. One of these cards
is the LG11 Wireless LAN card. I don't have one of these, but I do
know that this doesn't hurt any cards I've tried it with.
PR: 92070
Submitted by: Helge Oldach
MFC after: 3 days
first driver that does the configuration dance with CFE's. There's
likely some additional configuration that's needed to get things
working completely...
- Allocate thread0.td_kstack in pmap_bootstrap(), provide guard page
- Switch to thread0.td_kstack as soon as possible i.e. right after return
from e500_init() and before mi_startup() happens
- Clean up temp stack area
- Other minor cosmetics in machdep.c
Obtained from: Semihalf
is returned shall be kept in the waitable state.
Add WSTOPPED as an alias for WUNTRACED.
Submitted by: Jukka Ukkonen <jau at iki fi>
PR: standards/116221
MFC after: 2 weeks
executed by fexecve(2), imgp->args->fname is NULL. Moreover, there is
no way to recover the path to the script being executed.
Do what some other U*ixes do unconditionally, namely supply /dev/fd/n
as the script path when called from fexecve(). Document requirement of
having fdescfs mounted as caveat.
Split the driver into the core functionality part (sys/dev/tsec/if_tsec.c) and
the bus attachment (sys/dev/tsec/if_tsec_ocp.c).
This lets better integrate and maintain the driver in other environments with
different attachment abstractions (there is at least one other FreeBSD port --
MPC83xx -- which uses this TSEC driver, but with different local bus model
i.e. some OF derivative). While there, clean up and fix minor cosmetics.
Obtained from: Semihalf
from returning a reply message in most cases. This in turn caused
interoperability problems with Mac OS X clients.
PR: 126561
Submitted by: Richard.Conto at gmail.com
MFC after: 1 week
taken from PR/121184 which was mechanically generated from similar
lists in the Linux ipaq driver. I then took the numbers we had in
usbdevs and filled in the right symbols and eliminated duplicates.
PR: 121184
allocated for posix_openpt(2). Unfortunately, that identifier
conflicts with other events already allocated to other systems in
OpenBSM. Assign a new globally unique identifier and conform
better to the AUE_ event naming scheme.
This is a stopgap until a new OpenBSM import is done with the
correct identifier, so we'll maintain this as a local diff in svn
until then.
Discussed with: ed
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
in the kernel and copying it out, causing a panic when faulting on a
nofault entry. Handle this case gracefully by letting the kernel copy
functions return EFAULT instead. As such this change addresses the
same problem as r154721 does for i386.
MFC after: 3 days
Remove all the OtherBSD ifdefs. They are very out of date at this
point. OtherBSD doesn't use this file verbatim, and they don't have
FreeBSD ifdefs in their code.
Reviewed by: bms@, joerg@
have NULL mount-points. This is the case for special vnodes, such as the
one used in nameiinit() which is used for crossing mount points in lookup()
to avoid lock ordering issues.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Discussed with: rwatson, kib
In syscall, always make a copy of parameters from trapframe, this
becauses some syscalls using set_mcontext can sneakily change
parameters and later when those syscalls references parameters,
they will wrongly use register values in mcontext_t.
PR: 72998
MFC after: 3 days
appropriate even if Solaris doesn't document it (E2BIG) or use it
(EOVERFLOW).
Submitted by: nectar at apple dot com
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 3 days
When I was hacking on uart(4) to make it work with the MPSAFE TTY layer,
I noticed there was a difference between the way syscons and uart work
with respect to consoles:
- The uart(4) driver sets cn_name to the corresponding ttyu%r node,
which means init(8) (which opens /dev/console) will have its output
redirected to /dev/ttyu%r. After /etc/rc is done, it can spawn a getty
on that device node as well.
- Syscons used a little different approach. Apart from the /dev/ttyv%r
nodes, it creates a /dev/consolectl node. This device node is used by
moused and others to deliver their data, but for some reason it also
acts as a TTY, which shares its stat structure with ttyv0. This device
node is used as a console (run conscontrol).
There are a couple advantages of this approach:
- Because we use two different TTY's to represent the 0th syscons
window, we allocate two sets of TTY buffers. Even if you don't use
/dev/consolectl after the system has booted (systems that don't run
moused), it seems the buffers are still allocated.
- We have to apply an evil hack to redirect input to /dev/consolectl.
Because each window (stat) is associated not associated with one TTY,
syscons solves this by redirecting all input to closed TTY's to
consolectl.
This means that opening /dev/ttyv0 while in single user mode will
probably cause strange things to happen with respect to keyboard input
redirection.
The first patch that I discussed with philip@ turned consolectl into a
symlink to ttyv0, but this was not a good idea, because in theory we
would want consolectl to be a simple device node, which contains all the
`privileged' ioctl()'s. Apart from that, it didn't work, because each
time /dev/ttyv0 got revoked, moused also lost its descriptor to deliver
input, which meant you had to plug out/in your mouse to make it work
again. This version just leaves the consolectl device the way it is. It
can still be used to write output to ttyv0, but it can no longer receive
any input.
In my opinion this patch is not a complete solution, but it's already a
step in the good direction. It would allow us to turn consolectl into a
special (non-TTY) device node in the far future. It shaves off 15 KB of
wasted TTY buffer space.
Discussed with: philip
ufs_access()." The call to getinoquota in ufs_access() serves the
purpose of instantiating inode dquot from the vn_open(). Since quotas
are accounted only for the inodes with already attached dquot, removal
of the call prevented opened inodes from participation in the quota
calculations.
Since ufs_access() may be called with the vnode being only shared
locked, upgrade (and then downgrade) vnode lock if calling
getinoquota().
Reported by: simon at optinet com
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 week
When I changed syscons(4) to work with the MPSAFE TTY code, I just
locked all device nodes down using the compatibility feature that allows
you to override the TTY's lock (Giant in this case). Upon closer
inspection, it seems sysmouse(4) only has two internal variables that
need locking: mouse_level and mouse_status.
I haven't done any performance benchmarks on this, though I think it
won't have any dramatic improvements on the system. It is good to get
rid of Giant here, because the third argument of tty_alloc() has only
been added to ease migration to MPSAFE TTY. It should not be used when
not needed.
While there, remove SC_MOUSE, which is a leftover from the MPSAFE TTY
import.
the latency based on the Min_Gnt register so use the algorithm found
in OpenSolaris as they probably know how to interpret the value Sun
puts into these registers (previously, the latency calculated for
66MHz was most likely wrong) and for bridges additionally set up the
secondary latency register. Also set up the bridge control register
the way it's done in OpenSolaris. As the latency register don't apply
to PCI-Express and the bridge control setup wasn't tested on sun4v
(besides most likely not being needed), expand the #ifndef SUN4V
accordingly.
MFC after: 3 days
number in the irq register. While there are other issues with these
variants, avoiding writing to it helps interrupt generation on at
least one card, and doesn't hurt on the others. Flag ISA attachment
as needing INT_NO_REG written, and don't update the PC Card attachment
(which will have the effect of not touching it for PC Cards).
Document this in a comment, and tweak one or two formatting nits while
I'm here.
This is a sync to mesa/drm pre-gem, with a few fixes on top of that.
It also contains one local patch supplied by kib@ that I can't apply to
git.master shared code.
Approved by: flz
Obtained from: mesa/drm git.master
MFC after: 2 weeks
in a noticeable reduction in system time spent.
- If bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) fails with EFBIG and we already have
defragmented the mbuf chain, don't bother to defragment and load it
a second time just yet as it's likely to fail again anyway.
MFC after: 3 days
The pty(4) driver raises up to warnings when an old BSD-style PTY is
created. The reason why I added this warning, was to make it easier to
spot applications that allocate BSD-style PTY's, while they should just
use openpty() or posix_openpt().
Add a sysctl, which allows you to override the number of remaining
messages, making it possible to suppress the warnings.
Requested by: kib
Reviewed by: kib
- Provide module dependency information.
- Static'ize ebus_release_resource() in order to match prototype.
- Remove outdated and/or obsolete comments.
- Fix whitespace bugs.
MFC after: 3 days
night.
Free the children after each pci bus that is searched. Otherwise we
leak them. With free in the new place, we also have to free children
before going to done when we find the device we're looking for.
Also, if we can't get the children of a device, just ignore that bus.
When there's an error, we don't want to free the children, since it
will be stack garbage. While we did fail to dereference it by setting
devs to 0, we didn't fail to call free. We never failed to fail, it
was the easiest thing to do.
(1) Abstract interpreter vnode labeling in execve(2) and mac_execve(2)
so that the general exec code isn't aware of the details of
allocating, copying, and freeing labels, rather, simply passes in
a void pointer to start and stop functions that will be used by
the framework. This change will be MFC'd.
(2) Introduce a new flags field to the MAC_POLICY_SET(9) interface
allowing policies to declare which types of objects require label
allocation, initialization, and destruction, and define a set of
flags covering various supported object types (MPC_OBJECT_PROC,
MPC_OBJECT_VNODE, MPC_OBJECT_INPCB, ...). This change reduces the
overhead of compiling the MAC Framework into the kernel if policies
aren't loaded, or if policies require labels on only a small number
or even no object types. Each time a policy is loaded or unloaded,
we recalculate a mask of labeled object types across all policies
present in the system. Eliminate MAC_ALWAYS_LABEL_MBUF option as it
is no longer required.
MFC after: 1 week ((1) only)
Reviewed by: csjp
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
not in the namecache when shared lookups are enabled (vfs.lookup_shared=1,
it is currently off by default) and the filesystem supports shared lookups
(e.g. NFS client). Specifically, if multiple concurrent LOOKUPs both miss
in the name cache in parallel, each of the lookups may each end up adding an
entry to the namecache resulting in duplicate entries in the namecache
for the same pathname. A subsequent removal of the mapping of that
pathname to that vnode (via remove or rename) would only evict one of the
entries from the name cache. As a result, subseqent lookups for that
pathname would still return the old vnode.
This race was observed with shared lookups over NFS where a file was updated
by writing a new file out to a temporary file name and then renaming that
temporary file to the "real" file to effect atomic updates of a file. Other
processes on the same client that were periodically reading the file would
occasionally receive an ESTALE error from open(2) because the VOP_GETATTR()
in nfs_open() would receive that error when given the stale vnode.
The fix here is to check for duplicates in cache_enter() and just return
if an entry for this same directory and leaf file name for this vnode is
already in the cache. The check for duplicates is done by walking the
per-vnode list of name cache entries. It is expected that this list should
be very small in the common case (usually 0 or 1 entries during a
cache_enter() since most files only have 1 "leaf" name).
Reviewed by: ups, scottl
MFC after: 2 months
PHY only and not also in the case of an external PHY currently
doing full duplex, which accidentally got broken in r172334.
It's still not clear to me why we need to enable the buffer for
an internal PHY though.
- Count excess and late collisions as output errors. [1]
- Count receive errors as input errors. [1]
Obtained from: NetBSD [1]
MFC after: 3 days
space provided by its argument structure, return EOVERFLOW instead of
E2BIG. The latter is documented in Solaris's man page, but the
former is implemented. In either case, the caller should use
getaudit_addr(2) to return the IPv6 address.
Submitted by: sson
Obtained from: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 3 days
on the presence of fhc(4) instead; we by far don't support all of
the functionality provide by the clock board but in general it's
an integral part of FireHose-based systems which shouldn't be
possible to omit.
we can be sure that it's valid.
In case we abort early free it again else put it into the syncache.
We need the cred in the syncache to be able to restrict what will be
exportet by the sysctl helper function syncache_pcblist() (to netstat)
within jails.
PR: kern/126493
Reviewed by: rwatson (earlier versions)
MFC after: 3 days
ukbd(4) does and that emulation was enabled by default, all three of
them work together with kbdmux(4) out of the box just fine.
- Fix some whitespace bugs.
MFC after: 3 days
When my earlier MPSAFE TTY prototypes still implemented line
disciplines, we needed a mechanism to abort read()'s on PTY master
devices when inside the line discipline. Because this is no longer the
case, these checks have become unneeded.
tables, then attempt to build a simple list containing just the high and
low frequencies based on the current CPU frequency calculated during boot
and the contents of the MSR.
MFC after: 1 month
timer. Previously, the various divisors were fixed which meant that while
it gave somewhat reasonable stathz, etc. at hz=1000, it went off the rails
with any other hz value. With these changes, we now pick a lapic timer hz
based on the value of hz. If hz is >= 1500, then the lapic timer runs at
hz. If 1500 hz >= 750, we run the lapic timer at hz * 2. If hz < 750, we
run at hz * 4. We compute a divider at runtime to make stathz run as close
to 128 as we can since stathz really wants to be run at something close to
that frequency. Profiling just runs on every clock tick. So some examples:
With hz = 100, the lapic timer now runs at 400 instead of 2000. stathz
will be 133, and profhz = 400. With hz = 1000 (default), the lapic timer
is still at 2000 (as it is now), stathz is at 133 (as it is now), and
profhz will be 2000 (previously 666).
MFC after: 2 weeks
only in low memory situations, so the error fork of these fixes is
lightly tested, but they should do the least-wrong thing...
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
set the MNT_FORCE flag, but do not persist "force"
in the options list, since it is a command, not a persistent property
of a mount.
Similarly, when we see "reload", set MNT_RELOAD,
but delete "reload" from the options list.
MFC after: 1 week
- According to POSIX, tcsetattr() must not fail when any of the bits in
the structure are unsupported, but it must leave the unsupported flags
alone.
- The CIGNORE flag (set by TCSASOFT, extension) was not cleared from
c_cflag, which means using it would cause it to be applied during its
entire lifespan. Eventually make sure we clear the flag.
I don't really like CIGNORE, but I think we must keep it alive right
now. With our new TTY layer, we don't actually need this mechanism,
because if you leave c_cflag, c_ispeed and c_ospeed alone, we won't make
a call into the device driver anyway.
Reported by: naddy
Tested by: naddy
thread_unsuspend_one() needs to optionally wakeup the swapper. Since we
hold the thread lock for that entire function, however, we have to push
that requirement up into the caller.
Found by: rwatson
Unlike pre-MPSAFE TTY, the pts(4) driver always returned ENXIO when a
read() or write() was performed on a pseudo-terminal master device when
the slave device was not opened. The old implementation had different
semantics:
- When the slave device had not been opened yet, read() and write() just
blocked.
- When the slave device had been closed, a read() call would return 0
bytes length.
- When the slave device had been closed, a write() call would return
EIO.
Change the new implementation to return 0 and EIO as well. We don't
implement the first rule, but I suspect this is not needed, because
routines like openpty() also open the slave device node. posix_openpt()
users also do similar things.
Reported by: rink
Tested by: rink
counters for Rx/Tx statistics. Various counters in ifnet is also
updated with these hardware counters.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
It turned out we transmitted VSTART after each successful read on a TTY
when software flow control was turned on. This was because of a very
evil bug where we tested the TF_HIWAT_IN flag the other way around.
Reported by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy mips inka de>
interrupt mask register again. This saves one register access per
each interrupt.
Also don't try to process frames when driver is not running.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
- Rename pciereg_cfgopen() to pcie_cfgregopen() and expose it to the
rest of the kernel. It now also accepts parameters via function
arguments rather than global variables.
- Add a notion of minimum and maximum bus numbers and reject requests for
an out of range bus.
- Add more range checks on slot/func/reg/bytes parameters to the cfg reg
read/write routines. Don't panic on any invalid parameters, just fail
the request (writes do nothing, reads return -1). This matches the
behavior of the other cfg mechanisms.
- Port the memory mapped configuration space access to amd64. On amd64
we simply use the direct map (via pmap_mapdev()) for the memory mapped
window.
- During acpi_attach() just after loading the ACPI tables, check for a
MCFG table. If it exists, call pciereg_cfgopen() on each subtable
(memory mapped window). For now we only support windows for domain 0
that start with bus 0. This removes the need for more chipset-specific
quirks in the MD code.
- Remove the chipset-specific quirks for the Intel 5000P/V/Z chipsets
since these machines should all have MCFG tables via ACPI.
- Updated pci_cfgregopen() to DTRT if ACPI had invoked pcie_cfgregopen()
earlier.
MFC after: 2 weeks
link state and detach request.
While I'm here make sure established link is IFM_10_T or
IFM_100_TX as bfe(4) just supports 10/100Mbps media.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
the IP multicast input code from the output path; we don't allow
reentrance of the input path from the IP output path, it must use the
netisr due to potential lock recursion.
MFC after: 3 days
During the import of the MPSAFE TTY layer (r181905), I changed
acct_process() to lock proctree_lock instead of SESS_LOCK, because
s_ttyp is now locked using proctree_lock. One of the things I forgot,
was to lock it before we PROC_LOCK.
Commit this patch, written by kib@. To ensure we hold proctree_lock as
short as possible, obtaining `ac_tty' has now been made the first step
of filling `acct'.
Reported by: Kevin <kevinxlinuz 163 com>
Solved by: kib
o Removed unneeded header files.
o bus_dma(9) fix:
- created parent tag with 1GB dma address limit with no
alignment restrictions.
- set 4096 alignment limit for Tx/Rx descriptor rings.
- separate Rx buffer tag from Tx buffer tag such that Tx tag
allows up-to 16 segments while Rx buffer tag only allows
single segment.
- it seems the controller has no alignment restrictions on Tx/Rx
buffers. Remove ETHER_ALIGN alignment restriction in Tx/Rx
buffers.
- created a spare Rx dma map which would be used to cope with
failure of loading a dma map.
- make sure to load full Tx/Rx descriptor size for Tx/Rx
descriptor dma maps, previously bfe(4) used to load single
descriptor size for each descriptor rings. I have no idea how
it could be run without problems.
- don't blindly cast bus_addr_t type to 32bits in bfe_dma_map().
- created bfe_dma_free() to free allocated dma memory/tags.
- make sure to invoke bus_dmamap_sync(9) before/after processing
descriptor rings/buffers. Because the hardware has severe dma
address space limitation, bounce-buffers would be always used
on systems with more than 1GB memory during
descriptors/buffers access.
- added Tx descriptor ring initialization function,
bfe_list_tx_init().
- moved producer/consumer index initialization to
bfe_list_tx_init() and bfe_list_rx_init() from
bfe_chip_reset().
- added bfe_discard_buf() which will update loaded descriptors
without unloading/reloading the dma map to speed up error
recovery.
- implemented Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9). The number of
segments allowed was chosen to be 16 which should be enough for
non-TSO capable hardwares. Setting SOF bit of Tx descriptor is
done in the last to avoid potential race.
- don't give up sending frames in bfe_start() until the hardware
lacks free descriptors.
- added XXX comment to second kick command and possible workaround.
- implemented Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- removed bfe_dma_map_desc() as it's not needed anymore after
the conversion to bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- added endianness support. With this change bfe(4) should work
on any architectures that can create bounce buffers within 1GB
address range.
- add missing bus_dmamap_sync() in bfe_tx_eof()/bfe_rx_eof().
o Use PCI_BAR instead of hardcoded value to set BARs.
Simplified register access with bus_write_4(9)/bus_read_4(9) and
removed bfe_btag, bfe_bhandle, bfe_vhandle in softc as it's not
used anymore.
o Reorder device detach logic such that bfe_detach() is also used
for handling driver attach failure case.
o Remove unnecessary KASSERT in bfe_detach().
o Remove bfe_rx_cnt, bfe_up, bfe_vpd_prodname, bfe_vpd_readonly in
softc. It's not used at all.
o Remove BFE_RX_RING_SIZE/BFE_RX_RING_SIZE/BFE_LINK_DOWN.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
memory area's base and limit are optional. The low 4-bits of the "low"
prefetchable registers indicates whether or not a 32-bit or 64-bit
region is supported. The PCI-PCI driver had been assuming that all bridges
supported a 64-bit region (and thus the two upper 32-bit registers). Fix
the driver to only use those registers if the low 4-bits of the "low"
registers indicate that a 64-bit region is supported. The PCI-PCI bridge
in the XBox happens to be a bridge that only supports a 32-bit region.
Reported by: rink
MFC after: 1 week
and 5000P/V/Z chipsets.
- If the base address of the config space BAR is above 4GB for some reason
and this isn't a PAE kernel, then warn about this (under bootverbose)
and don't use the BAR.
PR: kern/126525
Submitted by: Arthur Hartwig @ Nokia
MFC after: 2 weeks
We used to have a single wait channel inside the kernel which could be
used by threads that just wanted to sleep for some time (the next
second). The old TTY layer was the only piece of code that still used
lbolt, because I already removed the use of lbolt from the NFS clients
and the VFS syncer.
Approved by: philip
I initially didn't want to integrate the Xen console driver, because it
did not receive any testing. Kip Macy suggested that I'd better check it
in right now, because this is the easiest way for him to test it while
he is working on the Xen import.
Requested by: kmacy
For some reason, sys/sys/tty.h was only half patched. This went by
unnoticed, because the copyright notice on the top already displayed my
name, so I thought the file went in properly.
Reported by: kmacy
The previous commit also included changes to all the system call lists,
but it is a tradition to update these lists in a second commit, so rerun
make sysent to update the $FreeBSD$ tags inside these files to refer to
the latest version of syscalls.master.
Requested by: rwatson
The last half year I've been working on a replacement TTY layer for the
FreeBSD kernel. The new TTY layer was designed to improve the following:
- Improved driver model:
The old TTY layer has a driver model that is not abstract enough to
make it friendly to use. A good example is the output path, where the
device drivers directly access the output buffers. This means that an
in-kernel PPP implementation must always convert network buffers into
TTY buffers.
If a PPP implementation would be built on top of the new TTY layer
(still needs a hooks layer, though), it would allow the PPP
implementation to directly hand the data to the TTY driver.
- Improved hotplugging:
With the old TTY layer, it isn't entirely safe to destroy TTY's from
the system. This implementation has a two-step destructing design,
where the driver first abandons the TTY. After all threads have left
the TTY, the TTY layer calls a routine in the driver, which can be
used to free resources (unit numbers, etc).
The pts(4) driver also implements this feature, which means
posix_openpt() will now return PTY's that are created on the fly.
- Improved performance:
One of the major improvements is the per-TTY mutex, which is expected
to improve scalability when compared to the old Giant locking.
Another change is the unbuffered copying to userspace, which is both
used on TTY device nodes and PTY masters.
Upgrading should be quite straightforward. Unlike previous versions,
existing kernel configuration files do not need to be changed, except
when they reference device drivers that are listed in UPDATING.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
Approved by: philip (ex-mentor)
Discussed: on the lists, at BSDCan, at the DevSummit
Sponsored by: Snow B.V., the Netherlands
dcons(4) fixed by: kan
place to add this connection, since the interrupt is for a GPIO pin,
but since we have no alternative at the moment...
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
we free memory from underneath them.
This fixes an occasional panic I've been seeing in softclock() where a bad
pointer would be encountered when pushing DTrace hard.
The PCM's sound.h file only seems to include <sys/tty.h>, because
channel_if seems to require selinfo. Just replace it with
<sys/selinfo.h>.
There's no real problem with including <sys/tty.h> here, even with
MPSAFE TTY, but <sys/tty.h> is something that should be used by the TTY
layer, its driver and code that integrated it with the process tree.
corresponding USAGE should be skipped as well.
For example, below is a report desc fragment of some mouse:
COLLECTION
...
USAGE TWHEEL
FEATURE ...
...
USAGE WHEEL
INPUT ...
...
END COLLECTION
"USAGE TWHEEL" should be consumed after the FEATURE item is skipped,
otherwise, the INPUT item will be assigned to "USAGE TWHEEL" later,
other than "USAGE WHEEL".
Tested by: Grzegorz Blach
PR: usb/125941
In order to CATER this, DDB buffered output can be choosen at compile
time through the option DDB_BUFR_SIZE=nbytes where nbytes choose the size
of the buffer (suggested size is 128 bytes), which should be manually
specified in any interested config file.
Sponsored by: Nokia
kernel gs base, because %rip is adjusted only on kernel-mode trap caused
by iretq execution. On the other hand, the stack contains (hardware
part of) trap frame from the usermode. As a consequence, checking for
frame mode and doing swapgs causes the kernel to enter trap() with
usermode gs base.
Remove the check for mode and conditional swapgs, we already have right
gs base in the MSR.
Submitted by: Nate Eldredge <neldredge math ucsd edu>
MFC after: 3 days
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
domain, pribus (the primary bus, eg the bus that this chip is on),
secbus (the secondary bus, eg the bus immediately behind this chip)
and subbus (the number of the highest bus behind this chip).
Normally, this information is reported via bootverbose parameters, but
that's hard to use for debugging in some cases.
This adds reading of pribus to make this happen. In addition, change
the narrow types to u_int to allow for easier reporting via sysctl for
domain, secbus and subbus. This should have no effect, but if it
does, please let me know.
into v4-only vs. v6-only inp_flags processing.
When ip6_savecontrol_v4() is called from ip6_savecontrol() we
were not passing back the **mp thus the information will be missing
in userland.
Istead of going with a *** as suggested in the PR we are returning
**mp now and passing in the v4only flag as a pointer argument.
PR: kern/126349
Reviewed by: rwatson, dwmalone
Now we have a single /dev/snp device node, which can be opened by
watch(8) multiple times. Even though snp(4) will be dead as of next
week, it's nice having this in SVN, because:
- We may want to MFC it to RELENG_7.
- By the time we fix snp(4) again, it's already there, existing watch(8)
binaries should already work.
Just like bpf(4), I'm adding a symlink from snp0 to snp to remain binary
compatible.
This can be used to disable the 80pin cable check on systems which forget to
set the bit -- such as certain laptops and Soekris boards.
PR: kern/114605 (somewhat reworked)
Submitted by: marck
MFC after: 1 week
- Speedup the lock orderings lookup modifying the witness graph from a
linked tree to a matrix. A table lookup caches the lock orderings in
order to make a O(1) access for them. Any witness object has an unique
index withing this lookup cache table.
- Reduce the lock contention on w_mtx acquiring it only when the LOR
actually happens and not in a sane case. In order to do this don't totally
flush lock lists (per-CPU spinlocks list and per-thread sleeplocks list)
but check for ll_count anytime we need to have to verify allocations sanity.
- Introduce the function witness_thread_exit() in the witness namespace which
should verify a thread doesn't hold any witness occurrence why exiting.
- Rename the sysctl debug.witness.graphs into debug.witness.fullgraph and
add debug.witness.badstacks which prints out stacks for LOR revealed.
This is implemented using the stack(9) support, which makes WITNESS to be
dependent by the STACK option or by the DDB (including STACK) option.
- Fix style(9) for src/sys/kern/subr_witness.c
The hash table approach has been developed by Ilya Maykov on the behalf of
Isilon Systems which kindly released the patch.
Jeff Roberson, ported the patch to -CURRENT and fixed w_mtx contention, on the
behalf of Nokia.
Submitted by: Ilya Maykov <ivmaykov at gmail dot com> (Isilon Systems), jeff
Sponsored by: Nokia
bpf(4) now uses cdevpriv to distinguish multiple file descriptors, where
it used to be implemented using device cloning. Ports like libpcap
properly detect the change in their configure scripts, but it doesn't
hurt to increase __FreeBSD_version.
While there, change the bpf(4) manual page to refer to /dev/bpf instead
of /dev/bpfN.
Requested by: mlaier
that redzone adds to the allocation for storing its metadata is at least as
large as the metadata that it will store there.
Submitted by: Nima Misaghian
priority of some of the drivers that manage the same state (e.g. ichss0
vs est0). Specifically, powernow, est, and p4tcc are added at order 10,
ichss at order 20, and smist at order 30. Previously, some laptops were
seeing both ichss0 and est0 attaching and stomping on each other.
XXX: This isn't quite ideal, but works with the existing hacks, I think
what we really want instead is a single "speedstep0" device for CPUs
that the ichss, est, and smist drivers probe (but with differing
priorities).
MFC after: 1 week
Right now the bpf(4) driver uses the cloning API to generate /dev/bpf%u.
When an application such as tcpdump needs a BPF, it opens /dev/bpf0,
/dev/bpf1, etc. until it opens the first available device node. We used
this approach, because our devfs implementation didn't allow
per-descriptor data.
Now that we can, make it use devfs_get_cdevpriv() to obtain the private
data. To remain compatible with the existing implementation, add a
symlink from /dev/bpf0 to /dev/bpf. I've already changed libpcap to
compile with HAVE_CLONING_BPF, which makes it use /dev/bpf. There may be
other applications in the base system (dhclient) that use the loop to
obtain a valid bpf.
Discussed on: src-committers
Approved by: csjp
mounts, Linux won't even bother registering nlockmgr for UDP. This
causes nlm_get_rpc to fail, which means any attempts to deliver the
GRANTED callback fail. Add code to nlm_get_rpc to try to locate the
TCP version as well. If it finds it on TCP, it establishes
a clnt_reconnect to the host.
Submitted by: zachary.loafman at isilon.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Compilation of the AVILA kernel failed because of two reasons:
- It needed curthread, which is defined through <sys/pcpu.h>.
- It still referred the softc's sc_mtx field, which has been replaced by
sc_lock three weeks ago.
To solve the first problem, I decided to include <sys/pcpu.h> in
<sys/sx.h>, which also seems to be done by <sys/mutex.h> and
<sys/rwlock.h>. Those header files also require curthread.
Approved by: jhb
the various copyouts associated with initializing the process's
argv/env data in userspace. It is possible that these copyout
operations can fault under memory pressure, possibly resulting
in dead locks. This is believed to be safe since none of the
copyout_strings() operations need to interact with the vnode here.
Submitted by: Zhouyi Zhou
PR: kern/111260
Discussed with: kib
MFC after: 3 weeks
Also report current link state while auto-negotiation is in
progress.
With this change link loss should be reported within a second
and drivers that rely on link state should work.
Reported by: Pete French < petefrench at ticketswitch dot com >
Tested by: Pete French < petefrench at ticketswitch dot com >
MFC after: 1 week
It is possible that the audit pipe(s) have different preselection configs
then the global preselection mask.
Spotted by: Vincenzo Iozzo
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Extend the DS1339 driver to recognize more chips in the family:
DS1337, DS1338, DS1339 are now supported
- Provide run-time chip detection
Reviewed, tested by: stas
Obtained from: Piotr Ziecik kosmo ! semihalf dot com
(glxsb_process()) we don't block others when looking for our session.
- Simplify the loop responsible for freeing sessions on detach.
- No need to drop a lock around malloc(M_NOWAIT).
- Treat ses_used as boolean.
- Avoid gotos where possible.
- Various style(9) fixes.
Reviewed by: philip, Patrick Lamaiziere <patfbsd@davenulle.org>
This driver supports GW3887 based chipsets and works on
x86/powerpc/sparc64. You need upgtfw kernel module before loading
upgt(4). Please see the manpage.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
on a variety of cards. Adjust the comments accordingly to match the
code. Even if the vendor chose 0xffff for the device ID, the vendor
ID can't be 0xffff, so the test is still valid from a standards
perspective.
found in Soekris hardware, for instance). The hardware supports acceleration
of AES-128-CBC accessible through crypto(4) and supplies entropy to random(4).
TODO:
o Implement rndtest(4) support
o Performance enhancements
Submitted by: Patrick Lamaizière <patfbsd -at- davenulle.org>
Reviewed by: jhb, sam
MFC after: 1 week
There is no reason the fdopen() routine needs Giant. It only sets
curthread->td_dupfd, based on the device unit number of the cdev.
I guess we won't get massive performance improvements here, but still, I
assume we eventually want to get rid of Giant.
that I have. Wait up to 1.1s for the card to become ready. Document
what the standards say, and use that to justify the behavior in the
code: PCI standard says that a card must respond to configuration
cycles within 2^25 cycles after reset goes high, which is
approximately 1s. Therefore, give cards a little break and wait for
up to 1.1s for VENDOR to become valid. Only look at the vendor part
of the ID, since only it can't be 0xffff (although in practice
vendor/device will always be != 0xfffffffff). Include detailed
pointers to standards so epople understand why we're doing what we're
doing and why it just might be OK. Make it clear in the timeout
message that it is just a warning, sinc we try to soldier on as best
we can anyway.
This should eliminate an error message that r181453 produced on
certain Atheros cards.
more mappings to the same physical page have different memory types, i.e.,
PAT settings. Consequently, if pmap_change_attr() is applied to a virtual
address range within the kernel map, then the corresponding ranges of the
direct map also need to be changed. Enhance pmap_change_attr() to handle
this case automatically.
Add a comment describing what pmap_change_attr() does.
Discussed with: jhb
and also holds things up, check every 20ms to see if we can read the
vendor of device 0.0. It will be 0xffffffff until the card is out of
reset. Always wait at least 20ms, for safety.
I think this is a better fix to the reset problem. However, I did it
as a separate commit in case something bad happens, people can roll
back to the commit before this one to see if that gives them reliable
behavior. I don't have FreeBSD up on enough machines to do exhaustive
testing on all known bridges...
some bridge + card combinations that take longer for reasons unknown.
Adjust the timeout to be 100ms on all !RICOH bridges, but leave RICOH
at 400ms. The 400ms is "lore" from other open source projects, and
I've never see my ricoh bridge chips take this long. Maybe it is the
same thing? Maybe a bit should be read instead of a hard-wired pause?
After this adjustment, a few cards that I'd insert and get only:
cbb0: card_power: 3V
cbb0: card_power: 0V
with full debugging enabled would actually try to attach.
Reported by: sam@ (I think)
MFC after: 3 days
set the %eflags used during a BIOS call via BTX to 0x202. Previously
the flags field was uninitialized garbage, and thus it was "random" if
interrupts were enabled or not during BIOS calls.
- Use constants from <machine/psl.h> for fields in %eflags.
MFC after: 3 days
- I had errantly assumed that all user requests should run with interrupts
enabled. User requests for software interrupts, however, need to disable
interrupts (and tracing) just like hardware interrupts.
- Disable alignment checking when emulating a hardware interrupt as well
(based on the description of the real mode operation of the 'INT'
instruction in the IA-32 manuals).
- Use constants for fields in %eflags.
Tested by: bz
MFC after: 3 days
features of CPUs like reading/writing machine-specific registers,
retrieving cpuid data, and updating microcode.
- Add cpucontrol(8) utility, that provides userland access to
the features of cpuctl(4).
- Add subsequent manpages.
The cpuctl(4) device operates as follows. The pseudo-device node cpuctlX
is created for each cpu present in the systems. The pseudo-device minor
number corresponds to the cpu number in the system. The cpuctl(4) pseudo-
device allows a number of ioctl to be preformed, namely RDMSR/WRMSR/CPUID
and UPDATE. The first pair alows the caller to read/write machine-specific
registers from the correspondent CPU. cpuid data could be retrieved using
the CPUID call, and microcode updates are applied via UPDATE.
The permissions are inforced based on the pseudo-device file permissions.
RDMSR/CPUID will be allowed when the caller has read access to the device
node, while WRMSR/UPDATE will be granted only when the node is opened
for writing. There're also a number of priv(9) checks.
The cpucontrol(8) utility is intened to provide userland access to
the cpuctl(4) device features. The utility also allows one to apply
cpu microcode updates.
Currently only Intel and AMD cpus are supported and were tested.
Approved by: kib
Reviewed by: rpaulo, cokane, Peter Jeremy
MFC after: 1 month
There is no need to mark this device node to use Giant. The only
architectures that use io(4) (i386 and amd64) only change a flag in
td->td_frame, which is only accessed by curthread.
Apart from this change, I think some fishy things may happen when using
/dev/io in multithreaded applications. I haven't tested, but looking at
the code, the flag doesn't get cleared when close() is called from
another thread, but this may not be this important.
I'm not removing D_NEEDGIANT from mem(4), because this driver isn't
Giant safe at all (it calls GIANT_REQUIRED).
no particular reason for them to be implemented in assembler and
having them in C allows easier extension as well as using more C
macros and {d,i}tlb_slot_max rather than hard-coding magic (and
actually spitfire-only) values.
- Fix the compilation of pmap_print_tte().
- Change pmap_print_tlb() to use ldxa() rather than re-rolling it
inline as well as TLB_DAR_SLOT and {d,i}tlb_slot_max rather than
hardcoding magic (and actually spitfire-only) values.
- While at it, suffix the above mentioned functions with "_sun4u" to
underline they're architecture-specific.
- Use __FBSDID and macros instead of magic values in locore.S.
- Remove unused includes and smp_stack in locore.S.
msleep/mtx_sleep or the various cv_*wait*() routines. Currently, the
"unlock" behavior of PDROP and cv_wait_unlock() with Giant is not
permitted as it is will be confusing since Giant is fully unrecursed and
unlocked during a thread sleep.
This is handy for subsystems which wish to allow unlocked drivers to
continue to use Giant such as CAM, the new TTY layer, and the new USB
stack. CAM currently uses a hack that I told Scott to use because I
really didn't want to permit this behavior, and the TTY and USB patches
both have various patches to permit this.
MFC after: 2 weeks
NEC PC-9801N-J02 and PC-9801N-J02R. I can't test the former because
it requires resources that conflict with my laptop. I can't test the
latter because my dog chewed up my -J02R card and it didn't survive
well enough for me to test.
http://www.t10.org/lists/1spc-lst.htm
Note opcodes for scanner and communication devices are taken from the previous
revision because they are not listed in the files any more.
Also, note newly added ASCs are all marked with 'XXX TBD' and take SS_RDEF action
for now. Some ASCs need SS_TUR for error recovery or SS_FATAL to prevent further
retrials. We should deal with them later.
Reviewed by: scottl, ken
would call ed_release_resources() when we should have called
ed_detach() to properly undo the effects of prior calls to
ed_attach(). This would leave a stray ed interface ifnet alive in the
system, which was, well, bad, since we called if_free() on the
underlying memory... Fix the ed_detach routine to cope being called
in this context now.
This should never come up because the miibus is always there. Except
for now when it seems to be failing for reasons unknown... That's a
different bug that hits at least ed, xl, dc and fxp...
performed with snapshot option, while the mp->mnt_opt is NULL.
Protect against NULL pointer dereference.
Noted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik gmail com>
MFC after: 3 days
procedure. There were some subtle differences before that could lead
to a variety of bugs, including resources being lost (in one case
forever). pccard_probe_and_attach_card does this now, and includes
comments about what's going on and why, since it isn't obvious from
the code. Please let me know if I've missed anything...
Provide a new function called pccard_select_cfe that allows drivers to
select which configuration entry to use. This is needed for some
older pre-MFC standard cards with many functions that want to activate
all their functions by selecting alternative entries, or to work
around broken ones. pccard_select_cfe will migrate into the
pccard_if.m interface as its interface stabilizes to keep all the
pccard drivers from referencing any symbols in the pccard.ko module
directly.
Fix a printf to refer to the right function name.
pci_add_map(). First, this condition is already handled earlier in
the function. Second, as written the check would never fire as the
'start' value was overwritten with a long value (rman_get_start() returns
long) before the comparison was done.
Discussed with: imp
MFC after: 2 weeks
routine wakes up proc0 so that proc0 can swap the thread back in.
Historically, this has been done by waking up proc0 directly from
setrunnable() itself via a wakeup(). When waking up a sleeping thread
that was swapped out (the usual case when waking proc0 since only sleeping
threads are eligible to be swapped out), this resulted in a bit of
recursion (e.g. wakeup() -> setrunnable() -> wakeup()).
With sleep queues having separate locks in 6.x and later, this caused a
spin lock LOR (sleepq lock -> sched_lock/thread lock -> sleepq lock).
An attempt was made to fix this in 7.0 by making the proc0 wakeup use
the ithread mechanism for doing the wakeup. However, this required
grabbing proc0's thread lock to perform the wakeup. If proc0 was asleep
elsewhere in the kernel (e.g. waiting for disk I/O), then this degenerated
into the same LOR since the thread lock would be some other sleepq lock.
Fix this by deferring the wakeup of the swapper until after the sleepq
lock held by the upper layer has been locked. The setrunnable() routine
now returns a boolean value to indicate whether or not proc0 needs to be
woken up. The end result is that consumers of the sleepq API such as
*sleep/wakeup, condition variables, sx locks, and lockmgr, have to wakeup
proc0 if they get a non-zero return value from sleepq_abort(),
sleepq_broadcast(), or sleepq_signal().
Discussed with: jeff
Glanced at by: sam
Tested by: Jurgen Weber jurgen - ish com au
MFC after: 2 weeks
for a PCI device during the boot-time probe of the parent PCI bus, then
zero the BAR and clear the resource list entry for that BAR. This forces
the PCI bus driver to request a valid resource range from the parent bridge
driver when the device driver tries to allocate the BAR. Similarly, if the
initial value of a BAR is a valid range but it is > 4GB and the current OS
only has 32-bit longs, then do a full teardown of the initial value of the
BAR to force a reallocation.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
of having duplicate versions in each bus attachment.
- Add a DRIVER_MODULE() instance so that the iicbus(4) driver will
actually attach to pcf(4) driver instances.
- Fix compile of envctrl.c.
Pointy hat: jhb (3)
- ad7418(4) uses an sx lock instead of a mtx since the iicbus(4) stuff it
calls can sleep (request_bus()). Also, I expanded the locking slightly
to serialize writes to data stored in the softc.
- Similarly, the icee(4) driver now uses an sx lock instead of a mutex.
I also removed the pointless OPENED flag and flags field from the softc.
- The locking for the ic(4) driver was a bit trickier:
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect softc data.
- The driver uses malloc'd buffers that are the size of the interface
MTU to send and receive packets. Previously, these were allocated
every time the interface was brought up and anytime the MTU was
changed, with various races that could result in memory leaks. I
changed this to be a bit simpler and more like other NIC drivers in
that we allocate buffers during attach for the default MTU size and
only reallocate them on MTU changes. The reallocation procedure
goes to some lengths with various flags to not replace either the
the receive or transmit buffers while the driver is busy receiving
or transmitting a packet.
- Store the device_t of the driver in the softc instead of detours into
new-bus using if_dunit from the ifnet and an even more bizarre detour
to get the softc instead of using if_softc.
- Drop the driver mutex when invoking netisr_dispatch() to pass the
packet up to IP.
- Use if_printf().
- Add an sx lock to the iic(4) driver to serialize open(), close(), read(),
and write and to protect sc_addr and sc_count in the softc.
- Use cdev->si_drv1 instead of using the minor number of the cdev to
lookup the softc via newbus in iic(4).
- Store the device_t in the softc to avoid a similar detour via minor
numbers in iic(4).
- Only add at most one instance of iic(4) and iicsmb(4) to each iicbus(4)
instance, and do it in the child driver.
- Add a mutex to the iicbus(4) softc to synchronize the request/release bus
stuff.
- Use __BUS_ACCESSOR() for IICBUS_ACCESSOR() instead of rolling our own.
- Add a mutex to the iicsmb(4) softc to protect softc state updated in the
interrupt handler.
- Remove Giant from all the smbus methods in iicsmb(4) now that all the
iicbus(4) backend is locked.
- Just grab Giant in the ixp425_iic(4) driver since this driver uses
a shared address/data register window pair to access the actual
I2C registers. None of the other ixp425 drivers lock access to these
shared address/data registers yet and that would need to be done before
this could use any meaningful locking.
- Add locking to the interrupt handler and 'iicbus_reset' methods of the
at91_twi(4) driver.
- Add locking to the pcf(4) driver. Other pcf(4) fixes include:
- Don't needlessly zero the softc.
- Use bus_foo rather than bus_space_foo and remove bus space tag and
handle from softc.
- The lpbb(4) driver just grabs Giant for now. This will be refined later
when ppbus(4) is locked.
- As was done with smbus earlier, move the DRIVER_MODULE() lines to match
the bus driver (either iicbus or iicbb) to the bridge driver into the
bridge drivers.
Tested by: sam (arm/ixp425)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer routine to drive the transmit watchdog timer instead
of using if_watchdog/if_timer.
- If if_alloc() fails during attach, fail the attach with an error rather
than panic'ing.
- Clear RUNNING and OACTIVE only in sncstop().
- Don't mess with IFF_UP.
- Don't leak 'struct ifnet' on detach.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Call ether_ifdetach() rather than if_detach() in the pccard detach
routine.
Tested by: no one despite repeated requests
- let the loop iterate every page (as intended), and not some multiplies
(which led to a fake exhaustion of the ARM_NOCACHE_KVA_SIZE)
- eliminate using MIN(): it compared number of pages vs. address
(ARM_TP_ADDRESS), which was bogus
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
Obtained from: Piotr Ziecik kosmo ! semihalf dot com
MFC after: 3 days
PZERO + 1. The sleeping process at the priority <= PZERO is counted as
blocked, or, as comment states, 'disk wait'. PZERO + 1 works as well,
and does not cause user confusion.
Reported by: sam <samflanker at gmail com>
MFC after: 1 week
commit, calling i386_parsedev(..., X, ...) where X is "ad", "bge", or
any other disk or network device name without a unit number, would
result in dereferencing whatever happened to be on the stack where the
variable "cp" is stored.
Found by: LLVM/Clang Static Checker
watchdog timeout issues and the root cause seems to stem from
silicon bug of controller. Personally I couldn't reproduce it on
RTL8169 controller but it seems it's dependent on usage pattern.
For newer PCIe based controllers I have no TSO complaints but
turning off TSO would be more safe. Users who are sure that
their controller works with TSO can still reenable the TSO with
ifconfig(8).
Reported by: Oliver Lehmann (lehmann at ans-netz dot de), Eugene Butusov (ebutusov at gmail dot com)
11bits. This limits the maximum interface MTU size in TSO case
as upper stack should not generate TCP segments with MSS greater
than the limit. Armed with this information, disable TSO if
interface MTU is greater than the limit.
lstat(2) is called on symlinks -- this code appears never to have
worked. The PR this addresses suggests that the intended
original behavior is the right one, but as bde points out in the
PR comments, we do actually support storing a mode on symlinks,
so returning it seems reasonable.
This is consistent with Mac OS X, which despite documentation to
the contrary does return the mode set on a symlink, but not some
other platforms. The Single Unix Spec requires only that the
returned bits be "meaningful", which seems at best unhelpful as
advice goes.
PR: 25018
MFC after: 3 days
vnode lock may cause a LOR between kld_sx lock and vnode lock.
linker_load_dependencies() drops kld_sx, and another thread may attempt
to load the same kld.
Reported and tested by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week
As clearly mentioned on the mailing lists, there is a list of drivers
that have not been ported to the MPSAFE TTY layer yet. Remove them from
the kernel configuration files. This means people can now still use
these drivers if they explicitly put them in their kernel configuration
file, which is good.
People should keep in mind that after August 10, these drivers will not
work anymore. Even though owners of the hardware are capable of getting
these drivers working again, I will see if I can at least get them to a
compilable state (if time permits).
code interfered with Performant mode and legacy interrupts. Also
remove a register read operation on the Simplq code that was
effectively a time-wasting no-op.
As of r178766 this driver didn't compile anymore, because it missed a
switch()-statement. I'm getting tired of seeing this driver being broken
for two months already. When I run `make universe', everything passes,
except the BWCT kernel configuration file.
don't support the ioapic either, so remove that option too. These
were commented out, but could never be enabled, unlike the other
options in the file that are commented out.
pmap_change_attr() in order to use the direct map for any cache mode, not
just write-back mode.
It is worth noting that this change also eliminates a situation in which we
have two mappings to the same physical memory with different cache modes.
Submitted by: Magesh Dhasayyan (with some changes by me)
Discussed with: jhb
keyword. But it doesn't work. Two options.. make it no longer accept it,
or actually make it work.. I chose the 2nd..
Allow the tablearg to be used to specify a skipto destination.
This is actually a very powerful construct if used correctly, or a sink
of cpu cycles if used badly.
changes t teh man page will follow.
There is no way for the caller to tell us which direction this packet is
going. With the bpf_mtap{2} routines, we can check the interface pointer.
MFC after: 2 weeks
mode changes, and cache and TLB invalidation when some or all of the
specified range is already mapped with the specified cache mode.
Submitted by: Magesh Dhasayyan
return success if the passed vnode pointer is NULL (rather than
panicking). This can occur if either audit or accounting are
disabled while the policy is running.
Since the swapoff control has no real relevance to this policy,
which is concerned about intent to write rather than water under the
bridge, remove it.
PR: kern/126100
Reported by: Alan Amesbury <amesbury at umn dot edu>
MFC after: 3 days
processes are not producing absolute pathname tokens. It is required
that audited pathnames are generated relative to the global root mount
point. This modification changes our implementation of audit_canon_path(9)
and introduces a new function: vn_fullpath_global(9) which performs a
vnode -> pathname translation relative to the global mount point based
on the contents of the name cache. Much like vn_fullpath,
vn_fullpath_global is a wrapper function which called vn_fullpath1.
Further, the string parsing routines have been converted to use the
sbuf(9) framework. This change also removes the conditional acquisition
of Giant, since the vn_fullpath1 method will not dip into file system
dependent code.
The vnode locking was modified to use vhold()/vdrop() instead the vref()
and vrele(). This will modify the hold count instead of modifying the
user count. This makes more sense since it's the kernel that requires
the reference to the vnode. This also makes sure that the vnode does not
get recycled we hold the reference to it. [1]
Discussed with: rwatson
Reviewed by: kib [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
proved to be necessary to make the static drivers work
in EITHER/OR or BOTH configurations. Modules will still
build in sys/modules/igb or em as before.
This also updates the igb driver for support for the 82576
adapter, adds shared code fixes, and etc....
MFC after: ASAP
support for bpf(4) due to hacks in the Y! tree for a truss32 binary
(since superseded by native support for 32-bit binaries in truss itself).
MFC after: 1 week
to downgrade the exclusive lock to shared one when exclusive lock owner
requested shared lock. New lockmgr panics instead.
The vnode_pager_lock function requests shared lock on the vnode backing
the OBJT_VNODE, and can be called when the current thread already holds
an exlcusive lock on the vnode. For instance, it happens when handling
page fault from the VOP_WRITE() uiomove that writes to the file, with
the faulted in page fetched from the vm object backed by the same file.
We then get the situation described above.
Verify whether the vnode is already exclusively locked by the curthread
and request recursed exclusive vnode lock instead of shared, if true.
Reported by: gallatin
Discussed with: attilio
well as the 15C since it seems to be required in practice. The Linux
natsemi.c driver mostly does this as well.
PR: kern/112179
Submitted by: Mark Willson mark - hydrus org uk
MFC after: 1 week
It seems we only use `lbolt' inside the VFS syncer and the TTY layer
now. Because I'm planning to replace the TTY layer next month, there's
no reason to keep `lbolt' if it's only used in a single thread inside
the kernel.
Because the syncer code wanted to wake up the syncer thread before the
timeout, it called sleepq_remove(). Because we now just use a condvar(9)
with a timeout value of `hz', we can wake it up using cv_broadcast()
without waking up any unrelated threads.
Reviewed by: phk
After the import of the new TTY layer, the TTY_QUOTE definition will not
be present anymore. To make sure clists will still work as expected,
introduce an internal definition called QUOTEMASK.
Maybe we can decide to remove the quote bits entirely, but we still have
to look into this. There may be drivers that still use the quote bits.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty
the 32bit images on amd64.
Change the semantic of the PCB_32BIT pcb flag to request the context
switch code to operate on the segment registers. Its previous meaning
of saving or restoring the %gs base offset is assigned to the new
PCB_GS32BIT flag.
FreeBSD 32bit image activator sets the PCB_32BIT flag, while Linux 32bit
emulation sets PCB_32BIT | PCB_GS32BIT.
Reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 2 weeks
sockets for IPv6 raw sockets: separately lock the inpcb for determining
the destination address for a connect()'d raw socket at the rip6_send()
layer, and then re-acquire the inpcb lock in the rip6_output() layer to
query other options on the socket. Previously, the global raw IP socket
lock was used, which while correct and marginally more consistent, could
add significantly to global raw IP socket lock contention.
MFC after: 1 week
lock the inpcb and use a local stack variable to copy to/from userspace
so that sooptcopyin()/sooptcopyout() aren't called while holding an
rwlock.
While here, fix a bug in which a failed sooptcopyin() might lead to
partially consistent ICMPv6 filters on the socket by not ignoring the
error returned by sooptcopyin().
MFC after: 2 weeks
using the passed arguments explicitly and unconditionally rather than
testing them and calling panic(). The result is the same but easier
to read.
MFC after: 3 days
- When a cpuset is applied to a thread, walk the cpuset to see if it is a
"full" cpuset (includes all available CPUs). If not, set a new
TDS_AFFINITY flag to indicate that this thread can't run on all CPUs.
When inheriting a cpuset from another thread during thread creation, the
new thread also inherits this flag. It is in a new ts_flags field in
td_sched rather than using one of the TDF_SCHEDx flags because fork()
clears td_flags after invoking sched_fork().
- When placing a thread on a runqueue via sched_add(), if the thread is not
pinned or bound but has the TDS_AFFINITY flag set, then invoke a new
routine (sched_pickcpu()) to pick a CPU for the thread to run on next.
sched_pickcpu() walks the cpuset and picks the CPU with the shortest
per-CPU runqueue length. Note that the reason for the TDS_AFFINITY flag
is to avoid having to walk the cpuset and examine runq lengths in the
common case.
- To avoid walking the per-CPU runqueues in sched_pickcpu(), add an array
of counters to hold the length of the per-CPU runqueues and update them
when adding and removing threads to per-CPU runqueues.
MFC after: 2 weeks
revision and (on Prism cards) the primary firmware revision via
sysctl. Move the printing of this information under bootverbose,
since it is relatively easy to get to it now.
mapping to 4KB page mappings when the specified attribute change only
applies to a portion of the 2MB page. Previously, in such cases,
pmap_change_attr() gave up and returned an error.
Submitted by: Magesh Dhasayyan
- Check if panicstr isn't set, if it is ignore the lock. This helps to avoid
confusion, because lockmgr is a no-op when panicstr isn't NULL, so
asserting anything at this point doesn't make sense and can just race with
other panic.
Discussed with: kib
(Other more specific related options will follow)
This allows one to set multiple p2p links to the same place
and select which to use by having each in different FIBS.
turns out some devices do this and since we otherwise validate the station
is associated and don't use the aid for anything being lenient here allows
them to function
Submitted by: Chris Zimmermann
MFC after: 2 weeks
This gives significant performance improvements when many raw sockets used.
Benchmarks of mpd handeling 1000 simultaneous PPTP connections show up to 50%
performance boost. With higher number of connections benefit becomes even
bigger. PopTop snd others should also get some benefits.
the beginning. There's a race in the shared interrutp case. If
another interrupt happens after the interrupt is setup, then we'd try
to lock an uninitialized mutex. In addition, if we bailed out due to
a too old version of firmware, we'd leave the interrupt enabled with
all the fun that ensues....
"If you don't get a review within a day or two, I would firmly recommend
backing out the changes"
back out all my changes as unreviewed by secteam@ yet.
The ttyinfo() routine generates the fancy output when pressing ^T. Right
now it is stored in tty.c. In the MPSAFE TTY code it is already stored
in tty_info.c. To make integration of the MPSAFE TTY code a little
easier, take the same approach.
This makes the TTY code a little bit more readable, because having the
proc_*/thread_* routines in tty.c is very distractful.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
The kbd, kbdmux, ugen and uhid drivers included <sys/tty.h>, because
they needed clists, which have been moved to <sys/clist.h> some time
ago. In the MPSAFE TTY branch, <sys/tty.h> does not include
<sys/clist.h>, which means we have to teach these drivers to include
this header file directly.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit)
We're very lucky, because the flags used by our TIOCPKT implementation
are the same as flags used by Linux. We can safely enable TIOCPKT,
assuming EXTPROC is not used.
TIOCSPTLCK is used by unlockpt(). Because we don't need unlockpt() in
our implementation, make this ioctl a no-op.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit), rdivacky
Obtained from: P4 (//depot/projects/mpsafetty/...)
but removed too much, breaking the build in other places instead. Now
that the ipfilter issue has been fixed (or hacked around), address the
second issue by restoring r180755, with one small change. I don't feel
comfortable using assert(3) in a header that will be included in userland
code that may or may not already have an assertion mechanism in place,
so KASSERT() evaluates to a no-op in the !_KERNEL case.
behavior. Specifically, probe Host-PCI bridges in the order they are
encountered in the tree. For CPUs, just use an order of 100000 and assume
that no Host-PCI bridges will be more than 10000 levels deep in the
namespace. This fixes an issue on some boxes where the HPET timer stopped
attaching.
vnode buffers locked at once. In particular, there are indirect buffers
among locked ones. The bdwrite() may start the flushing to keep dirty
buffer list at the bounds. If any buffer on the dirty list requires
translation from logical to physical block number, code may ends up
trying to lock an indirect buffer already locked in ffs_balloc_ufsX.
Prevent the bdflush() activity when several buffers are locked at once
by setting the TDP_INBDFUSH for the problematic code blocks.
Reported and tested by: pho, Josef Buchsteiner at Juniper
In collaboration with: kan
MFC after: 1 month
when stack realignment is turned on (it is ALWAYS on for main), however
in a profiling build %ecx would be clobbered by mcount(), this would lead
to a segmentation fault when the code tries to reference any argument.
This fix changes mcount() to preserve %ecx.
PR: bin/119709
Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 1 week
return NDIS_STATUS_PENDING. In this case, it's waiting for 5 secs to
get the response from drivers now. However, some NDIS drivers can send
the response before NDIS framework gets ready to receive it so we might
always be blocked for 5 secs in current implementation. NDIS framework
should reset the event before calling NDIS driver's callback not after.
MFC after: 1 month
used but MSI to HyperTransport IRQ mapping is enabled, and would act as
if MSI is turned on, resulting in interrupt loss.
This commit will,
1. enable MSI mapping on a device only when MSI is enabled for that
device and the MSI address matches the HT mapping window.
2. enable MSI mapping on a bridge only when a downstream device is
allocated an MSI address in the mapping window
PR: kern/118842
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
child process immediately after bulk bcopy() without dropping the
process lock.
Since process is not single-threaded when forking, dropping and
reacquiring the lock allows an other thread to change the process title
of the parent in between, and results in hold being done on the invalid
pointer. The problem manifested itself as the double free of the old
p_args.
Reported by: kris
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
The kernel has a special wchan called `lbolt', which is triggered each
second. It doesn't seem to be used a lot and it seems pretty redundant,
because we can specify a timeout value to the *sleep() routines. In an
attempt to eventually remove lbolt, make the NFS/RPC code use a timeout
of `hz' when trying to reconnect.
Only the TTY code (not MPSAFE TTY) and the VFS syncer seem to use lbolt
now.
Reviewed by: attilio, jhb
Approved by: philip (mentor), alfred, dfr
- removing 'const' qualifier from an input parameter to conform to the type
required by rw_assert();
- using in_addr->s_addr to retrive 32 bits address value.
Observed by: tinderbox
and there is no need to maintain it.
- Fix vn_get() in order to let it call vget(9) with a valid locking
request. vget(9) returns the vnode locked in order to prevent recycling,
but in this case internal XFS locks alredy prevent it from happening, so
it is safe to drop the vnode lock before to return by vn_get().
- Add a VNASSERT() in vget(9) in order to catch malformed locking requests.
Discussed with: kan, kib
Tested by: Lothar Braun <lothar at lobraun dot de>
kthread of the mpt(4) driver that hangs around for the entire lifetime of
the thread. Previously the driver would allocate a new CCB using M_WAITOK
with a lock held each time it updated its state. While here, use the
CAM API for allocating a CCB rather than raw malloc(9).
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week
This MAY be combined by a clever person with the 'key' code recently
added, however a cursary glance suggest that it would be safer to just keep
the patches as it is unlikely that the two modes would be used together
and the separate patch has been extensively tested.
Obtained from: here and there
MFC after: 1 week
interrupt-driven configuration handlers to complete, print out a
diagnostic message every 60 second indicating which handlers are
still running. Do this at most 5 times per run so as to avoid
scrolling out any useful information from the kernel message
buffer.
The interval of 60 seconds was selected based on a best guess as
to the nature of "long enough" and may want to be tuned higher
or lower depending on real-world tolerances.
MFC after: 3 days
Discussed with: scottl
for completion in run_interrupt_driven_config_hooks(). This is
helpful when trying to figure out which device drivers have gone
into la-la land during boot-time autoconfiguration.
MFC after: 3 days
- When a tick occurs on a cpu, iterate from cs_softticks until ticks.
The per-cpu tick processing happens asynchronously with the actual
adjustment of the 'ticks' variable. Sometimes the results may
be visible before the local call and sometimes after. Previously this
could cause a one tick window where we didn't evaluate the bucket.
- In softclock fetch curticks before incrementing cc_softticks so we
don't skip insertions which were made for the current time.
Sponsored by: Nokia
sched_tick() to prevent multiple increments for one tick. This pushes
the value out of range and breaks priority calculation.
Reviewed by: kib
Found by: pho/nokia
Sponsored by: Nokia
MFC after: 3 days
information from rip_input() to rip_append(). Instead, pass the source
address for an IP datagram to rip_append() using a stack-allocated
sockaddr_in, similar to udp_input() and udp_append().
Prior to the move to rwlocks for inpcbinfo, this was not a problem, as
use of the global was synchronized using the ripcbinfo mutex, but with
read-locking there is the potential for a race during concurrent
receive.
This problem is not present in the IPv6 raw IP socket code, which
already used a stack variable for the address.
Spotted by: mav
MFC after: 1 week (before inpcbinfo rwlock changes)
and handle NIC hardware watchdog resets.
- remove buggy code at the top of mxge_tick() which tried
to detect a race which is already detected in the kernel's
callout code.
- move callout_stop() and callout_reset() into mxge_close()
mxge_open() rather than doing the callout manipulation
all over the place.
- use callout_drain(), rather than callout_stop() to prevent
a potential race between mxge_tick() and mxge_detach()
which could lead to softclock using a destroyed mutex
- restructure the mxge_tick() and mxge_watchdog_reset()
routines to avoid resetting a callout, and then
immediately stopping it if the watchdog reset routine
is called, and fails.
- enable the driver to handle NIC hardware watchdog
resets by restoring the NIC's PCI config space, which is
lost when the NIC hardware watchdog triggers.
Reviewed by: jhb (previus version)
The tcsetattr() routine already converts the TCSA* arguments to their
respective TIOCSETA* ioctl's in the C library. There is no need to have
these definitions inside the kernel.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit)
I think one of the reasons why we have so many conflicts in the TTY
ioctl category, is because the ioctl's aren't ordered logically. This
commit only sorts them by number. The comments may still be inaccurate.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
When I ported most applications away from <sgtty.h>, I noticed none of
them were actually using these definitions. I kept them in place,
because I didn't want to touch tools like pstat(8) and stty(1).
In preparation for the MPSAFE TTY layer, remove these definitions. This
doesn't have any impact with respect to binary compatibility (see
tty_conf.c).
We couldn now add an #error to <sys/ioctl_compat.h> when included
outside the kernel. Unfortunately, kdump's mkioctls includes this file
unconditionally.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
vr(4) overhauling(r177050).
It seems that filtering multicast addresses with multicast CAM
entries require accessing 'CAM enable bit' for each CAM entry.
Subsequent accessing multicast CAM control register without
toggling the 'CAM enable bit' seem to no effects.
In order to fix that separate CAM setup from CAM mask configuration
and CAM entry modification. While I'm here add VLAN CAM filtering
feature which will be enabled in future(FreeBSD now can receive
VLAN id insertion/removal event from vlan(4) on the fly).
For VT6105M hardware, explicitly disable VLAN hardware tag
insertion/stripping and enable VLAN CAM filtering for VLAN id 0.
This shall make non-VLAN frames set VR_RXSTAT_VIDHIT bit in Rx
status word.
Added multicast/VLAN CAM address definition to header file.
PR: kern/125010, kern/125024
MFC after: 1 week
years. All datasheet I have indicates the bit 15 is the
VR_RXSTAT_RX_OK. The bit 14 is reserved for all Rhine family
except VT6105M. VT6105M uses that bit to indicate a VLAN frame
with matching CAM VLAN id.
Use the VR_RXSTAT_RX_OK instead of VR_RXSTAT_RXERR when vr(4)
checks the validity of received frame.
This should fix occasional dropping frames on VT6105M.
Tested by: Goran Lowkrantz ( goran.lowkrantz at ismobile dot com )
MFC after: 1 week
completes the move to a fully parallel UDP transmit path by using
global read, rather than write, locking of inpcbinfo in further
semi-connected cases:
- Add macros to allow try-locking of inpcb and inpcbinfo.
- Always acquire an incpcb read lock in udp_output(), which stablizes the
local inpcb address and port bindings in order to determine what further
locking is required:
- If the inpcb is currently not bound (at all) and are implicitly
connecting, we require inpcbinfo and inpcb write locks, so drop the
read lock and re-acquire.
- If the inpcb is bound for at least one of the port or address, but an
explicit source or destination is requested, trylock the inpcbinfo
lock, and if that fails, drop the inpcb lock, lock the global lock,
and relock the inpcb lock.
- Otherwise, no further locking is required (common case).
- Update comments.
In practice, this means that the vast majority of consumers of UDP sockets
will not acquire any exclusive locks at the socket or UDP levels of the
network stack. This leads to a marked performance improvement in several
important workloads, including BIND, nsd, and memcached over UDP, as well
as significant improvements in pps microbenchmarks.
The plan is to MFC all of the rwlock changes to RELENG_7 once they have
settled for a weeks in the tree.
Tested by: ps, kris (older revision), bde
MFC after: 3 weeks
The uart(4) driver has the advantage of supporting a wider variety of
hardware on a greater amount of platforms. This driver has already been
the standard on platforms such as ia64, powerpc and sparc64.
I've decided not to change anything on pc98. I'd rather let people from
the pc98 team look at this.
Approved by: philip (mentor), marcel
set MNT_UPDATE in fsflags, and delete the
"update" option from the global mount options.
MNT_UPDATE is a command, and not a property of a mount
that should persist after the command is executed.
We need to do similar things for MNT_FORCE and MNT_RELOAD.
All mount flags are prefixed by MNT_..... it would
be nice if flags which were commands were named differently
from flags which are persistent properties of a mount.
This was not such a big deal in the pre-nmount() days,
but with nmount() it is more important.
Requested by: yar
MFC after: 2 weeks
1. The FreeBSD driver was setting an interrupt coalesce delay of 1000us
for reasons that I can only speculate on. This was hurting everything
from lame sequential I/O "benchmarks" to legitimate filesystem metadata
operations that relied on serialized barrier writes. One of my
filesystem tests went from 35s to complete down to 6s.
2. Implemented the Performant transport method. Without the fix in
(1), I saw almost no difference. With it, my filesystem tests showed
another 5-10% improvement in speed. It was hard to measure CPU
utilization in any meaningful way, so it's not clear if there was a
benefit there, though there should have been since the interrupt handler
was reduced from 2 or more PCI reads down to 1.
3. Implemented MSI-X. Without any docs on this, I was just taking a
guess, and it appears to only work with the Performant method. This
could be a programming or understanding mistake on my part. While this
by itself made almost no difference to performance since the Performant
method already eliminated most of the synchronous reads over the PCI
bus, it did allow the CISS hardware to stop sharing its interrupt with
the USB hardware, which in turn allowed the driver to become decoupled
from the Giant-locked USB driver stack. This increased performance by
almost 20%. The MSI-X setup was done with 4 vectors allocated, but only
1 vector used since the performant method was told to only use 1 of 4
queues. Fiddling with this might make it work with the simpleq method,
not sure. I did not implement MSI since I have no MSI-specific hardware
in my test lab.
4. Improved the locking in the driver, trimmed some data structures.
This didn't improve test times in any measurable way, but it does look
like it gave a minor improvement to CPU usage when many
processes/threads were doing I/O in parallel. Again, this was hard to
accurately test.
USB isochronous transfer support is required for Bluetooth SCO.
While i'm here change u_int to uint and update TODO.
This should produce no visible changes unless the device is
broken (or really old).
MFC after: 3 months
for the bio for swapout write. It allows the page allocator to drain
free page list deeper. As result, a deadlock where pageout deamon sleeps
waiting for bio to be allocated for swapout is no more reproducable in
practice.
Alan said that M_USE_RESERVE shall be ressurrected and used there, but
until this is implemented, M_NOWAIT does exactly what is needed.
Tested by: pho, kris
Reviewed by: alc
No objections from: phk
MFC after: 2 weeks (RELENG_7 only)
SI_ALIAS flag and initialization of the si_parent when alias is created.
Assert that supplied parent device is not NULL.
Both situations could cause NULL dereference in the
devfs_populate_loop() when creating a symlink for SI_ALIAS'ed device.
Namely, cdp->cdp_c.si_parent may be NULL.
Reported by: mav
MFC after: 2 weeks
As a result, those arguments must be recombined before calling the real
syscal implementation. This change fixes 32-bit compatibility for
cpuset_getid(), cpuset_setid(), cpuset_getaffinity(), and
cpuset_setaffinity().
udp_output() so that argument validation occurs before jail processing.
Add additional comments explaining what's going on when we process
addresses and binding during udp_output().
MFC after: 3 weeks
Initialize %ds, %es, and %fs during CPU startup. Otherwise a garbage
value could leak to a 32-bit process if a process migrated to a different
CPU after exec and the new CPU had never exec'd a 32-bit process.
A more complete fix is needed, but this mitigates the most frequent
manifestations.
Obtained from: ups
it's non-NULL, as all callers can and should already do the required
checking. Update comments a bit more to talk about rawcb allocation
for consumers.
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 3 weeks
it in detail.
When setting media, don't error out when a specific media is selected.
# Note: There may be some issues still here since the EtherJet PC Card doesn't
# conform to the datasheet. Many different kinds of dongles can be plugged in
# and it is unknown how to ask which one it is.
Also, add a /* bad! */ comment to a 1/2 second delay after we set the
DC/DC parameters. This should be a *sleep of some sort for !cold.
Fortunately it is the only one and is only used when setting media, so
the benefit from removing it is small. Unfortunately, it likely
serves as an exemplar of good programming techniques, which it isn't.
2) Adds some __UserSpace__ on some of the common defines that
the user space code needs
3) Fixes a bug when we send up data to a user that failed. We
need to a) trim off the data chunk headers, if present, and
b) make sure the frag bit is communicated properly for the
msgs coming off the stream queues... i.e. we see if some
of the msg has been taken.
Obtained from: jeli contributed the VIMAGE changes on this pass Thanks Julain!
socket support. These utility routines are used only for routing and
pfkey sockets, neither of which have a notion of address, so were
required to mock up fake socket addresses to avoid connection
requirements for applications that did not specify their own fake
addresses (most of them).
Quite a bit of the removed code is #ifdef notdef, since raw sockets
don't support bind() or connect() in practice. Removing this
simplifies the raw socket implementation, and removes two (commented
out) uses of dtom(9).
Fake addresses passed to sendto(2) by applications are ignored for
compatibility reasons, but this is now done in a more consistent way
(and with a comment). Possibly, EINVAL could be returned here in
the future if it is determined that no applications depend on the
semantic inconsistency of specifying a destination address for a
protocol without address support, but this will require some amount
of careful surveying.
NB: This does not affect netinet, netinet6, or other wire protocol
raw sockets, which provide their own independent infrastructure with
control block address support specific to the protocol.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Reviewed by: bz
when it worked as generic IDE.
PR: 125422
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex dot ru>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
MFC after: 1 week
generation of RTL810x PCIe fast ethernet controller. Note, Tx/Rx
descriptor format is different from that of first generation of
RTL8101E series. Jumbo frame is not supported for RTL810x
family.
Tested by: NAGATA Shinya ( maya AT negeta DOT com )
mutexes and replacing the obsolete if_watchdog interface. The ndis_ticktask
function calls into ieee80211_new_state under one condition with NDIS_LOCK
held. The ieee80211_new_state would call into ndis_start in some cases too,
resulting in the occasional case where ndis_start acquires NDIS_LOCK from
inside the NDIS_LOCK held by ndis_ticktask.
Obtained from: Paul B. Mahol <onemda@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
page directory pages from VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS through the end of the
kernel's bss. Specifically, the dependence was in pmap_growkernel()'s one-
time initialization of kernel_vm_end, not in its main body. (I could not,
however, resist the urge to optimize the main body.)
Reduce the number of preallocated page directory pages to just those needed
to support NKPT page table pages. (In fact, this allows me to revert a
couple of my earlier changes to create_pagetables().)
page table pages have to be preallocated ...'', violates an assumption made
by minidumpsys(): kernel_vm_end is the highest virtual address that has ever
been used by the kernel. Now, however, the kernel code, data, and bss may
reside at addresses beyond kernel_vm_end. This revision modifies the upper
bound on minidumpsys()'s two page table traversals to account for this
possibility.
Use the new inline function in ia64_invalidate_icache().
While there, add proper synchronization so that we know
the fc.i instructions have taken effect when we return.
to vm_page_alloc() instead of VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM. VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM was the
logical choice before FreeBSD 7.0 because VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT could not
reclaim a cached page. Simply put, there was no ordering between
VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT and VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM as to which "dug deeper" into the
cache and free queues. Now, there is; VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT dominates
VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM.
While I'm here, teach pmap_growkernel() to request a prezeroed page.
MFC after: 1 week
inpcb. When directly invoking udp_notify() from udp_ctlinput(), acquire
only a read lock; we may still see write locks in udp_notify() as the
in_pcbnotifyall() routine is shared with TCP and always uses a write lock
on the inpcb being notified.
MFC after: 1 month
some code paths, global or inpcb write locks are required, but for other
code paths, read locks or no locking at all are sufficient for the data
structures.
MFC after: 1 month
source or a specific destination address is requested as part of a send
on a UDP socket, read lock the inpcb rather than write lock it. This
will allow fully parallel transmit down to the IP layer when sending
simultaneously from multiple threads on a connected UDP socket.
Parallel transmit for more complex cases, such as when sendto(2) is
invoked with an address and there's already a local binding, will
follow.
MFC after: 1 month
the syscall code and acquires various event subsystem locks as needed.
The handling of the NOTE_TRACK for EVFILT_PROC is currently done by
calling the kqueue_register() from filt_proc() filter, causing recursive
entrance of the kqueue code. This results in the LORs and recursive
acquisition of the locks.
Implement the variant of the knote() function designed to only handle
the fork() event. It mostly copies the knote() body, but also handles
the NOTE_TRACK, removing the handling from the filt_proc(), where it
causes problems described above. The function is called from the fork1()
instead of knote().
When encountering NOTE_TRACK knote, it marks the knote as influx
and drops the knlist and kqueue lock. In this context call to
kqueue_register is safe from the problems.
An error from the kqueue_register() is reported to the observer as
NOTE_TRACKERR fflag.
PR: 108201
Reviewed by: jhb, Pramod Srinivasan <pramod juniper net> (previous version)
Discussed with: jmg
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks
just like BIOCSETF but it doesn't drop all the packets buffered on
the discriptor and reset the statistics.
Also, when setting the write filter, don't drop packets waiting to
be read or reset the statistics.
PR: 118486
Submitted by: Matthew Luckie <mluckie@cs.waikato.ac.nz>
MFC after: 1 month
KQ_FLUX_WAKEUP(). Since the later macro clears the KQ_FLUXWAIT, the
kqueue_scan() thread may be not woken up.
Move the setting of KQ_FLUXWAIT after wakeup to correct the issue.
Reported and tested by: pho
MFC after: 3 days
level. The distinction was artificial. Some more movement around the
deck charis is likely depending on the fallout from this one.
Paths were corrected after the svn mv. Hope that's OK.
appropriate (versions not appropriate to merge omitted):
o 1.226 imp nop, save for NetBSD string (minor merging the other way)
o 1.225 jnemeth Coreage LAPCCTXD
o 1.224 martin (remove 3rd and 4th clauses)
o 1.223 kiyohara (TDK bluetooth PC Card)
o 1.222 kiyohara (Anycom BlueCard)
o 1.221 ichiro (NEC Infrontia AX420N)
o 1.219 jmcneill (EDIMAX EP-4101)
o 1.213 tsutsui (TEAC IDECARDII entry fix)
Also, while I'm here, fix some tab problems that have crept in.
Our hook creates the sysctl node before root is mounted, but after cpu
is probed. It seems that k8temp can be loaded before the cpu module and,
in those cases, dev.cpu.0.temperature was not created.
PR: 124939
is reclaimed by the kernel. This fixes a bug resulted in the kernel
over writing packet data while user-space was still processing it when
zerocopy is enabled. (Or a panic if invariants was enabled).
Discussed with: rwatson
- the protosw entries are used directly
- the usrreq functions are library routines, generally wrapped by
consumers rather than being used directly
- the usrreq structure entries are likewise typically wrapped
Remove the rather incorrect #if 0'd pr_input_t prototype for raw_input.
MFC after: 3 days
global symbols, such as raw_input and raw_output, to have lmc_ prefixes.
This doesn't affect actual functionality since the functions are static,
but will limit the opportunities for current confusion and future
difficulty.
MFC after: 3 days
into a single "__asm"-statement as GCC doesn't guarantee their
consecutive output even when using consecutive "__asm __volatile"-
statement for them. Remove the otherwise unnecessary "__volatile". [1]
- The inline assembler instructions used here alter the condition
codes so add them to the clobber list accordingly.
- The inline assembler instructions used here uses output operands
before all input operands are consumed so add appropriate modifiers.
Pointed out by: bde [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
to global hostname and domainname variables. Where necessary, copy
to or from a stack-local buffer before performing copyin() or
copyout(). A few uses, such as in cd9660 and daemon_saver, remain
under-synchronized and will require further updates.
Correct a bug in which a failed copyin() of domainname would leave
domainname potentially corrupted.
MFC after: 3 weeks
AcpiEvaluateObject() calls, otherwise, we are not able to bring devices
back up (NULL means 0, hence always off).
While there add missing WLAN on/off support.
MFC after: 3 days
Pointy hat to: rpaulo
MPSAFE patches on current@ and stable@. This driver also has a fundamental
issue in that it sleeps when sending commands to the card including in the
if_init/if_start routines (which can be called from interrupt context). As
such, the driver shouldn't be working reliably even on 4.x.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Remove unused sbsh_watchdog() routine.
- Protect against concurrent attempts to load firmware.
possible to exhaust and garble stack with a packet that contains a couple
of hundreds nested encapsulation levels.
Submitted by: Ming Fu <fming@borderware.com>
Reviewed by: rwatson
PR: kern/85320
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after attaching device to network stack.
- Use device_set_desc() rather than device_quiet() plus a manual printf
that simulates the normal probe printf.
- Axe next_sbni_unit and instead just leave room for two sbni devices for
each bus attachment.
- Don't bzero the already-zero'd softc.
- Add a detach method to the PCI driver.
- Add a lock to protect the list of available devices used to chain
interrupt handlers for dual port ISA cards.
- Remove unused watchdog routine.
- If if_alloc() fails, make sbni_attach() return an error rather than
panic'ing.
- Consolidate code to free bus resources into sbni_release_resources().
- Clear IFF_DRV_RUNNING|OACTIVE in stop() routine instead of in callers.
- Let ether_ioctl() handle SIOCSIFMTU.
and stable@. It also is a driver for an older non-802.11 wireless PC card
that is quite slow in comparison to say, wi(4). I know Warner wants this
driver axed as well.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to lock the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer to replace if_watchdog/if_timer.
- Use if_printf() rather than if_xname.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
current@ and stable@ for the locking patches. The driver can always be
revived if someone tests it.
This driver also sleeps in its if_init routine, so it likely doesn't really
work at all anyway in modern releases.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after interface attach.
- Retire 'unit' from softc and use if_printf() instead.
- Don't frob IFF_UP in the driver.
- Use callout_() rather than timeout() and untimeout().
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Use a private timer instead of if_timer/if_watchdog.
- Retire arl_unit from the softc and use if_printf() and device_printf()
instead.
Note that the unpatched driver in 6.x and later does not work with the
hardware, so the one person who had volunteered to test the patch wasn't
able to test it.
dispatched without Giant, and add NETISR_FORCEQUEUE, which allows specific
netisr handlers to always be dispatched via a queue (deferred). Mark the
usb and if_ppp netisr handlers as NETISR_FORCEQUEUE, and explicitly
acquire Giant in those handlers.
Previously, any netisr handler not marked NETISR_MPSAFE would necessarily
run deferred and with Giant acquired. This change removes Giant
scaffolding from the netisr infrastructure, but NETISR_FORCEQUEUE allows
non-MPSAFE handlers to continue to force deferred dispatch so as to avoid
lock order reversals between their acqusition of Giant and any calling
context.
It is likely we will be able to remove NETISR_FORCEQUEUE once
IFF_NEEDSGIANT is removed, as non-MPSAFE usb and if_ppp drivers will no
longer be supported.
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 1 month
X-MFC note: We can't remove NETISR_MPSAFE from stable/7 for KPI reasons,
but the rest can go back.
soun->sun_path isn't a null-terminated string. As UNIX(4) states, "the
terminating NUL is not part of the address." Since strlcpy has to return
"the total length of the string [it] tried to create," it walks off the end
of soun->sun_path looking for a \0.
This reverts r105332.
Reported by: Ryan Stone
disabled if one (or more) of the member interfaces does not support it. Always
turn off LRO since we can not bridge a combined frame.
Tested by: Stefan Lambrev
generating an RTM_MISS for every IP packet forwarded making user space
routing daemons unhappy.
PR: kern/123621, kern/124540, kern/122338
Reported by: Paul <paul gtcomm.net>, Mike Tancsa <mike sentex.net> on net@
Tested by: Paul and Mike
Reviewed by: andre
MFC after: 3 days
code is believed to be MPSAFE, and leaving aside the IPv6 route cache in
forwarding, Giant appears not to adequately synchronize the data structures
in the input or forwarding paths.
ceiling as a fraction of the kernel map's size rather than an absolute
quantity. Thus, scaling of the kmem map's size will be automatic with
changes to the kernel map's size.
datagram-only protocols, such as UDP. This version removes use of
sblock(), which is not required due to an inability to interlace data
improperly with datagrams, as well as avoiding some of the larger loops
and state management that don't apply on datagram sockets.
This is experimental code, so hook it up only for UDPv4 for testing; if
there are problems we may need to revise it or turn it off by default,
but it offers *significant* performance improvements for threaded UDP
applications such as BIND9, nsd, and memcached using UDP.
Tested by: kris, ps
there still being some well-known races in mld6 and nd6, running with
Giant over the netisr handler provides little or not additional
synchronization that might cause mld6 and nd6 to behave better.
already commited but with a wrong msleep variant and then
backed out. Note that this changes the semantic a little
as msleep_spin does not let us to specify priority after
wakeup.
Approved by: wkoszek, cognet
Approved by: kib (mentor)
ATM Tx/Rx checksum offload is supported but TSO and jumbo frame is
not yet supported. Because these newer controllers use different
descriptor formats, a flag RL_FLAG_DESCV2 flag was introduced to
handle that case in Tx/Rx handler. Also newer controllers seems to
require to not touch 'enable Tx/Rx bit' in RL_CPLUS_CMD register
so don't blindly try to set that bits.
Note, it seems that there is still power-saving related issue where
driver fails to attach PHY. Rebooting seems to fix that issue but
number of required reboots varys.
Many thanks to users that helped during developement. I really
appreciate their patient and test/feedbacks.
a dedicated flag that represents controller capabilities/events.
This will simplify many part of code that requires different
workaround for each controller revisions and will enhance
readability.
While I'm here move PHY wakeup code up before mii_phy_probe() which
seems to help to wake PHY in some cases.
RL_TXCFG register to identify a device in device probe. Reflect the
fact by modifing device description with general ethernet
controller family.
Note, rl_basetype in struct rl_type is not used and the more
detailed information is provided with rl_hwrev structure.
Previously we reused the space in the request buffer after the request
header to hold config pages during a transaction. This does not work when
reading large pages however. Also, we were already malloc'ing a buffer to
do a copyin/copyout w/o holding locks that was then copied into/out of the
request buffer. Instead, go ahead and use bus dma to alloc a buffer for
each config page request (and RAID actions that have an associated
ActionSGE). This results in fewer data copies and allows for larger sized
requests. For now the maximum size of a request is arbitrarily limited to
16 MB.
MFC after: 2 weeks
locally configured. This is more in line with the behaviour of other popular
bridging implementations and makes bridges more predictable after reboots for
example.
Reviewed by: thompsa
MFC after: 1 week
rather than write locking: while we need to maintain a valid reference
to the inpcb and fix its state, no protocol layer state is modified
during an IPv4 UDP receive -- there are only changes at the socket
layer, which is separately protected by socket locking.
While parallel concurrent receive on a single UDP socket is currently
relatively unusual, introducing read locking in the transmit path,
allowing concurrent receive and transmit, will significantly improve
performance for loads such as BIND, memcached, etc.
MFC after: 2 months
Tested by: gnn, kris, ps
in practice, the error (currently) makes no difference because the computation
performed by KVADDR() hides the error. This revision fixes the error.
Also, eliminate a (now) unused definition.
maximum size of the kmem map can be greater than 4GB, there is little point
in making the kernel virtual address space larger than 6GB.
Tested by: kris@
Now that the pseudo-interface cloner has an internal list of instances,
there is no need to create a softc. The softc only contains a pointer to
the ifp, which means there is no valid reason to keep it. While there,
remove the corresponding malloc-pool.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
Adaptec RAID 2045
Adaptec RAID 2405
Adaptec RAID 2445
Adaptec RAID 2805
Without this change these devices are supported by the driver's family
support, but they then appear as "Adaptec RAID Controller" in boot
messages and the dev.aac.0.%desc sysctl.
This includes hotkeys support and sysctl variables to control camera
and card reader. These new sysctls don't have CTFLAG_ANYBODY set.
While there add entries to devd.conf related to the Eee volume keys.
Reviewed by: phillip
MFC after: 1 week
Also tested by: lme (previous version)
semaphores. Specifically, semaphores are now represented as new file
descriptor type that is set to close on exec. This removes the need for
all of the manual process reference counting (and fork, exec, and exit
event handlers) as the normal file descriptor operations handle all of
that for us nicely. It is also suggested as one possible implementation
in the spec and at least one other OS (OS X) uses this approach.
Some bugs that were fixed as a result include:
- References to a named semaphore whose name is removed still work after
the sem_unlink() operation. Prior to this patch, if a semaphore's name
was removed, valid handles from sem_open() would get EINVAL errors from
sem_getvalue(), sem_post(), etc. This fixes that.
- Unnamed semaphores created with sem_init() were not cleaned up when a
process exited or exec'd. They were only cleaned up if the process
did an explicit sem_destroy(). This could result in a leak of semaphore
objects that could never be cleaned up.
- On the other hand, if another process guessed the id (kernel pointer to
'struct ksem' of an unnamed semaphore (created via sem_init)) and had
write access to the semaphore based on UID/GID checks, then that other
process could manipulate the semaphore via sem_destroy(), sem_post(),
sem_wait(), etc.
- As part of the permission check (UID/GID), the umask of the proces
creating the semaphore was not honored. Thus if your umask denied group
read/write access but the explicit mode in the sem_init() call allowed
it, the semaphore would be readable/writable by other users in the
same group, for example. This includes access via the previous bug.
- If the module refused to unload because there were active semaphores,
then it might have deregistered one or more of the semaphore system
calls before it noticed that there was a problem. I'm not sure if
this actually happened as the order that modules are discovered by the
kernel linker depends on how the actual .ko file is linked. One can
make the order deterministic by using a single module with a mod_event
handler that explicitly registers syscalls (and deregisters during
unload after any checks). This also fixes a race where even if the
sem_module unloaded first it would have destroyed locks that the
syscalls might be trying to access if they are still executing when
they are unloaded.
XXX: By the way, deregistering system calls doesn't do any blocking
to drain any threads from the calls.
- Some minor fixes to errno values on error. For example, sem_init()
isn't documented to return ENFILE or EMFILE if we run out of semaphores
the way that sem_open() can. Instead, it should return ENOSPC in that
case.
Other changes:
- Kernel semaphores now use a hash table to manage the namespace of
named semaphores nearly in a similar fashion to the POSIX shared memory
object file descriptors. Kernel semaphores can now also have names
longer than 14 chars (up to MAXPATHLEN) and can include subdirectories
in their pathname.
- The UID/GID permission checks for access to a named semaphore are now
done via vaccess() rather than a home-rolled set of checks.
- Now that kernel semaphores have an associated file object, the various
MAC checks for POSIX semaphores accept both a file credential and an
active credential. There is also a new posixsem_check_stat() since it
is possible to fstat() a semaphore file descriptor.
- A small set of regression tests (using the ksem API directly) is present
in src/tools/regression/posixsem.
Reported by: kris (1)
Tested by: kris
Reviewed by: rwatson (lightly)
MFC after: 1 month
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
- Each log entry contains a text description in the "description" field of
the entry. The existing decode logic always ended up duplicating
information that was already in the description string. This made the
logs overly verbose. Now we just print out the description string.
- Add some simple parsing of the timestamp and event classes.
Reviewed by: ambrisko, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Fetch events from the controller in batches of 15 rather than a single
event at a time.
- When fetching events from the controller, honor the event class and
locale settings (via hw.mfi tunables). This also allows the firmware to
skip over unwanted log entries resulting in fewer requests to the
controller if there many unwanted log entries since the last clean
shutdown.
- Don't drop the driver mutex while decoding an event.
- If we get an error other than MFI_STAT_NOT_FOUND (basically EOF for
hitting the end of the event log) then emit a warning and bail on
processing further log entries.
Reviewed by: ambrisko, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
to INT_MAX. Otherwise, a process could create a semaphore (or increase
its value via ksem_post()) beyond INT_MAX and sem_getvalue() would return
a negative value. sem_getvalue() is only supposed to return a negative
value if that is the number of waiters for that semaphore.
MFC after: 2 weeks
provides the correct semantics for flock(2) style locks which are used by the
lockf(1) command line tool and the pidfile(3) library. It also implements
recovery from server restarts and ensures that dirty cache blocks are written
to the server before obtaining locks (allowing multiple clients to use file
locking to safely share data).
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems
PR: 94256
MFC after: 2 weeks
Bonus: including kern.mk just to pick kernel warning flags
was an extremely bad idea anyway, because it also picked
up CFLAGS (it probably wasn't the case at the time of CVS
rev. 1.1, I haven't checked). Remove duplicate CWARNFLAGS
from CFLAGS.
so we cannot compile it with -fstack-protector[-all] flags (or
it will self-recurse); this is ensured in sys/conf/files. This
OTOH means that checking for defines __SSP__ and __SSP_ALL__ to
determine if we should be compiling the support is impossible
(which it was trying, resulting in an empty object file). Fix
this by always compiling the symbols in this files. It's good
because it allows us to always have SSP support, and then compile
with SSP selectively.
Repoted by: tinderbox
- It is opt-out for now so as to give it maximum testing, but it may be
turned opt-in for stable branches depending on the consensus. You
can turn it off with WITHOUT_SSP.
- WITHOUT_SSP was previously used to disable the build of GNU libssp.
It is harmless to steal the knob as SSP symbols have been provided
by libc for a long time, GNU libssp should not have been much used.
- SSP is disabled in a few corners such as system bootstrap programs
(sys/boot), process bootstrap code (rtld, csu) and SSP symbols themselves.
- It should be safe to use -fstack-protector-all to build world, however
libc will be automatically downgraded to -fstack-protector because it
breaks rtld otherwise.
- This option is unavailable on ia64.
Enable GCC stack protection (aka Propolice) for kernel:
- It is opt-out for now so as to give it maximum testing.
- Do not compile your kernel with -fstack-protector-all, it won't work.
Submitted by: Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org>
that modify condition codes (the carry bit, in this case). Without
"__volatile", the compiler might add the inline assembler instructions
between unrelated code which also uses condition codes, modifying the
latter.
This prevents the TCP pseudo header checksum calculation done in
tcp_output() from having effects on other conditions when compiled
with GCC 4.2.1 at "-O2" and "options INET6" left out. [1]
Reported & tested by: Boris Kochergin [1]
MFC after: 3 days
Now that st_rdev is being automatically generated by the kernel, there
is no need to define static major/minor numbers for the iodev and
memdev. We still need the minor numbers for the memdev, however, to
distinguish between /dev/mem and /dev/kmem.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
in_ifaddrhashtbl in in_ifinit because error handler in in_control removes
entries only for AF_INET addresses. If in_ifinit is called for the cloned
inteface that has just been created its address family is not AF_INET and
therefor LIST_REMOVE is not called for respective LIST_INSERT_HEAD and
freed entries remain in in_ifaddrhashtbl and lead to memory corruption.
PR: kern/124384
locked and unlocked completely in userland. by locking and unlocking mutex
in userland, it reduces the total time a mutex is locked by a thread,
in some application code, a mutex only protects a small piece of code, the
code's execution time is less than a simple system call, if a lock contention
happens, however in current implemenation, the lock holder has to extend its
locking time and enter kernel to unlock it, the change avoids this disadvantage,
it first sets mutex to free state and then enters kernel and wake one waiter
up. This improves performance dramatically in some sysbench mutex tests.
Tested by: kris
Sounds great: jeff
problem where Adaptec's arcconf monitoring tool hangs after producing
its expected output.
Submitted by: Adaptec, via driver ver 15317
MFC after: 1 week
from the softc.
- Rework the watchdog timer to match other NIC drivers:
- Start a timer in fe_init() that runs once a second and checks a counter
in the softc that is identical to the deprecated 'if_timer'.
- Just adjust the softc tx timeout value when sending packets instead of
scheduling the timer.
- Use IFQ_SET_MAXLEN().
Tested by: WATANABE Kazuhiro
FIFO, as required by SUSv3. No specific privilege check is performed
in this case, as FIFOs may be created by unprivileged processes
(subject to the normal file system name space restrictions that may be
in place).
Unlike the Apple implementation, we reject requests to create a FIFO
using mknod(2) if there is a non-zero dev argument to the system call,
which is permitted by the Open Group specification ("... undefined
..."). We might want to revise this if we find it causes
compatibility problems for applications in practice.
PR: kern/74242, kern/68459
Obtained from: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 3 weeks
performed. Otherwise if ruleset is used by given mountpoint and is empty
it's freed by devfs_ruleset_reap and pointer becomes bogus.
Submitted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
PR: kern/124853
some time now so collapse calls accordingly.
o Given that gem_load_txmbuf() is allowed to fail resulting in a packet
drop also for quite some time now implement the functionality of
gem_txcksum() by means of m_pullup(9), which de-obfuscates the code
and allows to always retrieve the correct length of the IP header.
o Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when syncing the control DMA maps in
gem_rint() and gem_start_locked().
o Correct some bus_barrier(9) calls to do a read/write barrier as we
do a read after a write. Add some missing ones in gem_mii_readreg()
and gem_mii_writereg().
o According to the Apple GMAC driver, the GEM ASIC specification and
the OpenSolaris eri(7D) the TX FIFO threshold has to be set to 0x4ff
for the Gigabit variants and 0x100 for the ERI in order do avoid TX
underruns.
o In gem_init_locked():
- be conservative and enable the RX and TX MACs,
- don't clear GEM_LINK otherwise we don't ever mark the link as up
again if gem_init_locked() is called from gem_watchdog(),
- remove superfluous setting of sc_ifflags.
o Don't bother to check whether the interface is running or whether its
queue is empty before calling gem_start_locked() in gem_tint(), the
former will check these anyway.
o Call gem_start_locked() in gem_watchdog() in order to try to get
some more packets going.
o In gem_mii_writereg() after reseting the PCS restore its configuration.
GMAC testing: grehan, marcel
MFC after: 2 weeks
on the amd64 architecture. The amd64 architecture requires kernel code and
global variables to reside in the highest 2GB of the 64-bit virtual address
space. Thus, the memory allocated during bootstrap, before the call to
kmem_init(), starts at KERNBASE, which is not necessarily the same as
VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS on amd64.
PowerPC/AIM. Consequently, it should not be used to determine the maximum
number of kernel map entries. Intead, use VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS, which marks
the start of the kernel map on all architectures.
Tested by: marcel@ (PowerPC/AIM)
KERNBASE and VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS are no longer the same, the physical
memory allocated during bootstrap will be offset from the low-end of the
kernel's page table.
address space on the amd64 architecture. The amd64 architecture
requires kernel code and global variables to reside in the highest 2GB
of the 64-bit virtual address space. Thus, KERNBASE cannot change.
However, KERNBASE is sometimes used as the start of the kernel virtual
address space. Henceforth, VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS should be used
instead. Since KERNBASE and VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS are still the same
address, there should be no visible effect from this change (yet).
That said, kris@ has tested crash dumps under the full patch that
increases the kernel virtual address space on amd64 to 6GB.
Tested by: kris@
address space on the amd64 architecture. The amd64 architecture
requires kernel code and global variables to reside in the highest 2GB
of the 64-bit virtual address space. Thus, KERNBASE cannot change.
However, KERNBASE is sometimes used as the start of the kernel virtual
address space. Henceforth, VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS should be used
instead. Since KERNBASE and VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS are still the same
address, there should be no visible effect from this change (yet).
This is needed for correct behavior when packets are lost or reordered.
PR: kern/123950
Reviewed by: andre@, silby@
Reported by: Yahoo!, Wang Jin
MFC after: 1 week
needed to promote cdev to cdev_priv, the si_priv pointer was followed.
Use member2struct() to calculate address of the wrapping cdev_priv.
Rename si_priv to __si_reserved.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: ed
MFC after: 2 weeks
libi386's time(), caused by a qemu bug. The bug might
be present in other BIOSes, too.
qemu either does not simulate the AT RTC correctly or
has a broken BIOS 1A/02 implementation, and will return
an incorrect value if the RTC is read while it is being
updated.
The effect is worsened by the fact that qemu's INT 15/86
function ("wait" a.k.a. usleep) is non-implmeneted or
broken and returns immediately, causing beastie.4th to
spin in a tight loop calling the "read RTC" function
millions of times, triggering the problem quickly.
Therefore, we keep reading the BIOS value until we get
the same result twice. This change fixes beastie.4th's
countdown under qemu.
Approved by: des (mentor)
- only one functino to destroy an SCTP stack sctp_finish()
- Make it so this function also arranges for any threads
created by the image to do a kthread_exit()
of whether NETATALKDEBUG is enabled, so make building it conditional on
NETATALK instead. This problem appears to have been present from the time
that the netatalk implementation was imported.
PR: 124456
Submitted by: Nathan Whitehorn <whitehorn at wisc dot edu>
MFC after: 3 days
sgtty was the original interface to configure terminal attributes on my
UNIX-like operating systems. It has been deprecated by the POSIX termios
interface, which is implemented in almost any modern system.
An advantage of turning this into a binary compatibility interface, is
that we can now eventually remove the COMPAT_43TTY switch from kernel
configurations. This removes many ioctl()'s from the TTY layer.
While there, increase the __FreeBSD_version, which may be useful for the
people working on the Ports tree.
Reviewed by: kib
Approved by: philip (mentor)
- Vimage prep - these are major restructures to move
all global variables to be accessed via a macro or two.
The variables all go into a single structure.
- Asconf address addition tweaks (add_or_del Interfaces)
- Fix rwnd calcualtion to be more conservative.
- Support SACK_IMMEDIATE flag to skip delayed sack
by demand of peer.
- Comment updates in the sack mapping calculations
- Invarients panic added.
- Pre-support for UDP tunneling (we can do this on
MAC but will need added support from UDP to
get a "pipe" of UDP packets in.
- clear trace buffer sysctl added when local tracing on.
Note the majority of this huge patch is all the vimage prep stuff :-)
same as the global variable defined in ip_input.c. Instead, adopt the name
'q' as found in about 1/2 of uses in ip_input.c, preventing a collision on
the name. This is non-harmful, but means that search and replace on the
global works less well (as in the virtualization work), as well as indexing
tools.
MFC after: 1 week
Reported by: julian
before PG_M. This sometimes prevents unnecessary removal of write access
from a PTE. Overall, the net result is fewer demotions and promotion
failures.
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private watchdog timer.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Use bus_foo() rather than bus_space_foo() and remove bus space tag and
handle from softc.
Tested by: imp
Now that we got rid of the minor-to-unit conversion and the constraints
on device minor numbers, we can convert the functions that operate on
minor and unit numbers to simple macro's. The unit2minor() and
minor2unit() macro's are now no-ops.
The ZFS code als defined a macro named `minor'. Change the ZFS code to
use umajor() and uminor() here, as it is the correct approach to do
this. Also add $FreeBSD$ to keep SVN happy.
Approved by: philip (mentor), pjd
page table page. The direction of the traversal can matter if
pmap_promote_pde() has to remove write access (PG_RW) from a PTE that hasn't
been modified (PG_M). In general, if there are two or more such PTEs to
choose among, it is better to write protect the one nearer the high end of
the page table page rather than the low end. This is because most programs
access memory in an ascending direction. The net result of this change is a
sometimes significant reduction in the number of failed promotion attempts
and the number of pages that are write protected by pmap_promote_pde().
Except for the case where we use the cloner library (clone_create() and
friends), there is no reason to enforce a unique device minor number
policy. There are various drivers in the source tree that allocate unr
pools and such to provide minor numbers, without using them themselves.
Because we still need to support unique device minor numbers for the
cloner library, introduce a new flag called D_NEEDMINOR. All cdevsw's
that are used in combination with the cloner library should be marked
with this flag to make the cloning work.
This means drivers can now freely use si_drv0 to store their own flags
and state, making it effectively the same as si_drv1 and si_drv2. We
still keep the minor() and dev2unit() routines around to make drivers
happy.
The NTFS code also used the minor number in its hash table. We should
not do this anymore. If the si_drv0 field would be changed, it would no
longer end up in the same list.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
mtx interface for NDIS_LOCK/UNLOCK. This should result in less
CPU utilization on behalf of the ndis driver. Additionally, this
commit also fixes a potential LOR in the ndis_tick code, by
not locking inside the ndis_tick function, but instead delegating
that work to the helpers called through IoQueueWorkItem. The
way that this is currently set up for NDIS prevents us from
simply implementing a callout_init_mtx mechanism.
However, the helper functions that handle the various timeout
cases implement fine-grained locking using the spinlocks provided
by the NDIS-compat layer, and using the mtx that is added with
this commit. This leaves the following ndis_softc members operated
on in ndis_tick in an unlocked context:
* ndis_hang_timer - Only modified outside of ndis_tick once, before
the first callout_reset to schedule ndis_tick
* ifp->if_oerrors - Only incremented in two places, which should be
an atomic op
* ndis_tx_timer - Assigned to 5 (when guaranteed to be 0) or 0
(in txeof), to indicate to ndis_tick what to
do. This is the only member of which I was
suspicious for needing the NDIS_LOCK here. My
testing (and another's) have been fine so far.
* ndis_stat_callout - Only uses a simple set of callout routines,
callout_reset only called by ndis_tick after
the initial reset, and then callout_drain is
used exactly once in shutdown code.
The benefit is that ndis_tick doesn't acquire NDIS_LOCK unless one of
the timeout conditions is flagged, and it still obeys the locking
order semantics that are dictated by the NDIS layer at the moment. I
have been investigating a more thorough s/spinlock/mtx/ of the NDIS
layer, but the simplest naive approach (replace KeAcquireSpinLock
with an mtx implementation) has anti-succeeded for me so far. This
is a good first step though.
Tested by: onemda@gmail.com
Reviewed by: current@, jhb, thompsa
Proposed by: jhb
The while loop that is assumed to initialize the uio_off later, may
be not entered at all, causing uninitialized value to be returned in
uio->uio_offset.
PR: 122925
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
MFC after: 1 weeks
We still use the interrupt filter due to performance problems that show up if
we don't. The main problem seen is that, due to the interrupt being edge
triggered, we occasionally miss interrupts which leads us to not notice that
we can transmit more packets. Using the new approach, which just schedules
a task on a taskqueue, we are guaranteed to have the task run even if the
interrupt arrived while we were already executing. If we were to use an
ithread the system would mask the interrupt while the handler is run and we'd
miss interrupts.
allocated semaphores, so it's wrong to increase it conditionally,
in this case for every over-the-limit semaphore nsegs is decreased
without being previously increased.
PR: kern/123685
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer to implement a watchdog for tx timeouts and drive
the timer for auto negotiation.
- Use bus_foo() rather than bus_space_foo() and remove the bus space
tag & handle from the softc.
- Call bus_setup_intr() after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: Florian Smeets flo of kasimir.com
Remove the code which disables port status change interrupts for 1s
when one occured -- this makes that events get lost or delayed until
the next change.
Obtained from: NetBSD
- Fixed a problem on i386 architecture when using split header/jumbo frame
firmware caused by hardware alignment requirements.
- Added #define BCE_USE_SPLIT_HEADER to allow the feature to be enabled/
disabled. Enabled by default.
PR: kern/123696
MFC after: 2 weeks
and nfs requests processing. Lockmgr lock provides the shared locking for
nfs requests, while exclusive mode is used for modifications. The writer
starvation is handled by lockmgr too.
Reported by: kris, pho, many
Based on the submission by: mohan
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks
In the FreeBSD base system, there are only two utilities that use struct
tty, namely pstat and sicontrol. The sicontrol utility calls the
TCSI_TTY ioctl(), which copies struct tty back to userspace.
sicontrol should not have this functionality. The same data is already
provided by pstat. If we really want to be able to export these numbers
through a file descriptor to userspace, we can export struct xtty, which
should provide a better abstraction. The ttystat option was only used as
a debugging aid.
This makes sicontrol compile in the mpsafetty branch.
Reviewed by: peter
Approved by: philip (mentor)
newvers.sh is run pwd is actually the obj directory, so "../../.svn"
doesn't exist and the test always fails. The second is that buildkernel
is executed with a restrictive PATH, so unless you have svnversion in
/bin or /usr/bin it can't run.
Fix this by looking for svnversion in /bin, /usr/bin, and /usr/local/bin
in that order. If found, store the location and derive the value of the
source directory. Then run svnversion in the appropriate directory.
There is one possible refinement which would be to add a test for
LOCALBASE!=/usr/local if we don't find svnversion the first time, but
IMO that's not necessary at this time.
is in little endian form. Likewise setting DC_AL_PAR0/DC_AL_PAR1
register expect the address to be in little endian form. For big
endian architectures the address should be swapped to get correct
one.
Change setting/getting ethernet hardware address to big endian
architecture frendly.
Reported by: Robert Murillo ( billypilgrim782001 at yahoo dot com )
Tested by: Robert Murillo ( billypilgrim782001 at yahoo dot com )
some longstanding issues:
o pass the vap since it's now the "coin of the realm" and required
to do things like set initial tx parameters in private node
state for use prior to association
o pass the mac address as cards that maintain outboard station
tables require this to create an entry (e.g. in ibss mode)
o remove the node table reference, we only have one node table
and it's unlikely this will change so this is not needed to
find the com structure
entry in the SMAP is a 20 byte structure and they are queried from the
BIOS via sucessive BIOS calls. Due to an apparent bug in the R900's
BIOS, for some SMAP requests the BIOS overflows the 20 byte buffer
trashing a few bytes of memory immediately after the SMAP structure. As
a workaround, add 8 bytes of padding after the SMAP structure used in
the loader for SMAP queries.
PR: i386/122668
Submitted by: Mike Hibler mike flux.utah.edu, silby
MFC after: 3 days
- Store the softc of the device in the 'si_drv1' of the cdev.
- Lookup the softc via 'si_drv1' in cdev methods rather than using the
minor number as a unit for devclass_get_softc().
- Lookup the device_t via the softc field in cdev methods rather than
using the minor number as a unit for devclass_get_device().
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect 'sc_opened'.
- Remove D_NEEDGIANT as all the smbus drivers are now MPSAFE and this driver
is now MPSAFE.
- Remove some checks for NULL softc pointers that can't happen and don't
bzero the softc during attach.
work. (Moreover, I don't believe that they have ever worked as intended.)
The explanation is fairly simple. Both MADV_DONTNEED and MADV_FREE perform
vm_page_dontneed() on each page within the range given to madvise(). This
function moves the page to the inactive queue. Specifically, if the page is
clean, it is moved to the head of the inactive queue where it is first in
line for processing by the page daemon. On the other hand, if it is dirty,
it is placed at the tail. Let's further examine the case in which the page
is clean. Recall that the page is at the head of the line for processing by
the page daemon. The expectation of vm_page_dontneed()'s author was that
the page would be transferred from the inactive queue to the cache queue by
the page daemon. (Once the page is in the cache queue, it is, in effect,
free, that is, it can be reallocated to a new vm object by vm_page_alloc()
if it isn't reactivated quickly enough by a user of the old vm object.) The
trouble is that nowhere in the execution of either MADV_DONTNEED or
MADV_FREE is either the machine-independent reference flag (PG_REFERENCED)
or the reference bit in any page table entry (PTE) mapping the page cleared.
Consequently, the immediate reaction of the page daemon is to reactivate the
page because it is referenced. In effect, the madvise() was for naught.
The case in which the page was dirty is not too different. Instead of being
laundered, the page is reactivated.
Note: The essential difference between MADV_DONTNEED and MADV_FREE is
that MADV_FREE clears a page's dirty field. So, MADV_FREE is always
executing the clean case above.
This revision changes vm_page_dontneed() to clear both the machine-
independent reference flag (PG_REFERENCED) and the reference bit in all PTEs
mapping the page.
MFC after: 6 weeks
it. Bad imp. Removing us dips us under 10,000 in size too.
o Replace an unconditional 30ms DELAY (yes, busy wait) with a check of the
SIBUSY bit in the SelfST register before accessing the eeprom. This changes
the time to read the EEPROM from 2 * 20 * 30ms (1.2s) to < 20*25us (.0005s)
and make the attach of the card tolerable when ethernet media is present.
Include data from the datasheet about why this works. While this is a 2500x
speed increase, it doesn't really matter at all once the card is probed...
o set dev earlier in softc.
o remove unused fields from softc and args from cs_alloc_irq
o remove some commented code that will never be implemented.
o Don't try to send a packet and see if it worked. We don't
need this anymore, and it doesn't add any value.
o tweaks for BNC and AUI.
o limit possible time hung in the kernel to 4s rather than 40s.
boards. This is enough to net-boot to multiuser.
Also supported is the SMSC LAN91C111 parts used on the netCF, netDUO and netMMC
add-on boards.
I'll be putting some instructions on how to boot this on the Gumstix boards
online soon.
This is still fairly rough and will be refined over time but I felt it was
better to get this out there where other people can help out.
sn(4) driver and also looking at newer drivers. The reason for the rewrite is
to support MII and to try and resolve some performance issues found when trying
to use the sn(4) driver on the Gumstix network boards.
For reference, the SMSC LAN91C111 is a non-PCI ethernet part whose lineage
dates back to Ye Olde Days of ISA. It seems to get some use in the embedded
space these days on parts lacking on-board MACs or on-board PCI controllers,
such as the XScale PXA line of ARM CPUs.
This also includes a driver for the SMSC LAN83C183 10/100 PHY.
Man page to follow.
they can re-added. Remove CS_NAME. Don't whine when there's an
ignored checksum error: User has said STFU, so we should S the FU.
(remove mandated properties).
The CTRL() macro seems to perform character to control-character
conversion (i.e. 'A' to 0x01) to lowercase characters. This is actually
not valid. If we use lowercase characters, conversions such as
CTRL('\\') and CTRL('?') will result to invalid conversions.
Because we must still support old source code that uses CTRL() (bad!),
we make CTRL() accept both forms. When the character is a lowercase
character, we perform the old style conversion.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and the device hardware.
- Add a private timer to manage transmit watchdogs rather than using
if_timer/if_watchdog.
- Setup the interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: imp
for this driver is called 'ie'. Otherwise, ifconfig(8) doesn't recognize
any of the modules as being the ie(4) driver and will always try to kldload
the driver even when it is already present in the kernel.
Reported by: Thierry Herbelot
the dm_lock is held while the newly allocated vnode is locked. Since no
other threads may try to lock the new vnode yet, the LOR there cannot
result in the deadlock.
Shut down the witness warning to note this fact.
Tested by: pho
Prodded by: attilio
10BaseT' since it required 10BaseT to have carrier to switch to it.
This chip makes it hard to do proper auto, so we don't do it. We
can't test carrier on things easily.
Don't insist on carrier when we set the media. Don't report failures.
Remove a 1s! delay that appears to not be needed.
With these patches, and John Baldwin's patches, I'm able to pass
packets on my IBM EtherJet card again.
MAC events.
- Use bus_*() rather than bus_space_*() and remove the bus space tag and
handle from the softc.
- Retire unused macros for examining CIS tuples.
o When forced to be 10baseT, don't require that the 10baseT interface
have link to succeed. Still require it for IFM_AUTO, however, since it
appears that there's no way to tell if a specific type of interface
worked. I'm doing a web search for a datasheet now to see if there's
anything obvious.
o Minor incidental formatting nits, including collapsing code of the form
if (foo) {
bar();
} else {
if (baz)
bing();
}
into:
if (foo) {
bar();
} else if (baz) {
bing();
}
to save an indentation level.
o Remove stray reference to 3.x config file syntax.
# I believe John's patches still apply after this...
timer by keeping a once-a-second timer running that decrements a counter
similar to if_timer and reset the chip if it gets down to zero via the
decrement.
- Use IFQ_SET_MAXLEN().
The Giant lock is acquired in two places in tty_tty.c. In both places,
it is unneeded.
There is no reason to specify D_NEEDGIANT on this device node. The
device node has only been designed to return ENXIO when opened. It
doesn't make any sense to lock/unlock Giant, just to return this error.
D_TTY is also unneeded. The unimplemented functions don't need to be
patched by devfs.
We don't need to lock Giant when we want to lookup the proper TTY vnode.
s_ttyvp is already protected by proctree_lock (see devfs_vnops.c).
Approved by: philip (mentor)
systems where the CardBus bridge was connected to a APIC. The case
where the probe routine is told to not setup the IRQ was mishandled
but the error was masked in the case where the IRQ was a valid one
for the card.
MFC after: 1 week
bring it more up to date. The watchdog timer, and its
associated code, is all collapsed into the ndis_tick function
that was implemented for the NDIS-subsystem watchdog. This
implementation is similar to what numerous other drivers use
to implement the watchdog.
Reviewed by: thompsa, jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Don't leak bus resources if if_alloc() fails during attach.
- Setup the interrupt handler after calling ether_ifattach().
- Use a private timer to manage the transmit watchdog.
Tested by: WATANABE Kazuhiro CQG00620 of nifty.ne.jp
- Add a mutex to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a callout rather than a callout_handle for the media timer.
- Use a dedicated timer for managing the tx watchdog rather than if_timer.
- Fix some resource leaks if xe_attach() fails.
- Shutdown the device before detaching the driver.
- Setup the interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: Ian FREISLICH ianf of clue.co.za
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device.
- Setup the interrupt handler in the common code instead of in each front
end and do it after ether_ifattach().
- Use ie_stop() and ieinit_locked() in iereset() rather than frobbing IFF_UP
and invoking ieioctl().
- Use DELAY() to implement a spin loop on a register with a timeout rather
than scheduling a timeout and then doing a tight spin on the register.
In the non-MPSAFE case this would never have worked because the spinning
code held Giant and the timeout routine would have been blocked on Giant
forever. The same approach would not worke in the MPSAFE case either for
the same reason, hence use a loop around DELAY().
- Clear IFF_DRV_(RUNNING|OACTIVE) in ie_stop() rather than in callers.
- Call ieinit_locked() directly rather than ieioctl(!) from ie_mc_reset().
- Don't leak the rx frame buffer on detach.
Tested by: Thierry Herbelot thierry of herbelot.com
a client reboot, do this check before performing the lock otherwise we
will trash the new lock along with any other old locks the client held
before rebooting.
Make sure nlm_check_idle always returns with nlm_global_lock held.
MFC after: 1 week
template, use an M_TEMP malloc(9) allocation rather than an mbuf
with mtod(9) and dtom(9). This eliminates the last use of
dtom(9) in TCP.
MFC after: 3 weeks
In the mpsafetty branch, Linux sshd seems to work properly inside a
jail. Some small modifications had to be made to the Linux compatibility
layer.
The Linux PTY routines always expect the device major number to be 136
or higher. Our code always set the major/minor number pair to 136:0.
This makes routines like ttyname() and ptsname() fail, because we'll end
up having ambiguous device numbers.
The conversion was not performed on all *stat() routines, which meant in
some cases the numbers didn't get transformed. By pushing the conversion
into linux_driver_get_major_minor(), the transformation will take place
on all calls.
Approved by: philip (mentor), rdivacky
to reduce performance degradation under heavy outgoing scan/flood.
Scalability is now much more important then several kilobytes of RAM.
Remove unneded TCP-specific expiration handeling. Before this connected
TCP sessions could never expire. Now connected TCP sessions will expire
after 24hours of inactivity.
Simplify HouseKeeping() to avoid several mul/div-s per packet. Taking into
account increased LINK_TABLE_OUT_SIZE, precision is still much more then
required.
- to increase performance do not reallocate mbuf when possible,
- to support up to 16K packets (was 2K max) use mbuf cluster of proper size.
This change depends on recent ng_nat and ip_fw_nat changes.
As discussed with Robert Watson and John Baldwin, it would be better if
PTY's are created with proper permissions, turning grantpt() into a
no-op.
Bypassing security frameworks like MAC by passing NOCRED to
VOP_SETATTR() will only make things more complex.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
pretend to be IntelliMouse (which have a few more features than generic mice)
causing the IntelliMouse probe to work and the Synaptics code never to be
called.
This should not break "real" IntelliMouse because the Synaptics detection code
is fairly specific.
PR: kern/120833
Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd -at- codelabs.ru>
MFC after: 1 week
This fixes packet fragmentation handeling.
Pass really available buffer size to libalias instead of MCLBYTES constant.
MCLBYTES constant were used with believe that m_megapullup() always moves
date into a fresh cluster that sometimes may become not so.
promotion within the kernel's address space. Specifically,
pmap_promote_pde() is only called when the page table page (PTP) that
is referenced by the given PDE has a full "use count", i.e., its
wire_count is 512. Although this guarantees for a user address space
that all 512 PTEs in the PTP hold valid mappings, the same is not true
of the kernel's address space. A kernel PTP always has a use count of
512 regardless of the state of the PTEs. Therefore,
pmap_promote_pde() should not assume (or assert) that the first PTE in
the PTP is valid.
(Don't ask for a vendor import of this yet, we're in the early days of svn)
Instead of using cyclic timers to call the state clean and deadman callbacks,
use a callout on FreeBSD to avoid the deadlock on FreeBSD due to trying to
send interprocessor interrupts with interrupts disabled.
Reported by: ps, jhb, peter, thompsa
In the mpsafetty branch, PTY's are allocated through the posix_openpt()
system call. The controller side of a PTY now uses its own file
descriptor type (just like sockets, vnodes, pipes, etc).
To remain compatible with existing FreeBSD and Linux C libraries, we can
still create PTY's by opening /dev/ptmx or /dev/ptyXX. These nodes
implement d_fdopen(). Devfs has been slightly changed here, to allow
finit() to be called from d_fdopen().
The routine grantpt() has also been moved into the kernel. This routine
is a little odd, because it needs to bypass standard UNIX permissions.
It needs to change the owner/group/mode of the slave device node, which
may often not be possible. The old implementation solved this by
spawning a setuid utility.
When VOP_SETATTR() is called with NOCRED, devfs_setattr() dereferences
ap->a_cred, causing a kernel panic. Change the de_{uid,gid,mode} code to
allow changes when a->a_cred is set to NOCRED.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
whatever frequency it started at instead of always picking the highest
frequency. The first version of this driver attempted to do this, but it
set the speed to the first frequency in the list rather than the value it
had saved.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: rpaulo, phk
clients that have rebooted (or otherwise changed port numbers). If the
client is broken or has no active locks, it won't notify us. Fall back
on the two minute timeout logic used by the userland rpc.lockd code.
MFC after: 1 week
variations from normal 16x50 behaviour however is the the use of a normally
unused bit of IER to control RX timeout interrupts independently of the
generally used RXRDY bit. If this bit is not enabled, we only ever get
interrupts when the FIFO is full, never before. This is not very useful when
the UART is being used as a console.
In order to support this without causing potential problems on more "normal"
16x50 variants, this change introduces two hints for the uart device, ier_mask
and ier_rxbits. These can be used to override which bits get set and cleared
when we're enabling and disabling RX interrupts.
Reviewed by: marcel
some cases, add explicit inpcb locking rather than relying on the global
lock, as we dereference inp_socket, but also allowing us to drop the
global lock more quickly.
MFC after: 1 week
Even though we got rid of device major numbers some time ago, device
drivers still need to provide unique device minor numbers to make_dev().
These numbers are only used inside the kernel. They are not related to
device major and minor numbers which are visible in devfs. These are
actually based on the inode number of the device.
It would eventually be nice to remove minor numbers entirely, but we
don't want to be too agressive here.
Because the 8-15 bits of the device number field (si_drv0) are still
reserved for the major number, there is no 1:1 mapping of the device
minor and unit numbers. Because this is now unused, remove the
restrictions on these numbers.
The MAXMAJOR definition was actually used for two purposes. It was used
to convert both the userspace and kernelspace device numbers to their
major/minor pair, which is why it is now named UMINORMASK.
minor2unit() and unit2minor() have now become useless. Both minor() and
dev2unit() now serve the same purpose. We should eventually remove some
of them, at least turning them into macro's. If devfs would become
completely minor number unaware, we could consider using si_drv0 directly,
just like si_drv1 and si_drv2.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
monitoring UDP connections using sysctls. In some cases, add
previously missing locking of inpcbs, as inp_socket is followed,
which also allows us to drop global locks more quickly.
MFC after: 1 week
clocked at 10x normal speed. That is, when you set it for 9600
baud, it actually does 96000 baud. In order to make it plug and
play with other serial ports, it has to have its clock rate
reduced by a factor of 10.
Discussed with: Marcel Moolenaar
MFC after: 2 weeks
o do not put the chip into full sleep in ath_stop as it gains
nothing and causes many parts to hang in ath_detach because we
may touch the chip during vap teardown; this may also fix issues
with unloading the module
o add a note in ath_detach to explain ath_hal_detach puts the
chip in low power mode; this is useful to know as it means
unloading the module will place a pci device in the lowest
possible power state
o leave an #ifdef notyet marker for powering down the chip when
a device is marked down; we can't do that until we handle all
the ways the driver may be entered and touch the chip
o fix resume by reloading the h/w key cache as it's been clobbered
(for pci) by the socket being powered off; for station mode we
directly stop+init the chip and then simulate a beacon miss to
get the upper layers sync'd up; for other configs we must brute
force stop+start the vaps so they go through the state machine
address specified in the ioctl and for drivers that need the address
to locate a key (e.g. for delete).
Note this changes net80211-private api's but not the driver callback;
may want to change that in the future.
Reviewed by: sephe, thompsa
on amd64. Note the only difference is the iovec32 part so I use the
native structure for everything else.
Also I plan to MFC all the changes in -current to 7-stable and 6-stable
shortly since I've been running them. This does not include the cam
changes.
MFC after: 3 days
o construct a name for the com lock as done for other locks
o pass the device name to IEEE80211_LOCK_INIT so the mtx name
is constructed as foo_com_lock
o introduce *_LOCK_OBJ macro's to hide the lock contents and
minimize redundant code
Right now we perform some of the checks inside the fcntl()'s F_DUPFD
operation twice. We first validate the `fd' argument. When finished,
we validate the `arg' argument. These checks are also performed inside
do_dup().
The reason we need to do this, is because fcntl() should return different
errno's when the `arg' argument is out of bounds (EINVAL instead of
EBADF). To prevent the redundant locking of the PROC_LOCK and
FILEDESC_SLOCK, patch do_dup() to support the error semantics required
by fcntl().
Approved by: philip (mentor)
inlining resulted in constant propagation to the extend that cmpval
was known to the compiler to be URWLOCK_WRITE_OWNER (= 0x80000000U).
Unfortunately, instead of zero-extending the unsigned constant, it
was sign-extended. As such, the cmpxchg instruction was comparing
0x0000000080000000LU to 0xffffffff80000000LU and obviously didn't
perform the exchange.
But, since the value returned by cmpxhg equalled cmpval (when zero-
extended), the _thr_rtld_lock_release() function thought the exchange
did happen and as such returned as if having released the lock. This
was not the case. Subsequent locking requests found rw_state non-zero
and the thread in question entered the kernel and block indefinitely.
The work-around is to zero-extend by casting to uint64_t.
which label mbufs. This leak can occur if one policy successfully allocates
label storage and subsequent allocations from other policies fail.
Spotted by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
Because clists are also used outside the TTY layer, rename the file
containing the clist routines to something more accurate.
The mpsafetty TTY layer doesn't use clists. It uses its own buffers,
which also implement the unbuffered copying to userspace. We cannot
simply remove the clist routines then, because this would break various
drivers that are present within the kernel.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
calling destroy_dev() with sleepable malloc(9). The entire opetation
is being serialized through pcm cv from top down, so dropping mutex is
rather safe.
Reported by: delphij
gigabit ethernet and JMC260 fast ethernet controllers. ATM jme(4)
supports all hardware features except RSS and multiple Tx/Rx queue.
In these days most ethernet controller vendors take a ply of
concealing hardware detailes from open source developers. As
contrasted with these vendors JMicron provided all necessary
information needed to write a stable driver during driver writing
and answered many questions I had. They even helped fixing driver
bugs with protocol analyzer. Many thanks to JMicron for their
support of FreeBSD.
H/W donated by: JMicron
Anyway, in the edge case the flushing happens and the while is no more
executed, nfs_flush() (and nfs4_flush()) can return with a wrong
err value of ENOLCK.
Bring it back to 0, as we expect to have for that case.
Reported by: kris
Reviewed by: kib
similar to _WANT_UCRED and _WANT_PRISON and seems to be much nicer than
defining _KERNEL.
It is also needed for my sys/refcount.h change going in soon.
parts relied on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT.
Most of I4B has been disconnected from the build
since July 2007 in HEAD/RELENG_7.
This is what was removed:
- configuration in /etc/isdn
- examples
- man pages
- kernel configuration
- sys/i4b (drivers, layers, include files)
- user space tools
- i4b support from ppp
- further documentation
Discussed with: rwatson, re
context, where the iwn mutex is being held, and
iwn_start assumes that we do not have that mutex held.
Resolve this issue with what we do for other NICs by
splitting the iwn_start procedure into two parts,
iwn_start() do the locking, and iwn_start_locked()
assumes that the mutex is being held. This resolves
panic when WITNESS is enabled.
NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten
months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics:
- netatm include files
- netatm command line management tools
- libatm
- ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall
- sample configuration files and documents
- kernel support as a module or in NOTES
- netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm
- ctags data for netatm.
- netatm-specific device drivers.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Reviewed by: bz
Discussed with: bms, bz, harti
refcount interface.
It also introduces the correct usage of memory barriers, as sometimes
fdrop() and fhold() are used with shared locks, which don't use any
release barrier.
entirety of the specified range be mapped. Specifically, it has
returned EINVAL if the entire range is not mapped. There is not,
however, any basis for this in either SuSv2 or our own man page.
Moreover, neither Linux nor Solaris impose this requirement. This
revision removes this requirement.
Submitted by: Tijl Coosemans
PR: 118510
MFC after: 6 weeks
Leave IDTVEC(ill) where it was unless we compile with KDTRACE_HOOKS[1].
Hide the with DTRACE case case under #ifdef KDTRACE_HOOKS.
Suggested by: attilio [1]
Reviewed by: attilio
ip6_savecontrol in preparation for udp_append() to no longer
need an WLOCK as we will no longer be modifying socket options.
Requested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: gnn
MFC after: 10 days
- Use proper synhronization primitives to protect the internal fdesc node cache
used in fdescfs.
- Properly initialize and uninitalize hash.
- Remove unused functions.
Since fdescfs might recurse on itself, adding proper locking to it needed some
tricky workarounds in some parts to make it work. For instance, a descriptor in
fdescfs could refer to an open descriptor to itself, thus forcing the thread to
recurse on vnode locks. Because of this, other race conditions also had to be
fixed.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: kib (mentor)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
delete "snapshot" from the persistent mount options list.
This should fix problems with doing a mount -o snapshot of a file system, followed by
an NFS export of the same file system.
PR: 122833
Reported by: Leon Kos <leon.kos lecad fs uni-lj si>,
Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
MFC after: 1 month
here, because we already do them further up in vfs_donmount() in vfs_mount.c
async -> MNT_ASYNC
force -> MNT_FORCE
multilabel -> MNT_MULTILABEL
noatime -> MNT_NOATIME
noclusterr -> MNT_NOCLUSTERR
noclusterw -> MNT_NOCLUSTERW
MFC after: 1 month
Of course I was silly enough to only check LINT for build failures, but not
the userspace bits. In the mpsafetty branch I didn't notice this, because
<sys/clist.h> never got included in userspace.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
Pointy hat to: me :-(
ttyfree(), freeing the tty. Since destroy_dev() may call d_purge()
cdevsw method, that is the ttypurge() for the tty, the code ends up
accessing freed tty structure.
Put the ttyrel() after destroy_dev() in the ttyfree. To prevent the
panic the rev. 1.274 provided fix for, check the TS_GONE in sysctl
handler and refuse to provide information on such tty.
Reported, debugging help and tested by: pho
DIscussed with and reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
in the giant_trick routines after the dev_refthread increments the
si_threadcount. Remove assert, do not perform dev_relthread() for failed
dev_refthread(), and handle failure in the tty_gettp() callers (cdevsw
tty methods).
Before kern_conf.c 1.210 and 1.211, the kernel usually paniced in the
giant_trick routines dereferencing NULL cdevsw, not taking this fault.
Reported by: Vince Hoffman <jhary unsane co uk>
Debugging help and tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
sense to loop trying to vget() the vnode again.
PR: 122977
Submitted by: Arthur Hartwig <arthur.hartwig nokia com>
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
For some reason, the <sys/tty.h> header file also contains routines of the
clists and console that are used inside the TTY layer. Because the clists
are not only used by the TTY layer (example: various input drivers), we'd
better move the entire clist programming interface into <sys/clist.h>. Also
remove a declaration of nonexistent variable.
The <sys/tty.h> header also contains various definitions for the console
code (tty_cons.c). Also move these to <sys/cons.h>, because they are
not implemented inside the TTY layer.
While there, create separate malloc pools for the clist and console code.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
PIPE_MTX().
Since the pipe_present is cleared before (potentially) sleeping, the
second thread may enter the pipeclose() for the reciprocal pipe end.
The test at the end of the pipeclose() for the pipe_present == 0 would
succeed, allowing the second thread to free the pipe memory. First
threads then accesses the freed memory after being woken up.
Properly track the closing state of the pipe in the pipe_present.
Introduce the intermediate state that marks the pipe as mostly
dismantled but might be sleeping waiting for the knote list to be
cleared. Free the pipe pair memory only when both ends pass that point.
Debugging help and tested by: pho
Discussed with: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
monitoring the pipe. The code sets pipe_present = 0 and enters
knlist_cleardel(), where the PIPE_MTX might be dropped when knl->kl_list
cannot be cleared due to influx knotes.
If the following often encountered code fragment
if (!(kn->kn_status & KN_DETACHED))
kn->kn_fop->f_detach(kn);
knote_drop(kn, td); [1]
is executed while the knlist lock is dropped, then the knote memory is freed
by the knote_drop() without knote being removed from the knlist, since
the filt_pipedetach() contains the following:
if (kn->kn_filter == EVFILT_WRITE) {
if (!cpipe->pipe_peer->pipe_present) {
PIPE_UNLOCK(cpipe);
return;
Now, the memory may be reused in the zone, causing the access to the
freed memory. I got the panics caused by the marker knote appearing on
the knlist, that, I believe, manifestation of the issue. In the Peter
Holm test scenarious, we got unkillable processes too.
The pipe_peer that has the knote for write shall be present. Ignore the
pipe_present value for EVFILT_WRITE in filt_pipedetach().
Debugging help and tested by: pho
Discussed with: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
the elf files. This is complicated by the fact that the actual CTF
parsing has to be done in CDDL'd code, so the BSD licensed code only
knows about the opaque data which it must be able to free.
to spam all vaps and this won't happen if the frame comes from a station
that is associated to an ap vap (and so has an entry in the table)
Noticed by: Jared Go
Reviewed by: thompsa
Even though single linked lists allow items to be removed at constant time
(when the previous element is known), the queue macro's don't allow this.
Implement new REMOVE_NEXT() macro's. Because the REMOVE() macro's also
contain the same code, make it call REMOVE_NEXT().
The OpenBSD version of SLIST_REMOVE_NEXT() needs a reference to the list
head, even though it is unused. We'd better mimic this. The STAILQ version
also needs a reference to the list. This means the prototypes of both
macro's are the same.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
PR: kern/121117
Our current TTY layer uses a set-uid application called ptchown to
change ownership of a PTY slave device. The new TTY layer implements
this functionality through a new ioctl().
By accident I discovered Darwin's TTY layer also uses this approach.
Because of this, they also have a GID_TTY.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
routines for those modules, rather than in the raw socket code. This
each privilege check to occur in exactly once place and avoids
duplicate checks across layers.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
argument, call mac_socket_check_connect() on that address before
proceeding with the send. Otherwise policies instrumenting the
connect entry point for the purposes of checking destination
addresses will not have the opportunity to check implicit
connect requests.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
hard limit of 512 pending mutexes in the witness code and
we can easily have 1 million bucket mutexes initialized before
witness is up and running. Bumping the limit from 512 to 1M
is not really an option here...
the watchdog code. This delta also incorporates some missing PCI
IDs that got added.
PR 122928 - might be fixed by this, no verification at this point.
Change so that we save off a type field for display and
NULL inp just for good measure.
- sctp_output.c - Fix it so in sending to the loopback we use the
src address of the inbound INIT. We don't want
to do this for non local addresses since otherwise
we might be ingressed filtered so we need to use
the best src address and list the address sent to.
Obtained from: time bug - Neil Wilson
MFC after: 1 week
The patch does not change the cdevsw KBI. Management of the data is
provided by the functions
int devfs_set_cdevpriv(void *priv, cdevpriv_dtr_t dtr);
int devfs_get_cdevpriv(void **datap);
void devfs_clear_cdevpriv(void);
All of the functions are supposed to be called from the cdevsw method
contexts.
- devfs_set_cdevpriv assigns the priv as private data for the file
descriptor which is used to initiate currently performed driver
operation. dtr is the function that will be called when either the
last refernce to the file goes away, the device is destroyed or
devfs_clear_cdevpriv is called.
- devfs_get_cdevpriv is the obvious accessor.
- devfs_clear_cdevpriv allows to clear the private data for the still
open file.
Implementation keeps the driver-supplied pointers in the struct
cdev_privdata, that is referenced both from the struct file and struct
cdev, and cannot outlive any of the referee.
Man pages will be provided after the KPI stabilizes.
Reviewed by: jhb
Useful suggestions from: jeff, antoine
Debugging help and tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
Directory IO without a VM object will store data in 'malloced' buffers
severely limiting caching of the data. Without this change VM objects for
directories are only created on an open() of the directory.
TODO: Inline test if VM object already exists to avoid locking/function call
overhead.
Tested by: kris@
Reviewed by: jeff@
Reported by: David Filo
- Adds some prepwork (Not all yet) for vimage in particular
support the delete the sctppcbinfo.xx structs. There is
still a leak in here if it were to be called plus we stil
need the regrouping (From Me and Michael Tuexen)
- Adds support for UDP tunneling. For BSD there is no
socket yet setup so its disabled, but major argument
changes are in here to emcompass the passing of the port
number (zero when you don't have a udp tunnel, the default
for BSD). Will add some hooks in UDP here shortly (discussed
with Robert) that will allow easy tunneling. (Mainly from
Peter Lei and Michael Tuexen with some BSD work from me :-D)
- Some ease for windows, evidently leave is reserved by their
compile move label leave: -> out:
MFC after: 1 week
- Bug in CA that does not get us incrementing the PBA properly which
made us more conservative.
- comment updated in sctp_input.c
- memsets added before we log
- added arg to hmac id's
MFC after: 2 weeks
controller. L1 has several threshold/timer registers and they
seem to require careful tuned parameters to get best
performance. Datasheet for L1 is not available to open source
driver writers so age(4) focus on stability and correctness of
basic Tx/Rx operation. ATM the performance of age(4) is far from
optimal which in turn means there are mis-programmed registers or
incorrectly configured registers.
Currently age(4) supports all known hardware assistance including
- MSI support.
- TCP Segmentation Offload.
- Hardware VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
- TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- Interrupt moderation.
- Hardware statistics counter support.
- Jumbo frame support.
- WOL support.
L1 gigabit ethernet controller is mainly found on ASUS
motherboards. Note, it seems that there are other variants of
hardware as known as L2(Fast ethernet) and newer gigabit ethernet
(AR81xx) from Atheros. These are not supported by age(4) and
requires a seperate driver. Big thanks to all people who reported
feedback or tested patches.
Tested by: kevlo, bsam, Francois Ranchin < fyr AT fyrou DOT net >
Thomas Nystroem < thn AT saeab DOT se >
Roman Pogosyan < asternetadmin AT gmail DOT com >
Derek Tattersal < dlt AT mebtel DOT net >
Oliver Seitz < karlkiste AT yahoo DOT com >
which contains all the hook definitions rather than splattering
them all over the header files.
The definitions are only valid when the KDTRACE_HOOKS kernel
option is defined, so other kernel sources have no need to
see them.
and struct proc.
Add a field to struct thread to stash the error variable (or returned
status) from the last syscall so that it is available during a
DTrace probe.
data via ctor and dtor event handlers.
The size of the extra data is allocated opaquely and this file
contains a function which the dtrace module can call to check
that the kernel supports at least the amount of data that it needs.
This file is optionally compiled into nthe kernel if the KDTRACE_HOOKS
kernel option is defined.
This is BSD licensed code written specifically for FreeBSD.
It initialises using SYSINIT so that the SDT provider, probe and
argument description linkage is done whenever a module is loaded,
regardless of whether the DTrace modules are loaded or not.
This file is optionally compiled into the kernel if the KDTRACE_HOOKS
option is defined.
- KDTRACE_HOOKS for the shim layer of hooks which separate BSD licensed
code from CDDL code.
- DDB_CTF for the code that parses the CTF (compact C type format)
data for use by the DTrace Function Boundary Trace
provider and (possibly) ddb if we plan to do that.
devsoftc.async_proc != NULL because the latter might not be true
sometimes.
This way /etc/rc.suspend gets executed.
Reviwed by: njl
Submitted by: Mitsuru IWASAKI <iwasaki at jp.FreeBSD.org>
Tested also by: Andreas Wetzel <mickey242 at gmx.net>
MFC after: 1 week
superpage-aligned virtual address for the mapping. Revision 1.65
implemented an overly simplistic and generally ineffectual method for
finding a superpage-aligned virtual address. Specifically, it rounds
the virtual address corresponding to the end of the data segment up to
the next superpage-aligned virtual address. If this virtual address
is unallocated, then the device will be mapped using superpages.
Unfortunately, in modern times, where applications like the X server
dynamically load much of their code, this virtual address is already
allocated. In such cases, mmap(2) simply uses the first available
virtual address, which is not necessarily superpage aligned.
This revision changes mmap(2) to use a more robust method,
specifically, the VMFS_ALIGNED_SPACE option that is now implemented by
vm_map_find().
physical address of the device's memory. This enables
pmap_align_superpage() to propose a virtual address for mapping the
device memory that permits the use of superpage mappings.
- verified that the ifp->if_snd.ifq_mtx was initalized for
all attached interfaces. This was pointless because it was
initalized for all interfaces in if_attach() so I've removed it.
- Checked that ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen is initalized and set it to
ifqmaxlen if unset. This makes more sense in if_attach() so
I moved it there.
- The first call of if_slowtimo(). Delete if_check() and call
if_slowtimo() directly from the SYSINIT().
All shim hooks are defined here. This is the interface between BSD
code in FreeBSD and CDDL code from OpenSolaris.
The hooks defined here are pre-processed out from the source files
when the KDTRACE_HOOKS kernel option isn't defined.
Note that this implementation differs from the one in OpenSolaris, so
it is BSD licensed and can be included anywhere.
The kernel definitions defined here are dependent on the kernel option
KDTRACE_HOOKS so that macros added to the sources are pre-processed
out completely when the DTrace kernel hooks aren't compiled in.
the mentioned PR:
- bounds check time->month as it is used as an array index
- fix usage of time->month as array index (month is 1-12)
- fix calculation based on time->day (day is 1-31)
- fix the speedup code as it doesn't calculate correct timestamps before
the year 2000 and reduce the number of calculation in the year-by-year code
- speedup month calculations by replacing the array content with cumulative
values
- add microseconds calculation
- fix an endian problem
PR: kern/97786
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg@topspin.kiev.ua>
Reviewed by: scottl (earlier version)
Approved by: emax (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
-It has new hardware support
-It uses a new method of TX cleanup called Head Write Back
-It includes the provisional generic TCP LRO feature contributed
by Myricom and made general purpose by me. This should move into
the stack upon approval but for this driver drop its in here.
-Also bug fixes and etc...
MFC in a week if no serious issues arise.
so the index needs to be translated into an offset. While we
did add the offset (0x10), we forgot to account for the width.
Tested by: Thomas Vogt
MFC after: 3 days
- Obsolete redundant inst_name and unit members of struct sym_hcb.
- Fix three more NULL vs. 0 confusions.
- Use device_set_softc(9) to tell the bus layer that this driver
allocates a instance of struct sym_hcb itself.
(all types) used per socket buffer.
Add support to netstat to print out all of the socket buffer
statistics.
Update the netstat manual page to describe the new -x flag
which gives the extended output.
Reviewed by: rwatson, julian
lock_object, using an unified field called lo_data.
- Replace lo_type usage with the w_name usage and at init time pass the
lock "type" directly to witness_init() from the parent lock init
function. Handle delayed initialization before than
witness_initialize() is called through the witness_pendhelp structure.
- Axe out LO_ENROLLPEND as it is not really needed. The case where the
mutex init delayed wants to be destroyed can't happen because
witness_destroy() checks for witness_cold and panic in case.
- In enroll(), if we cannot allocate a new object from the freelist,
notify that to userspace through a printf().
- Modify the depart function in order to return nothing as in the current
CVS version it always returns true and adjust callers accordingly.
- Fix the witness_addgraph() argument name prototype.
- Remove unuseful code from itismychild().
This commit leads to a shrinked struct lock_object and so smaller locks,
in particular on amd64 where 2 uintptr_t (16 bytes per-primitive) are
gained.
Reviewed by: jhb
- Rename BGE_FLAG_EEPROM to BGE_FLAG_EADDR to underline it's absence means
"there's no chip containing an Ethernet address fitted to the BGE chip
so we have to get it from the firmware instead" rather than "there's no
EEPROM, but maybe NVRAM or something else".
- Don't treat BCM5906[M] generally like chips w/o BGE_FLAG_EADDR set, just
in the two cases really necessary. This gets us line with the original
patch for DragonFlyBSD.
- For sparc64 restore the intended behavior of obtaining the Ethernet
address from the firmware in case BGE_FLAG_EADDR is not set, even for
BCM5906[M].
- Fix some style(9) bugs introduced with rev. 1.208 of if_bge.c
Approved by: jhb
Additional testing by: Thomas Nystroem (BCM5906)
what Linux does. This is because robust futexes are mostly
userspace thing which we cannot alter. Two syscalls maintain
pointer to userspace list and when process exits a routine
walks this list waking up processes sleeping on futexes
from that list.
Reviewed by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Add support for the Apple USB Ethernet adapter.
Work around the "latch in at the first working PHY address hack",
that fails for this adapter because it returns 0xffff when reading
from lower PHY addresses. Also add more debugging printfs
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC After: 3 days
o correct mapping of CCK rates to PLCP; was using nonstandard Ralink
values which just happened to also be used by Zydas (so went unnoticed)
o change ieee80211_plcp2rate api to take a phy type instead of a flag
that indicates ofdm/!ofdm
o update drivers to match (restore per-driver code to map rate->PLCP)
Reviewed by: sephe, weongyo, thompsa
o add IEEE80211_C_STA capability to indicate sta mode is supported
(was previously assumed) and mark drivers as capable
o add ieee80211_opcap array to map an opmode to the equivalent capability bit
o move IEEE80211_C_OPMODE definition to where capabilities are defined so it's
clear it should be kept in sync (on future additions)
o check device capabilities in clone create before trying to create a vap;
this makes driver checks unneeded
o make error codes return on failed clone request unique
o temporarily add console printfs on clone request failures to aid in
debugging; these will move under DIAGNOSTIC or similar before release
Instead use the worldwide known MAX() function.
This should fix problems with negative values showing up on
dev.cpu.%d.temperature.
This is slightly different from the fix in the PR.
Submitted by: KOIE Hidetaka <hide at koie.org>
PR: 123542
used to request superpage alignment for the submap.
Request superpage alignment for the kmem_map.
Pass VMFS_ANY_SPACE instead of TRUE to vm_map_find(). (They are currently
equivalent but VMFS_ANY_SPACE is the new preferred spelling.)
Remove a stale comment from kmem_malloc().
support for VMFS_ALIGNED_SPACE, which requests the allocation of an
address range best suited to superpages. The old options TRUE and FALSE
are mapped to VMFS_ANY_SPACE and VMFS_NO_SPACE, so that there is no
immediate need to update all of vm_map_find(9)'s callers.
While I'm here, correct a misstatement about vm_map_find(9)'s return
values in the man page.
hand, it may cause other threads to sleep since kqueue_scan() may mark
some knotes as infux. This could lead to the deadlock.
Before kqueue_scan() sleeps, wakeup the threads that are waiting for the
influx knotes produced by this thread.
Tested by: pho (previous version)
Reviewed by: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
closed is the legitimate situation. For instance, filedescriptor with
registered events may be closed in parallel with closing the kqueue.
Properly handle the case instead of asserting that this cannot happen.
Reported and tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
syncache that has an invalid SEQ instead of only doing it when we suceed
in mallocing space for the log message.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: sam, bz
for UPA it should have fulfilled its purpose by now and Fireplane-
and JBus-based machines are way to messy in organization to implement
something equivalent.
- Fix a bunch of style(9) bugs.
Handle cases where dma function pointers may be NULL, and where
the max_iosize can't be derived from a DMA data structure. For
the latter, revert to the prior behaviour of using DFLTPHYS for
the max i/o size when there is no other data.
Reviewed by: marcel
No objection by: sos
aligned on an 8 byte boundary. Prior to rev 1.36 this wasn't a problem
because mbuf clusters tend be naturally aligned. The switch to using
split buffers with the first buffer being the embedded data area of the
mbuf has broken this assumption, at least on i386, causing a complete
failure of RX functionality. Fix this for now by using a full cluster for
the first RX buffer. A more sophisticated approach could be done with the
old buffer scheme to realign the m_data pointer with m_adj(), but I'm also
not clear on performance benefits of this old scheme or the performance
implications of adding an m_adj() call to every allocation.
and its children in the form:
"parent","child"
so that head and bottom of an oriented graph can be easilly detected and
various form of diagrams can be build.
The sysctl is called debug.witness.graphs and it is read-only; in order
to get the list of relations, a simple:
#sysctl debug.witness.graphs
will do the trick.
This approach has been choosen in order to support easilly things like
the DOT format and such. Soon, an auto-explicative awk script, which
filters simple informations returned by the sysctl and converts them into
a real DOT script, will be committed to the repository between examples.
Discussed with: rwatson
counter-timer timecounter so the associated SYSCTL nodes don't clash on
machines having multiple U2P and U2S bridges as well as establishing a
clear mapping between these bridges and their timecounter device.
- Don't bother setting up a "nice" name for the IOMMU, just use the name
returned by device_get_nameunit(9), too.
- Fix some minor style(9) bugs.
- Use __FBSDID in counter.c
MFC after: 1 week
VSOCK has been added as cache target. Now they process
not only VDIR but also VSOCK.
- fixed panic issue caused by cache incorrect free process
by "umount -f"
Submitted by: Masanori OZAWA <ozawa@ongs.co.jp>
MFC after: 1 week
perform various operations on a controller. Specifically, for each mpt(4)
device, create a character device in devfs which accepts ioctl requests for
reading and writing configuration pages and performing RAID actions.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: scottl
than checking whether audit is enabled globally, instead check whether
the current thread has an audit record. This avoids entering the audit
code to collect argument data if auditing is enabled but the current
system call is not of interest to audit.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
method:
- If the last of the child cpufreq drivers returns an error while trying to
fetch its list of supported frequencies but an earlier driver found the
requested frequency, don't return an error to the caller.
- If all of the child cpufreq drivers fail and the attempt to match the
frequency based on 'cpu_est_clockrate()' fails, return ENXIO rather than
returning success and returning a frequency of CPUFREQ_VAL_UNKNOWN.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: kern/121433
Reported by: Eugene Grosbein eugen ! kuzbass dot ru
all cards/modes.
In addition to the intr forcing added with rev. 1.205 adopt the other
places to use the same logic.
We need to exclude a few chips/revisions (5700, 5788) from using the
enhanced version and fall back to the old way as that is the only
method they support.
Tested by: phk
Suggested by: davidch, Broadcom (thanks a lot for the help!)
MFC after: 16 days
- add / remove clients from cxgb_main.c now
- change ifdef TOE_ENABLED to TCP_OFFLOAD_DISABLE
- update copyrights
- fix transmit data mismatch bug caused by not setting SB_NOCOALESCE
on tx sockbuf on passive connections
- fix receive sequence mismatch bug caused by not setting SB_NOCOALESCE
on rx sockbuf on passive connections
- don't sleep without checking SBS_CANTRCVMORE first
- various ddp ordering fixes
Supported by: Chelsio Inc.
ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER. In addition to "Enter ~ ctrl-B" (to enter the
debugger), there is now "Enter ~ ctrl-P" (force panic) and
"Enter ~ ctrl-R" (request clean reboot, ala ctrl-alt-del on syscons).
We've used variations of this at work. The force panic sequence is
best used with KDB_UNATTENDED for when you just want it to dump and
get on with it.
The reboot request is a safer way of getting into single user than
a power cycle. eg: you've hosed the ability to log in (pam, rtld, etc).
It gives init the reboot signal, which causes an orderly reboot.
I've taken my best guess at what the !x86 and non-sio code changes
should be.
This also makes sio release its spinlock before calling KDB/DDB.
which are also likely to be irrelevant for sun4v (there's no SBus on sun4v
and only some EBus devices). While at it fix some style bugs according to
style.Makefile(5) where appropriate.
MFC after: 3 days
mount fs needing Giant to be held when processing bufobjs.
Use a different subqueue for pending workitems on filesystems requiring
Giant. This simplifies the code notably and also reduces the number of
Giant acquisitions (and the whole processing cost).
Suggested by: jeff
Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: pho
- Limit grabbing the lock to SIOCSIFFLAGS.
- Move ieee80211_start_all() to SIOCSIFFLAGS.
- Remove SIOCSIFMEDIA as it is not useful.
- Limit ether_ioctl to only SIOCGIFADDR. SIOCSIFADDR and SIOCSIFMTU have no
affect as there is no input/output path in the vap parent. The vap code
will handle the reinit of the mac address changes.
- Split off ndis_ioctl_80211 as it was getting too different to wired devices.
This fixes a copyout while locked and a lock recursion.
Reviewed by: sam
to profile outoing packets for a number of mbuf chain
related parameters
e.g. number of mbufs, wasted space.
probably will do with further work later.
Reviewed by: various
10/100 operation and place the mailbox registers at a different offset.
They also do not have an EEPROM, so the MAC address must be read from
NVRAM instead.
MFC after: 1 month
PR: kern/118975
Submitted by: benjsc, Thomas Nyström thn at saeab dot se
Submitted by: sephe (original patch for DragonflyBSD)
o The function is defined unconditionally but depends on SPR_SVR,
which is defined conditionally.
o spr.h defines mfspr() and mtspr(), which is no worse to use.
while holding the socket buffer lock. These leads to an
immediate panic due to recursing the socket buffer lock. This
bug was introduced in uipc_syscalls.c:1.240, but masked by
another bug until that was fixed in uipc_syscalls.c:1.269.
Note that the current fix isn't perfect, but better than
panicking: normally we guarantee that simultaneous invocations
of a system call to write on a stream socket won't be
interlaced, which is ensured by use of the socket buffer sleep
lock. This is guaranteed for the sendfile headers, but not
trailers. In practice, this is likely not a problem, but
should be fixed.
MFC after: 3 days
Pointy hat to: andre (1.240), cperciva (1.269)
Retire pmap_track_modified(). We no longer need it because we do not
create managed mappings within the clean submap. To prevent regressions,
add assertions blocking the creation of managed mappings within the clean
submap.
Approved by: imp
total of 6 interrupt resources for scc(4) on macio(4). This
is 3 per channel, of which the 1st of each channel is the
interrupt associated with the SCC. The other 2 are for DMA
operation.
Change scc_bfe_attach() to accept an argument that's the
number of interrupts per channel (ipc) and change each bus
front-end (bfe) to pass that argument through a wrapper
for the device_attach method.
For now, we only allocate the 1st interrupt of each channel
to perserve behaviour.
by the parent for interrupt resources. This corrects parsing of
the interrupts property.
With parsing of the property fixed, add all interrupts to the
resource list. Bump the max. number of interrupts from 5 to 6
as scc(4) attached to macio(4) has 6 interrupts (3 per channel).
Submitted by: Nathan Whitehorn <nathanw@uchicago.edu>
- detect number of LAWs in run time and initalize accordingly
- introduce decode windows target IDs used in MPC8572
- other minor updates
Obtained from: Freescale, Semihalf
doesn't require parts of the Expansion ROM to be copied around,
for obtaining the MAC address on !OFW platforms.
- Don't unnecessarily cache bus space tag and handle nor RIDs
in the softcs of the front-ends.
- Don't use function calls in initializers.
- Let the SBus front-end depend on sbus(4).
info about all currently mounted file systems. When an address is given
as an argument, prints detailed info about the given mount point.
MFC after: 2 weeks
infrastructure. Its only consumer ever was sio(4) and thus was
unused on sparc64 since removing the last traces of sio(4) in
sparc64 configuration files in favor for uart(4) over three
years ago. If similar functionality is required again it should
be brought back as an MD intr_pending() which works for all
busses by using for example interrupt controller hooks.
when creating the parent bus DMA tag. While at it correct the style
and a nearby comment.
- Take advantage of m_collapse(9) for performance reasons.
MFC after: 2 weeks
PR 122839 is fixed in both em and in igb
Second, the issue on building modules since the static kernel
build changes is now resolved. I was not able to get the fancier
directory hierarchy working, but this works, both em and igb
build as modules now.
Third, there is now support in em for two new NICs, Hartwell
(or 82574) is a low cost PCIE dual port adapter that has MSIX,
for this release it uses 3 vectors only, RX, TX, and LINK. In
the next release I will add a second TX and RX queue. Also, there
is support here for ICH10, the followon to ICH9. Both of these are
early releases, general availability will follow soon.
Fourth: On Hartwell and ICH10 we now have IEEE 1588 PTP support,
I have implemented this in a provisional way so that early adopters
may try and comment on the functionality. The IOCTL structure may
change. This feature is off by default, you need to edit the Makefile
and add the EM_TIMESYNC define to get the code.
Enjoy all!!
assumptions about the state of the cooling devices. Instead, switch them
off on init and, only after that, we are in TZ_ACTIVE_NONE.
Submited by: Andriy Gapon <avg at icyb.net.ua>
Reviewed by: njl
from idle over the next tick.
- Add a new MD routine, cpu_wake_idle() to wakeup idle threads who are
suspended in cpu specific states. This function can fail and cause the
scheduler to fall back to another mechanism (ipi).
- Implement support for mwait in cpu_idle() on i386/amd64 machines that
support it. mwait is a higher performance way to synchronize cpus
as compared to hlt & ipis.
- Allow selecting the idle routine by name via sysctl machdep.idle. This
replaces machdep.cpu_idle_hlt. Only idle routines supported by the
current machine are permitted.
Sponsored by: Nokia
o Add CTASSERTs ensuring that HME_NRXDESC and HME_NTXDESC are set to
legal values.
o Use appropriate maxsize, nsegments and maxsegsize parameters when
creating DMA tags and correct some comments related to them.
o The FreeBSD bus_dmamap_sync(9) supports ored together flags for quite
some time now so collapse calls accordingly.
o Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when syncing the control DMA maps in
hme_rint() and hme_start_locked().
o Keep state of the link state and use it to enable or disable the MAC
in hme_mii_statchg() accordingly as well as to return early from
hme_start_locked() in case the link is down.
o Introduce a sc_flags and use it to replace individual members like
sc_pci.
o Add bus_barrier(9) calls to hme_mac_bitflip(), hme_mii_readreg(),
hme_mii_writereg() and hme_stop() to ensure the respective bit
has been written before we starting polling on it and for the right
bits to change.
o Rather just returning in case hme_mac_bitflip() fails and leaving us
in an undefined state report the problem and move on; chances are
the requested configuration will become active shortly after.
o Don't call hme_start_locked() in hme_init_locked() unconditionally
but only after calls to hme_init_locked() when it's appropriate, i.e.
in hme_watchdog().
o Add a KASSERT which asserts nsegs is valid also to hme_load_txmbuf().
o In hme_load_txmbuf():
- use a maximum of the newly introduced HME_NTXSEGS segments instead
of the incorrect HME_NTXQ, which reflects the maximum TX queue
length, for loading the mbufs and put the DMA segments back onto
the stack instead of the softc as 16 should be ok there.
- use the common errno(2) return values instead of homegrown ones,
- given that hme_load_txmbuf() is allowed to fail resulting in a
packet drop for quite some time now implement the functionality of
hme_txcksum() by means of m_pullup(9), which de-obfuscates the code
and allows to always retrieve the correct length of the IP header, [1]
- also add a KASSERT which asserts nsegs is valid,
- take advantage of m_collapse(9) instead of m_defrag(9) for
performance reasons.
o Don't bother to check whether the interface is running or whether its
queue is empty before calling hme_start_locked() in hme_tint(), the
former will check these anyway.
o In hme_intr() call hme_rint() before hme_tint() as gem_tint() may
take quite a while to return when it calls hme_start_locked().
o Get rid of sc_debug and just check if_flags for IFF_DEBUG directly.
o Add a shadow sc_ifflags so we don't reset the chip when unnecessary.
o Handle IFF_ALLMULTI correctly. [2]
o Use PCIR_BAR instead of a homegrown macro.
o Replace sc_enaddr[6] with sc_enaddr[ETHER_ADDR_LEN].
o Use the maximum of 256 TX descriptors for better performance as using
all of them has no additional static cost rather than using just half
of them.
Reported by: rwatson [2]
Suggested by: yongari [1]
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 1 month
in order to get rid of bus space handle and tag in struct sym_hcb.
- Remove unused members related to bus addresses in struct sym_hcb.
- sym(4) takes care of allocating an instance of struct sym_hcb
itself so don't let newbus allocate it as an unused softc also.
- Add basic MPSAFE locking. This includes changing the sym(4) CCBs
to be allocated up-front instead of on demand as needed. Besides
making these allocations more likely to succeed, this also solves
the problem of calling bus_dmamap_create(9) with the SIM mutex
held.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
- Remove superfluous returns in functions returning void.
- In sym_alloc_lcb_tags() return directly instead of jumping
to a label which just returns.
- Fix some spelling in comments.
- Remove trailing whitespace.
exit requires entering the audit code. The result is much the same,
but they mean different things.
MFC afer: 3 days
Submitted by: Diego Giagio <dgiagio at gmail dot com>
the method for the (indent == NULL) case (i.e. the kern.geom.conftxt
sysctl). The purpose is to extend the conftxt output with scheme-
specific fields which can be used by libdisk. In particular, have
the schemes dump the xs and xt fields, which contain the backward
compatible values for class type and partition type. This allows
libdisk to work with the legacy slicers as well as with gpart and
helps/promotes migration.
don't send and EOI which works like on amd64/i386 and blocks all
interrupts on the relevant interrupt controller.
o Replace the post_filter and post_inthread hooks registered when
creating the interrupt events with just ic_clear as on sparc64 we
don't need to do any disable->EOI->enable dance to unblock all but
the relevant interrupt while running the filter or handler; just
not clearing the interrupt already has the same effect.
o Merge from amd64/i386:
- Split the intr_table_lock into an sx lock used for most things,
and a spin lock to protect intrcnt_index.
- Add support for binding interrupts to CPUs, including for the
bus_bind_intr(9) interface, a assign_cpu hook and initially
shuffling interrupts arround in a round-robin fashion.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
for better structure.
Much of this is related to <sys/clock.h>, which should really have
been called <sys/calendar.h>, but unless and until we need the name,
the repocopy can wait.
In general the kernel does not know about minutes, hours, days,
timezones, daylight savings time, leap-years and such. All that
is theoretically a matter for userland only.
Parts of kernel code does however care: badly designed filesystems
store timestamps in local time and RTC chips almost universally
track time in a YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS format, and sometimes in local
timezone instead of UTC. For this we have <sys/clock.h>
<sys/time.h> on the other hand, deals with time_t, timeval, timespec
and so on. These know only seconds and fractions thereof.
Move inittodr() and resettodr() prototypes to <sys/time.h>.
Retain the names as it is one of the few surviving PDP/VAX references.
Move startrtclock() to <machine/clock.h> on relevant platforms, it
is a MD call between machdep.c/clock.c. Remove references to it
elsewhere.
Remove a lot of unnecessary <sys/clock.h> includes.
Move the machdep.disable_rtc_set sysctl to subr_rtc.c where it belongs.
XXX: should be kern.disable_rtc_set really, it's not MD.
communicate between two parts of this one function. This was causing
problems with shared lookups as each would trash the ino value in the
inode.
- Remove the unused i_ino field from the inode structure.
receiving or transmitting.
With IPv6 raw sockets, read lock rather than write lock the inpcb when
receiving. Unfortunately, IPv6 source address selection appears to
require a write lock on the inpcb for the time being.
MFC after: 3 months
interrupt. So, add a new function pointer, arm_post_filter, which defaults
to NULL, and which will be used as the post_filter arg for
intr_event_create(). Set it properly for the AT91, so that it boots again.
Reported by: hps
Note this includes changes to all drivers and moves some device firmware
loading to use firmware(9) and a separate module (e.g. ral). Also there
no longer are separate wlan_scan* modules; this functionality is now
bundled into the wlan module.
Supported by: Hobnob and Marvell
Reviewed by: many
Obtained from: Atheros (some bits)
A lot of testing has shown that the problem people were seeing was due
to invalid padding after the end of option list option, which was corrected
in tcp_output.c rev. 1.146.
Thanks to: anders@, s3raphi, Matt Reimer
Thanks to: Doug Hardie and Randy Rose, John Mayer, Susan Guzzardi
Special thanks to: dwhite@ and BitGravity
Discussed with: silby
MFC after: 1 day
So if we have channel 0..3 devclass_get_maxunit is 4.
It's never been a problem as devclass_get_device() has
catched a possibly bad input.
Discussed with: scottl
when reading credential data from sockets.
Teach pf to unlock the pcbinfo more quickly once it has acquired an
inpcb lock, as the inpcb lock is sufficient to protect the reference.
Assert locks, rather than read locks or write locks, on inpcbs in
subroutines--this is necessary as the inpcb may be passed down with a
write lock from the protocol, or may be passed down with a read lock
from the firewall lookup routine, and either is sufficient.
MFC after: 3 months
deserves its own internet memes). The trick is to force all available,
unused pins (that being advertised as "speaker") to behave as microphone
pins instead.
Reported / Tested by: Dmitry Kutsenko <kutsenko.truebsd.org>
MFC after: 3 days
we're certain the allocation will entierly succeed. This fixes a leak in a
fairly unlikely case.
Reported by: vijay singh <vijjus at rocketmail dot com>
MFC after: 1 week
noise from sio per unit. sio likes to probe if interrupts are configured
correctly by looking at the pending bits of the atpic in order to put a
non-fatal warning on the console. I think I'd rather read the pending
bits from the apics, but I'm not sure its worth the hassle.
move most offload functionality from NIC to TOE
factor out all socket and inpcb direct access
factor out access to locking in incpb, pcbinfo, and sockbuf
as the former is becoming deprecated and exhibits some extraneous
Giant-locking. The new callout(9) is declared MPSAFE, so it may
improve concurrency.
Tested by: matteo
Silence from: wpaul
MFC after: 1 month
explicitly select write locking for all use of the inpcb mutex.
Update some pcbinfo lock assertions to assert locked rather than
write-locked, although in practice almost all uses of the pcbinfo
rwlock main exclusive, and all instances of inpcb lock acquisition
are exclusive.
This change should introduce (ideally) little functional change.
However, it lays the groundwork for significantly increased
parallelism in the TCP/IP code.
MFC after: 3 months
Tested by: kris (superset of committered patch)
done by understandable macros.
Fix the bug that prevented the system from responding on interfaces with
link local addresses assigned.
PR: 120958
Submitted by: James Snow <snow at teardrop.org>
MFC after: 2 weeks
have separate configuration spaces so by definition they implement
different PCI domains. Thus change psycho(4) to use PCI domains
instead of reenumerating all PCI busses so they have globally unique
bus numbers and drop support for reenumerating busses in the OFW PCI
code.
According to CVS history reenumeration was also required in order to
get some E450 to boot but given that no other open source kernel
changes the PCI bus numbers assigned by the firmware I believe the
real problem was that the old code used the bus number as the device
number for the PCI busses and unlike most of the other machines the
firmwares of the problematic ones don't use disjoint PCI bus numbers
across the host-PCI-bridges.
MFC after: 1 month
This avoids calling busdma in the request processing path which caused a traumatic performance degradation.
Allocation has be postponed to after we know how many devices we possible can have on portmulitpliers to save some space.
two ticks by counting the number of switches and the load when
sched_clock() is called.
- If the busy metric exceeds a threshold allow the idle thread to spin
waiting for new work for a brief period to avoid using IPIs. This
reduces the cost on the sender and receiver as well as reducing wakeup
latency considerably when it works.
Sponsored by: Nokia
variables and sysctl nodes.
- In reset walk the children of kern_sched_stats and reset the counters
via the oid_arg1 pointer. This allows us to add arbitrary counters to
the tree and still reset them properly.
- Define a set of switch types to be passed with flags to mi_switch().
These types are named SWT_*. These types correspond to SCHED_STATS
counters and are automatically handled in this way.
- Make the new SWT_ types more specific than the older switch stats.
There are now stats for idle switches, remote idle wakeups, remote
preemption ithreads idling, etc.
- Add switch statistics for ULE's pickcpu algorithm. These stats include
how much migration there is, how often affinity was successful, how
often threads were migrated to the local cpu on wakeup, etc.
Sponsored by: Nokia
the fact that we have a 1:1 mapping by virtue of the BATs.
Eliminate the now unused moea_rkva_alloc(), moea_pa_map() and
moea_pa_unmap() functions.
Pointed out by: grehan.
rev. 1.149 rework.
It allows to save several percents of CPU time on SMP by using UMA's
internal per-CPU allocation limits instead of own global variable
each time updated with atomics.
Tested with: Netperf cluster
deals with the usual __opendir2() calls, and the rest part with an interface
translator to expose fdopendir(3) functionality. Manual page was obtained from
kib@'s work for *at(2) system calls.
filesystem-specific vnode data to the struct vnode. Provide the
default implementation for the vop_advlock and vop_advlockasync.
Purge the locks on the vnode reclaim by using the lf_purgelocks().
The default implementation is augmented for the nfs and smbfs.
In the nfs_advlock, push the Giant inside the nfs_dolock.
Before the change, the vop_advlock and vop_advlockasync have taken the
unlocked vnode and dereferenced the fs-private inode data, racing with
with the vnode reclamation due to forced unmount. Now, the vop_getattr
under the shared vnode lock is used to obtain the inode size, and
later, in the lf_advlockasync, after locking the vnode interlock, the
VI_DOOMED flag is checked to prevent an operation on the doomed vnode.
The implementation of the lf_purgelocks() is submitted by dfr.
Reported by: kris
Tested by: kris, pho
Discussed with: jeff, dfr
MFC after: 2 weeks
- reorder structures fields (XX_refs) a bit to group fields modified
same time together. According to my tests it gives up to 10%
SMP performance benefit on real workload due to reduced inter-CPU
cache trashing.
- change q_flags from long to int as long is not really needed there and
it's usage with atomics is argued by some people.
- move NGF_WORKQ flag into the separate field q_flags2 as it protected by
queue mutex instead of node writer protection used by the rest of flags.
- move nd_work queue entry to ng_queue structure to which it is more
related and make it STAILQ instead of TAILQ as now it is a classic FIFO.
- remove q_node pointer from ng_queue structure as it is not really needed.
- reimplement item queue using STAILQ instead of own equal implementation.
As soon as BT subsystem has own item queues using ng_item.el_next update
it also.
- change depth field in ng_item from uintptr_t to u_int. It was made
uintptr_t to keep ABI compatibility.
Reviewed by: julian, emax
Tested with: Netperf cluster
inittodr() and resettodr(). Have nexus double as the clock device,
because it's the firmware that provides RTC services. We could
create a special (pseudo-) device for it, but that wasn't superior
enough to actually do it. Maybe later...
Requested by: phk
so credit its authors with contributions to this file. Remove
prototype copyright notice, although one might be warranted if someone
wanted to claim it badly enough.
Noticed by: Simon Burge.
routines in this file. Remove 'place holder' copyright since the
amount that's actually original is small relative to the length of the
file. The contents of this file appear to have originated at DECWRL
by way of NetBSD.
Noticed by: Simon Burge
o Implement IPI_PREEMPT,
o Set td_lock for the thread being switched out,
o For ULE & SMP, loop while td_lock points to blocked_lock for
the thread being switched in,
o Enable ULE by default in GENERIC and SKI,
clearing MSI enable bit for MSI capable hardwares resulted in Tx
problems. MSI enable bit is set only when MSI is requested from
user.
Tested by: remko
(i.e. fixed delivery) to SAPIC_DELMODE_LOWPRI. While the commit
log doesn't mention the change in behaviour, it is believed to be
deliberate. In the last 5.5 years this hasn't been a problem. Nor
do I think did it make any difference, but who knows. However, I
do know that it break SMP support for Montecito-based machines.
Switch back to fixed-CPU delivery so that SMP works again. This
gives me some time to look more closely at the problem, as well
as make sure the I-cache validation as it's implemented currently
is sufficient in SMP configurations...
mips32r2 and mips64r2 (and close relatives) processors. There
presently is support for ADMtek ADM5120, A mips 4Kc in a malta board,
the RB533 routerboard (based on IDT RC32434) and some preliminary
support for sibtye/broadcom designs. Other hardware support will be
forthcomcing.
This port boots multiuser under gxemul emulating the malta board and
also bootstraps on the hardware whose support is forthcoming...
Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner Losh, Olivier Houchard,
Randall Stewert and others that have contributed to the mips2 and/or
mips2-jnpr perforce branches. Juniper contirbuted a generic mips port
late in the life cycle of the misp2 branch. Warner Losh merged the
mips2 and Juniper code bases, and others list above have worked for
the past several months to get to multiuser.
In addition, the mips2 work owe a debt to the trail blazing efforts of
the original mips branch in perforce done by Juli Mallett.
mips32r2 and mips64r2 (and close relatives) processors. There
presently is support for ADMtek ADM5120, A mips 4Kc in a malta board,
the RB533 routerboard (based on IDT RC32434) and some preliminary
support for sibtye/broadcom designs. Other hardware support will be
forthcomcing.
This port boots multiuser under gxemul emulating the malta board and
also bootstraps on the hardware whose support is forthcoming...
Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner Losh, Olivier Houchard,
Randall Stewert and others that have contributed to the mips2 and/or
mips2-jnpr perforce branches. Juniper contirbuted a generic mips port
late in the life cycle of the misp2 branch. Warner Losh merged the
mips2 and Juniper code bases, and others list above have worked for
the past several months to get to multiuser.
In addition, the mips2 work owe a debt to the trail blazing efforts of
the original mips branch in perforce done by Juli Mallett.
mips32r2 and mips64r2 (and close relatives) processors. There
presently is support for ADMtek ADM5120, A mips 4Kc in a malta board,
the RB533 routerboard (based on IDT RC32434) and some preliminary
support for sibtye/broadcom designs. Other hardware support will be
forthcomcing.
This port boots multiuser under gxemul emulating the malta board and
also bootstraps on the hardware whose support is forthcoming...
Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner Losh, Olivier Houchard,
Randall Stewert and others that have contributed to the mips2 and/or
mips2-jnpr perforce branches. Juniper contirbuted a generic mips port
late in the life cycle of the misp2 branch. Warner Losh merged the
mips2 and Juniper code bases, and others list above have worked for
the past several months to get to multiuser.
In addition, the mips2 work owe a debt to the trail blazing efforts of
the original mips branch in perforce done by Juli Mallett.
merged juniper and mips2 code base. This represents the work of
Juniper Engineers, plus Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner
Losh, Olivier Houchard, Randall Stewert and others that have
contributed to the mips2 and/or mips2-jnpr perforce branches.
The original code from KAME did not take care of address
aliases or multiple ip addresses that have the same
prefix.
Reviewed by: rwatson, gnn, sam, kmacy, julian
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
public namespace for WITNESS as they are only used internally so just
move them in the private namespace for the subsystem (with all related
supporting definitions).
Make clock_if.m and subr_rtc.c standard on i386
Add hints for "atrtc" driver, for non-PnP, non-ACPI systems.
NB: Make sure to install GENERIC.hints into /boot/device.hints in these!
Nuke MD inittodr(), resettodr() functions.
Don't attach to PHP0B00 in the "attimer" dummy driver any more, and remove
comments that no longer apply for that reason.
Add new "atrtc" device driver, which handles IBM PC AT Real Time
Clock compatible devices using subr_rtc and clock_if.
This driver is not entirely clean: other code still fondles the
hardware to get a statclock interrupt on non-ACPI timer systems.
Wrap some overly long lines.
After it has settled in -current, this will be ported to amd64.
Technically this is MFC'able, but I fail to see a good reason.
under bootverbose.
Struct ct is used for setting/reading real time clocks and I'm about
to Do Things to some of those, so a bit of preemptive debugging is
in order.
Remove a pointless __inline.
the only one difference is that lockmgr*() functions now accept
LK_NOWITNESS flag which skips ordering for the instanced calling.
- Remove an unuseful stub in witness_checkorder() (because the above check
doesn't allow ever happening) and allow witness_upgrade() to accept
non-try operation too.
- Fix speaker issues with Dell Vostro 1500 (GPIO0)
Tested by: John Wright <jwright.gmail.com>
- Apply ridiculous quirk on Asus A8X series (A8JC, A8M, A8xx, etc). These
different laptop series share simmilar pci id, hardware codecs, etc.
but works differently. A slight difference in connection type for
widget #26 is used to differentiate it.
Tested by: eric baumbach <embaumbach.gmail.com>
- Apply GPIO0 quirk for ASUS G2K laptop
- Sort ASUS ids accordingly.
Submitted by: jkim
MFC after: 3 days
TX traffic to sit in the send chain until a received packet kick
started the interrupt handler. This would cause extremely slow
performance when used with NFS over UDP.
- Removed untested polling code.
- Updated copyright year in the file header.
- Removed inadvertent ^M's created by DOS text editor.
MFC after: 2 weeks
be handled by chn_abort() and chn_start() alone. This should fix
few issues with single duplex hardware (mostly) or pre virtual record
(RELENG 6) under WINE emulation and possibly others that using
SNDCTL_DSP_SETTRIGGER.
MFC after: 3 days
The problem is that the PM support is part of a much larger WIP here, but due to popular demand I decided to get some of it imported.
Also I forgot the mention:
HW sponsored by: Vitsch Electronics / VEHosting
may be held for the duration of the various dirhash operations which
avoids many complex unlock/lock/revalidate sequences.
- Permit shared locks on lookup. To protect the ip->i_dirhash pointer we
use the vnode interlock in the shared case. Callers holding the
exclusive vnode lock can run without fear of concurrent modification to
i_dirhash.
- Hold an exclusive dirhash lock when creating the dirhash structure for
the first time or when re-creating a dirhash structure which has been
recycled.
Tested by: kris, pho
indexes so directory lookup becomes shared lock safe. In the modifying
cases an exclusive lock is held here so the commit routine may
rely on the state of i_offset.
- Similarly handle i_diroff by fetching at the start and setting only once
the operation is complete. Without the exclusive lock these are only
considered hints.
- Assert that an exclusive lock is held when we're preparing for a commit
routine.
- Honor the lock type request from lookup instead of always using exclusive
locking.
Tested by: pho, kris
I've taken a slightly different approach than is used with the ICH8 controllers
in that each controller is not identified individually (eg USB A, USB B, etc).
Instead I've given then same description to each one even though the device ID
differs. This can easily be changed if desired, or ICH8 (and any others using
that approach) can be made to work as this does.
lookup hard interrupt events by number. Ignore the irq# for soft intrs.
- Add support to cpuset for binding hardware interrupts. This has the
side effect of binding any ithread associated with the hard interrupt.
As per restrictions imposed by MD code we can only bind interrupts to
a single cpu presently. Interrupts can be 'unbound' by binding them
to all cpus.
Reviewed by: jhb
Sponsored by: Nokia
2/4MB page from a PDE. Specifically, change it to use PG_PS_FRAME,
not PG_FRAME, to extract the physical address of a 2/4MB page from a
PDE.
Change the last argument passed to pmap_pv_insert_pde() from a
vm_page_t representing the first 4KB page of a 2/4MB page to the
vm_paddr_t of the 2/4MB page. This avoids an otherwise unnecessary
conversion from a vm_paddr_t to a vm_page_t in pmap_copy().
Support is working on the Silicon Image SiI3124/3132.
Support is working on some AHCI chips but far from all.
Remember this is WIP, so test reports and (constructive) suggestions are welcome!
received frame under certain conditions. wpaul said the length
0xfff0 is special meaning that indicates hardware is in the
process of copying a packet into host memory. But it seems
there are other cases that hardware is busy or stuck in bad
situation even if the received frame length is not 0xfff0.
To work-around this condition, add a check that verifys that
recevied frame length is in valid range. If received length is out
of range reinitialize hardware to recover from stuck condition.
Reported by: Mike Tancsa ( mike AT sentex DOT net )
Tested by: Mike Tancsa
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC after: 1 week
no longer needed, but for now we still want to be consistent with other
similar checks in the tree.
- Call ASSERT_VOP_ELOCKED() only when vget() returns 0.
Reviewed by: jeff
o create a private task queue thread that sets up root and current
directories (hooking mountroot event as needed); this is necessary
because task queue threads are parented from proc0 and it does not
have a reference to rootvnode (lost when / mounting moved to init)
o bounce image load + unload requests through the private task q so
we can load images even when the request is made from a thread that
does not have sufficient context (e.g. task q thread)
o add a check in the task q thread to fail requests before root is
mounted (just in case)
Reviewed by: jhb, mlaier, luigi (glance)
MFC after: 1 month
and linux_openat(). Instead just pass AT_FDCWD into linux_common_open()
for the linux_open() case. This prevents passing -1 as a dirfd to
openat() from succeeding which is wrong.
Suggested by: rwatson, kib
Approved by: kib (mentor)
ICMP unreach, frag needed. Up to now we only looked at the
interface MTU. Make sure to only use the minimum of the two.
In case IPSEC is compiled in, loop the mtu through ip_ipsec_mtu()
to avoid any further conditional maths.
Without this, PMTU was broken in those cases when there was a
route with a lower MTU than the MTU of the outgoing interface.
PR: kern/122338
Tested by: Mark Cammidge mark peralex.com
Reviewed by: silence on net@
MFC after: 2 weeks
so that all implemented variants have proper prototypes. The 8-bit,
16-bit and 64-bit variants are not implemented.
This really fixes the current build breakages caused by type casting
and struct aliasing rules.
commands can be written to /dev/psm%d and status can be read back from it.
- Reflect the change in psm(4) and bump version for ports.
MFC after: 1 week
Because of this we were not getting further interrupts for link state
changes, thus never went into iface UP state and thus could not transmit.
The only way out of this was an incoming packet generating an rx interrupt
and making us call into bge_link_upd.
Up to rev. 1.101, in bge_start_locked, we only returned instantly
if there was 'no link AND nothing queued for tx'. So with a packet queued
for tx, we hit the register scrubbing at the end of bge_start_locked
and were out fine. We simply lost a packet or two but got the interrupts
need to get into UP state.
With rev. 1.102 this was turned into 'if there is no link OR there is
nothing to send' (correct behaviour) and as long as there is no link
we never hit the register scrubbing and consequently never got the link UP.
What we do now is force an interrupt at the end of bge_ifmedia_upd_locked
so we will call bge_link_upd, clear the link state attention and get
further interrupts.
This helps to get the iface UP on an idle network or at least to get
it UP faster not depending on an rx intr anymore.
In case you could not get a DHCP lease or it took very long,
it was because of this.
It is unknown which chips are affected by this. ASIC rev. 0x2003 was the
most popular trouble candidate.
At least the fiber cards should have been working fine.
Which register to scrub is currently under discussion. The comitted
solution was tested and found to work for a lot of setups. It might
not help with MSI.
The reason why we end up in such a situation is entirely unknown.
PR: kern/111804
Tested by: phk, scottl at Y!
MFC after: 14 days
was changed in rev. 1.161 of tcp_var.h. All option now test for sufficient
space in TCP header before getting added.
Reported by: Mark Atkinson <atkin901-at-yahoo.com>
Tested by: Mark Atkinson <atkin901-at-yahoo.com>
MFC after: 1 week
bit in order to allow per-bit checks on the options flag, in particular
in the consumers code [1]
- Re-enable the check against TDP_DEADLKTREAT as the anti-waiters
starvation patch allows exclusive waiters to override new shared
requests.
[1] Requested by: pjd, jeff
buffer kernel descriptors, which is used to allow the buffer
currently in the BPF "store" position to be assigned to userspace
when it fills, even if userspace hasn't acknowledged the buffer
in the "hold" position yet. To implement this, notify the buffer
model when a buffer becomes full, and check that the store buffer
is writable, not just for it being full, before trying to append
new packet data. Shared memory buffers will be assigned to
userspace at most once per fill, be it in the store or in the
hold position.
This removes the restriction that at most one shared memory can
by owned by userspace, reducing the chances that userspace will
need to call select() after acknowledging one buffer in order to
wait for the next buffer when under high load. This more fully
realizes the goal of zero system calls in order to process a
high-speed packet stream from BPF.
Update bpf.4 to reflect that both buffers may be owned by userspace
at once; caution against assuming this.
state transitioning flags and of msleep(9) callings.
Use, instead, an algorithm very similar to what sx(9) and rwlock(9)
alredy do and direct accesses to the sleepqueue(9) primitive.
In order to avoid writer starvation a mechanism very similar to what
rwlock(9) uses now is implemented, with the correspective per-thread
shared lockmgrs counter.
This patch also adds 2 new functions to lockmgr KPI: lockmgr_rw() and
lockmgr_args_rw(). These two are like the 2 "normal" versions, but they
both accept a rwlock as interlock. In order to realize this, the general
lockmgr manager function "__lockmgr_args()" has been implemented through
the generic lock layer. It supports all the blocking primitives, but
currently only these 2 mappers live.
The patch drops the support for WITNESS atm, but it will be probabilly
added soon. Also, there is a little race in the draining code which is
also present in the current CVS stock implementation: if some sharers,
once they wakeup, are in the runqueue they can contend the lock with
the exclusive drainer. This is hard to be fixed but the now committed
code mitigate this issue a lot better than the (past) CVS version.
In addition assertive KA_HELD and KA_UNHELD have been made mute
assertions because they are dangerous and they will be nomore supported
soon.
In order to avoid namespace pollution, stack.h is splitted into two
parts: one which includes only the "struct stack" definition (_stack.h)
and one defining the KPI. In this way, newly added _lockmgr.h can
just include _stack.h.
Kernel ABI results heavilly changed by this commit (the now committed
version of "struct lock" is a lot smaller than the previous one) and
KPI results broken by lockmgr_rw() / lockmgr_args_rw() introduction,
so manpages and __FreeBSD_version will be updated accordingly.
Tested by: kris, pho, jeff, danger
Reviewed by: jeff
Sponsored by: Google, Summer of Code program 2007
contigmalloc(9) as a last resort to steal pages from an inactive,
partially-used superpage reservation.
Rename vm_reserv_reclaim() to vm_reserv_reclaim_inactive() and
refactor it so that a separate subroutine is responsible for breaking
the selected reservation. This subroutine is also used by
vm_reserv_reclaim_contig().
allows all the INTR_FILTER #ifdef's to be removed from the MD interrupt
code.
- Rename the intr_event 'eoi', 'disable', and 'enable' hooks to
'post_filter', 'pre_ithread', and 'post_ithread' to be less x86-centric.
Also, add a comment describe what the MI code expects them to do.
- On amd64, i386, and powerpc this is effectively a NOP.
- On arm, don't bother masking the interrupt unless the ithread is
scheduled in the non-INTR_FILTER case to match what INTR_FILTER did.
Also, don't bother unmasking the interrupt in the post_filter case if
we never masked it. The INTR_FILTER case had been doing this by having
arm_unmask_irq for the post_filter (formerly 'eoi') hook.
- On ia64, stray interrupts are now masked for the non-INTR_FILTER case.
They were already masked in the INTR_FILTER case.
- On sparc64, use the a NULL pre_ithread hook and use intr_enable_eoi() for
both the 'post_filter' and 'post_ithread' hooks to match what the
non-INTR_FILTER code did.
- On sun4v, retire the ithread wrapper hack by using an appropriate
'post_ithread' hook instead (it's what 'post_ithread'/'enable' was
designed to do even in 5.x).
Glanced at by: piso
Reviewed by: marius
Requested by: marius [1], [5]
Tested on: amd64, i386, arm, sparc64
part of detecting the media. Explicitly ensure that we don't send it to
bpf(4) as bpf(4) isn't setup yet. This worked by accident before the bpf
interface stuff was reworked to avoid other races (bpf_peers_present, etc.)
but now it needs an explicit check to avoid a panic.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: kern/120915
UMA_SLAB_KERNEL for consistency with its sibling UMA_SLAB_KMEM.
(UMA_SLAB_KMAP met its original demise in revision 1.30 of
vm/uma_core.c.) UMA_SLAB_KERNEL is now required by the jumbo frame
allocators. Without it, UMA cannot correctly return pages from the
jumbo frame zones to the VM system because it resets the pages' object
field to NULL instead of the kernel object. In more detail, the jumbo
frame zones are created with the option UMA_ZONE_REFCNT. This causes
UMA to overwrite the pages' object field with the address of the slab.
However, when UMA wants to release these pages, it doesn't know how to
restore the object field, so it sets it to NULL. This change teaches
UMA how to reset the object field to the kernel object.
Crashes reported by: kris
Fix tested by: kris
Fix discussed with: jeff
MFC after: 6 weeks
spinning when readers hold a lock. This spinning is speculative because,
unlike the write case, we can not test whether the owners are running.
- Add speculative read spinning for readers who are blocked by pending
writers while a read lock is still held. This allows the thread to
spin until the write lock succeeds after which it may spin until the
writer has released the lock. This prevents excessive context switches
when readers and writers both hold the lock for brief periods.
Sponsored by: Nokia
the fdesc_allocvp(). The caller of the fdesc_allocvp() expects that the
returned vnode is not reclaimed. Do lock the vnode exclusive and drop
the lock after.
Reported by: pho
Reviewed by: jeff
fixed pri boost with '1' or any priority less than the current thread's
priority with a value greater than two. Default the boost to
PRI_MIN_TIMESHARE to prevent regular user-space threads from starving
threads in the kernel. This prevents these user-threads from also
being scheduled as if they are high fixed-priority kernel threads.
- Restore the setting of lowpri in tdq_choose(). It has to be either here
or in sched_switch(). I accidentally removed it from both places.
Tested by: kris
do this either. Simply check P_NOLOAD. It'd be nice if this was
in a thread flag so we didn't have an extra cache miss every time we
add and remove a thread from the run-queue.
- Pull all the code to deal with the trampoline stuff into one
centeralized place and use it from everywhere.
- Some minor style tidiness
Reviewed by: tinguely
platform, so use the latter in preference to the former. This makes
the fake_preload setup be the same between kb920x_machdep.c and
avila_machdep.c....
and the igb driver static in the kernel. But it also reflects
some other bug fixes in my development stream at Intel.
PR 122373 is also fixed in this code.
- Move callout thread creation from kern_intr.c to kern_timeout.c
- Call callout_tick() on every processor via hardclock_cpu() rather than
inspecting callout internal details in kern_clock.c.
- Remove callout implementation details from callout.h
- Package up all of the global variables into a per-cpu callout structure.
- Start one thread per-cpu. Threads are not strictly bound. They prefer
to execute on the native cpu but may migrate temporarily if interrupts
are starving callout processing.
- Run all callouts by default in the thread for cpu0 to maintain current
ordering and concurrency guarantees. Many consumers may not properly
handle concurrent execution.
- The new callout_reset_on() api allows specifying a particular cpu to
execute the callout on. This may migrate a callout to a new cpu.
callout_reset() schedules on the last assigned cpu while
callout_reset_curcpu() schedules on the current cpu.
Reviewed by: phk
Sponsored by: Nokia
given pmap is never NULL, and therefore pmap_pml4e() can never return
NULL. The pervasive use of these inline functions throughout the pmap
makes these simple changes worthwhile.
to trip a bug causing the latter to return a zeroed struct
aac_adapter_info. This causes two issues. One is cosmetic only --
a verbose boot prints information about the controller, and shows all
zero:
aac0: Unknown processor 0MHz, 0MB memory (0MB cache, 0MB execution),
unknown battery platform
The second problem is that the firmware version information is stored
away for aac_rev_check, for userland tools (like aaccli) to query via
the FSACTL_MINIPORT_REV_CHECK and FSACTL_LNX_MINIPORT_REV_CHECK ioctls.
When aaccli encounters this issue it prints
Command Error: <The current AFAAPI.DLL is too old to work with the
current controller software.>
Move the RequestSupplementAdapterInfo call after RequestAdapterInfo,
which seems to fix both problems.
These functions try the specified operation (rlocking and wlocking) and
true is returned if the operation completes, false otherwise.
The KPI is enriched by this commit, so __FreeBSD_version bumping and
manpage updating will happen soon.
Requested by: jeff, kris
abstraction as the RAID and CAM modules, making it nearly impossible
for enough initialization to be done in time for the RAID module to
know whether to attach. On top of this, no reset was being done on
the controller on attach, in violation of the spec. Additionally,
the port enable step was being deferred to the end of the attach
process, long after it should have been done to ensure reliable
operation from the controller. Fix all of these with a few hacks
to force the "attach" and "enable" steps of the core module early
on, and ensure that a reset and port enable also happens early on.
In the future, the driver needs to be refactored to eliminate the
core module abstraction, clean up withe reset/enable steps, and
defer event messages until all of the modules are available to
recieve them.
openat(2), faccessat(2), fchmodat(2), fchownat(2), fstatat(2),
futimesat(2), linkat(2), mkdirat(2), mkfifoat(2), mknodat(2),
readlinkat(2), renameat(2), symlinkat(2)
syscalls.
Based on the submission by rdivacky,
sponsored by Google Summer of Code 2007
Reviewed by: rwatson, rdivacky
Tested by: pho
openat() and the related syscalls.
Based on the submission by rdivacky,
sponsored by Google Summer of Code 2007
Reviewed by: rwatson, rdivacky
Tested by: pho
to protect the v_lock pointer. Removing the interlock acquisition
here allows vn_lock() to proceed without requiring the interlock
at all.
- If the lock mutated while we were sleeping on it the interlock has
been dropped. It is conceivable that the upper layer code was
relying on the interlock and LK_NOWAIT to protect the identity or
state of the vnode while acquiring the lock. In this case return
EBUSY rather than trying the new lock to prevent potential races.
Reviewed by: tegge
Keeping the lockmgr lock valid allows us to switch the v_lock pointer
in snapshot vnodes between the embedded lockmgr lock and snapdata
lock without needing the vnode interlock to protect against races
- Keep unused snapdata structures in a list.
- Add a function to lock the devvp and allocate a snapdata to it or
acquire a new one without races. The old function was safe from
creation races because we set the mount flag when creating snapshots
and thus serializing them. However, it might have been subject to
destroying races.
Reviewed by: tegge
was a kluge. This implementation matches the behaviour on powerpc
and sparc64.
While on the subject, make sure to invalidate the I-cache after
loading a kernel module.
MFC after: 2 weeks
incompatible with existing bindings.
- Try to copyout the setid in cpuset() before migrating the proc to the
setid in case the user has supplied a bad buffer.
- Rename cpuset_root() and cpuset_base() to cpuset_ref{root,base} to
be more descriptive and free cpuset_root to be used as a different
type of symbol.
- Make cpuset_root the cpuset_t set of all cpus in the system. This
should contain the same bitmask as all_cpus presently.
- Add a CPU_CMP() macro to compare two sets.
- Do not check destination hook presence, it will be done by netgraph.
- Use u_int instead of int in some places to simplify type conversions.
- Use NG_SEND_DATA_ONLY() macro instead of selfmade equivalent.
which simply want a reference should use vref(). Callers which want
to check validity need to hold a lock while performing any action
based on that validity. vn_lock() would always release the interlock
before returning making any action synchronous with the validity check
impossible.
SI_SUB_DRIVERS) to avoid loading schemes before all the GEOM
classes have been loaded and initialized. Otherwise we may
end up using mutexes that haven't been initialized (due to
g_retaste() posting an event).
vm_object_reference(). This is intended to get rid of vget()
consumers who don't wish to acquire a lock. This is functionally
the same as calling vref(). vm_object_reference_locked() already
uses vref.
Discussed with: alc
and netgraph in gernal). This also allows to add queues for an interface
that is not yet existing (you have to provide the bandwidth for the
interface, however).
PR: kern/106400, kern/117827
MFC after: 2 weeks
dropped after the call to lockmgr() so just revert this approach using
something similar to the precedent one:
BUF_LOCKWAITERS() just checks if there are waiters (not the actual number
of them) and it is based on newly introduced lockmgr_waiters() which
returns if the lockmgr has waiters or not. The name has been choosen
differently by old lockwaiters() in order to not confuse them.
KPI results enriched by this commit so __FreeBSD_version bumping and
manpage update will be happening soon.
'struct buf' also changes, so kernel ABI is disturbed.
Bug found by: jeff
Approved by: jeff, kib
allows the class to create a different GEOM for the same provider
as well as avoid that we end up with multiple GEOMs of the same
class with the same name.
For example, when a disk contains a PC98 partition table but
only MBR is supported, then the partition table can be treated
as a MBR. If support for PC98 is later loaded as a module, the
MBR scheme is pre-empted for the PC98 scheme as expected.
offload bugs by manual padding for short IP/UDP frames. Unfortunately
it seems that these workaround does not work reliably on newer PCIe
variants of RealTek chips.
To workaround the hardware bug, always pad short frames if Tx IP
checksum offload is requested. It seems that the hardware has a
bug in IP checksum offload handling. NetBSD manually pads short
frames only when the length of IP frame is less than 28 bytes but I
chose 60 bytes to safety. Also unconditionally set IP checksum
offload bit in Tx descriptor if any TCP or UDP checksum offload is
requested. This is the same way as Linux does but it's not
mentioned in data sheet.
Obtained from: NetBSD
Tested by: remko, danger
src/cddl and src/sys/cddl directories per the core@ decision following
the license review.
This change modifies the affected Makefiles to reference the sources
in their new location.
will never exit ngintr(), while there is some ready requests on the queue.
It was made years ago with hope of parallel queue processing by several
net threads. But even if we have several threads sometimes, we have no
rights to process queue in parallel as it will break original requests
serialization that is critically important for some setups.
from clearing the IFF_NEEDSGIANT flag on Giant-locked interfaces.
In particular, wpa_supplicant was doing this on USB interfaces,
causing panics when Giant-locked code was then called without Giant.
Submitted by: Alexey Popov
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 days
to detect (or load) kernel NLM support in rpc.lockd. Remove the '-k'
option to rpc.lockd and make kernel NLM the default. A user can still
force the use of the old user NLM by building a kernel without NFSLOCKD
and/or removing the nfslockd.ko module.
1. Add support for automatic promotion of 4KB page mappings to 2MB page
mappings. Automatic promotion can be enabled by setting the tunable
"vm.pmap.pg_ps_enabled" to a non-zero value. By default, automatic
promotion is disabled. Tested by: kris
2. To date, we have assumed that the TLB will only set the PG_M bit in a
PTE if that PTE has the PG_RW bit set. However, this assumption does
not hold on recent processors from Intel. For example, consider a PTE
that has the PG_RW bit set but the PG_M bit clear. Suppose this PTE
is cached in the TLB and later the PG_RW bit is cleared in the PTE,
but the corresponding TLB entry is not (yet) invalidated.
Historically, upon a write access using this (stale) TLB entry, the
TLB would observe that the PG_RW bit had been cleared and initiate a
page fault, aborting the setting of the PG_M bit in the PTE. Now,
however, P4- and Core2-family processors will set the PG_M bit before
observing that the PG_RW bit is clear and initiating a page fault. In
other words, the write does not occur but the PG_M bit is still set.
The real impact of this difference is not that great. Specifically,
we should no longer assert that any PTE with the PG_M bit set must
also have the PG_RW bit set, and we should ignore the state of the
PG_M bit unless the PG_RW bit is set.
frequency generation and what frequency the generated was anyones
guess.
In general the 32.768kHz RTC clock x-tal was the best, because that
was a regular wrist-watch Xtal, whereas the X-tal generating the
ISA bus frequency was much lower quality, often costing as much as
several cents a piece, so it made good sense to check the ISA bus
frequency against the RTC clock.
The other relevant property of those machines, is that they
typically had no more than 16MB RAM.
These days, CPU chips croak if their clocks are not tightly within
specs and all necessary frequencies are derived from the master
crystal by means if PLL's.
Considering that it takes on average 1.5 second to calibrate the
frequency of the i8254 counter, that more likely than not, we will
not actually use the result of the calibration, and as the final
clincher, we seldom use the i8254 for anything besides BEL in
syscons anyway, it has become time to drop the calibration code.
If you need to tell the system what frequency your i8254 runs,
you can do so from the loader using hw.i8254.freq or using the
sysctl kern.timecounter.tc.i8254.frequency.
The timer_spkr_*() functions take care of the enabling/disabling
of the speaker.
Test on the existence of timer_spkr_*() functions, rather than
architectures.
zero-copy to the store buffer position on the BPF descriptor,
and the 'b' buffer as the free buffer in order to fill them in
the order documented in bpf(4).
MFC after: 4 months
Suggested by: csjp
(such as 'atime' vs 'noatime'). The filesystems will always see either
'nofoo' or 'nonofoo', never plain 'foo'. As such, their list of valid
mount options should include 'nofoo' instead of 'foo'. With this fix,
you can do 'mount -u -o atime' on a FFS filesystem that isn't marked as
noatime without getting an error. You can also update a noatime FFS
filesystem mounted via mount(2) (e.g. 6.x /sbin/mount binary) to 'atime'
using nmount(2) (e.g. 7.x /sbin/mount binary).
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: crodig
these days, so de-generalize the acquire_timer/release_timer api
to just deal with speakers.
The new (optional) MD functions are:
timer_spkr_acquire()
timer_spkr_release()
and
timer_spkr_setfreq()
the last of which configures the timer to generate a tone of a given
frequency, in Hz instead of 1/1193182th of seconds.
Drop entirely timer2 on pc98, it is not used anywhere at all.
Move sysbeep() to kern/tty_cons.c and use the timer_spkr*() if
they exist, and do nothing otherwise.
Remove prototypes and empty acquire-/release-timer() and sysbeep()
functions from the non-beeping archs.
This eliminate the need for the speaker driver to know about
i8254frequency at all. In theory this makes the speaker driver MI,
contingent on the timer_spkr_*() functions existing but the driver
does not know this yet and still attaches to the ISA bus.
Syscons is more tricky, in one function, sc_tone(), it knows the hz
and things are just fine.
In the other function, sc_bell() it seems to get the period from
the KDMKTONE ioctl in terms if 1/1193182th second, so we hardcode
the 1193182 and leave it at that. It's probably not important.
Change a few other sysbeep() uses which obviously knew that the
argument was in terms of i8254 frequency, and leave alone those
that look like people thought sysbeep() took frequency in hertz.
This eliminates the knowledge of i8254_freq from all but the actual
clock.c code and the prof_machdep.c on amd64 and i386, where I think
it would be smart to ask for help from the timecounters anyway [TBD].
user-mode lock manager, build a kernel with the NFSLOCKD option and
add '-k' to 'rpc_lockd_flags' in rc.conf.
Highlights include:
* Thread-safe kernel RPC client - many threads can use the same RPC
client handle safely with replies being de-multiplexed at the socket
upcall (typically driven directly by the NIC interrupt) and handed
off to whichever thread matches the reply. For UDP sockets, many RPC
clients can share the same socket. This allows the use of a single
privileged UDP port number to talk to an arbitrary number of remote
hosts.
* Single-threaded kernel RPC server. Adding support for multi-threaded
server would be relatively straightforward and would follow
approximately the Solaris KPI. A single thread should be sufficient
for the NLM since it should rarely block in normal operation.
* Kernel mode NLM server supporting cancel requests and granted
callbacks. I've tested the NLM server reasonably extensively - it
passes both my own tests and the NFS Connectathon locking tests
running on Solaris, Mac OS X and Ubuntu Linux.
* Userland NLM client supported. While the NLM server doesn't have
support for the local NFS client's locking needs, it does have to
field async replies and granted callbacks from remote NLMs that the
local client has contacted. We relay these replies to the userland
rpc.lockd over a local domain RPC socket.
* Robust deadlock detection for the local lock manager. In particular
it will detect deadlocks caused by a lock request that covers more
than one blocking request. As required by the NLM protocol, all
deadlock detection happens synchronously - a user is guaranteed that
if a lock request isn't rejected immediately, the lock will
eventually be granted. The old system allowed for a 'deferred
deadlock' condition where a blocked lock request could wake up and
find that some other deadlock-causing lock owner had beaten them to
the lock.
* Since both local and remote locks are managed by the same kernel
locking code, local and remote processes can safely use file locks
for mutual exclusion. Local processes have no fairness advantage
compared to remote processes when contending to lock a region that
has just been unlocked - the local lock manager enforces a strict
first-come first-served model for both local and remote lockers.
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems
PR: 95247 107555 115524 116679
MFC after: 2 weeks
the owner of a queue to block and unblock execution of the tasks in the
queue while allowing tasks to continue to be added queue. Combining this
with taskqueue_drain() allows a queue to be safely disabled. The unblock
function may run (or schedule to run) the queue when it is called, just as
calling taskqueue_enqueue() would.
Reviewed by: jhb, sam
Removed dead code that assumed that M_TRYWAIT can return NULL; it's not true
since the advent of MBUMA.
Reviewed by: arch
There are ongoing disputes as to whether we want to switch to directly using
UMA flags M_WAITOK/M_NOWAIT for mbuf(9) allocation.
bpf_canfreebuf() in order to avoid potentially calling a non-inlinable
but trivial function in zero-copy buffer mode for every packet
received when we couldn't free the buffer anyway.
MFC after: 4 months
of pptpgre and ksocket nodes for all calls between two peers. This patch
modifies node's API by adding new "session_%04x" hook names support, while
keeping backward compatibility.
Together with appropriate user-level support (by latest mpd5) it gives
huge performance benefits for case of multiple active calls between
two peers because of avoiding data duplication and extra socket processing.
On my benchmarks I have got more then 10 times speedup for the 200
simultaneous PPTP calls between two peers.
In conclusion, it allows now to build effective "clients <=> PAC <=> PNS"
setups.
o sort mbuf flags together and extend values to 32 bits
o write M_COPYFLAGS in terms of M_PROTOFLAGS
o move M_COPYFLAGS and M_PROTOFLAGS up to be together with flag defs
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 weeks
- Take advantage of m_collapse(9).
- Sync with other NIC drivers and prepend a TX mbuf if the first attempt
to load it fails with an error other than EFBIG and stop trying instead
of freeing it and keeping on trying to enqueue more mbufs. Also ensure
the driver queue isn't empty before trying to enqueue mbufs in order to
reduce locking operations.
- In xl_ifmedia_upd() add a missing XL_UNLOCK(). [1]
- Const'ify the xl_devs array.
- Remove an outdated comment.
PR: 113406 [1]
MFC after: 1 month
- Correct the maxsize parameter when creating the mbufs busdma tag to
reflect the actual requirement of dc(4).
- Move the KASSERT in dc_newbuf() to the right spot.
- Also convert the TX side to take advantage of bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- Move the comment regarding dc_start_locked() to the right spot.
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Resource allocation in aac_alloc (moved from from aac_init)
- Interrupt setup in aac_setup_intr (from aac_attach)
- Container probing in aac_get_container_info (from aac_startup and
aac_handle_aif)
- Firmware status check moved to aac_check_firmware from aac_init
In case of "new SA", we must check the hard lifetime of the old SA
to find out if it is not permanent and we can delete it.
Submitted by: sakane via gnn
MFC after: 3 days
overhead of packet capture by allowing a user process to directly "loan"
buffer memory to the kernel rather than using read(2) to explicitly copy
data from kernel address space.
The user process will issue new BPF ioctls to set the shared memory
buffer mode and provide pointers to buffers and their size. The kernel
then wires and maps the pages into kernel address space using sf_buf(9),
which on supporting architectures will use the direct map region. The
current "buffered" access mode remains the default, and support for
zero-copy buffers must, for the time being, be explicitly enabled using
a sysctl for the kernel to accept requests to use it.
The kernel and user process synchronize use of the buffers with atomic
operations, avoiding the need for system calls under load; the user
process may use select()/poll()/kqueue() to manage blocking while
waiting for network data if the user process is able to consume data
faster than the kernel generates it. Patchs to libpcap are available
to allow libpcap applications to transparently take advantage of this
support. Detailed information on the new API may be found in bpf(4),
including specific atomic operations and memory barriers required to
synchronize buffer use safely.
These changes modify the base BPF implementation to (roughly) abstrac
the current buffer model, allowing the new shared memory model to be
added, and add new monitoring statistics for netstat to print. The
implementation, with the exception of some monitoring hanges that break
the netstat monitoring ABI for BPF, will be MFC'd.
Zerocopy bpf buffers are still considered experimental are disabled
by default. To experiment with this new facility, adjust the
net.bpf.zerocopy_enable sysctl variable to 1.
Changes to libpcap will be made available as a patch for the time being,
and further refinements to the implementation are expected.
Sponsored by: Seccuris Inc.
In collaboration with: rwatson
Tested by: pwood, gallatin
MFC after: 4 months [1]
[1] Certain portions will probably not be MFCed, specifically things
that can break the monitoring ABI.
references to a vnode with VI_OWEINACT set will force the vinactive()
call. The kernel makes no guarantees about which reference was the
last to close a file or when the actual inactive processing will
happen. The previous code was designed to preserve existing semantics
in the face of shared locks, however, this was unnecessary.
Discussed with: mckusick
is requested. Handle this case specially before the while loop.
- Use the held vnode lock to check for VI_DOOMED. The vnode lock and
interlock must both be held to set VI_DOOMED so either one held, even
shared, is sufficient to check it.
No objection by: kib
are mixed. Some pure context switch microbenchmarks show up to 29%
improvement. Pipe based context switch microbenchmarks show up to 7%
improvement. Real world tests are far less impressive as they are
dominated more by actual work than switch overheads, but depending on
the machine in question, workload, kernel options, phase of moon, etc, a
few percent gain might be seen.
Summary of changes:
- don't reload MSR_[FG]SBASE registers when context switching between
non-threaded userland apps. These typically cost 120 clock cycles each
on an AMD cpu (less on Barcelona/Phenom). Intel cores are probably no
faster on this.
- The above change only helps unthreaded userland apps that tend to use
the same value for gsbase. Threaded apps will get no benefit from this.
- reorder things like accessing the pcb to be in memory order, to give
prefetching a better chance of working. Operations are now in increasing
memory address order, rather than reverse or random.
- Push some lesser used code out of the main code paths. Hopefully
allowing better code density in cache lines. This is probably futile.
- (part 2 of previous item) Reorder code so that branches have a more
realistic static branch prediction hint. Both Intel and AMD cpus
default to predicting branches to lower memory addresses as being
taken, and to higher memory addresses as not being taken. This is
overridden by the limited dynamic branch prediction subsystem. A trip
through userland might overflow this.
- Futule attempt at spreading the use of the results of previous operations
in new operations. Hopefully this will allow the cpus to execute in
parallel better.
- stop wasting 16 bytes at the top of kernel stack, below the PCB.
- Never load the userland fs/gsbase registers for kthreads, but preserve
curpcb->pcb_[fg]sbase as caches for the cpu. (Thanks Jeff!)
Microbenchmarking this code seems to be really sensitive to things like
scheduling luck, timing, cache behavior, tlb behavior, kernel options,
other random code changes, etc.
While it doesn't help heavy userland workloads much, it does help high
context switch loads a little, and should help those that involve
switching via kthreads a bit more.
A special thanks to Kris for the testing and reality checks, and Jeff for
tormenting me into doing this. :)
This is still work-in-progress.
PTE if that PTE has the PG_RW bit set. However, this assumption does
not hold on recent processors from Intel. For example, consider a PTE
that has the PG_RW bit set but the PG_M bit clear. Suppose this PTE
is cached in the TLB and later the PG_RW bit is cleared in the PTE,
but the corresponding TLB entry is not (yet) invalidated.
Historically, upon a write access using this (stale) TLB entry, the
TLB would observe that the PG_RW bit had been cleared and initiate a
page fault, aborting the setting of the PG_M bit in the PTE. Now,
however, P4- and Core2-family processors will set the PG_M bit before
observing that the PG_RW bit is clear and initiating a page fault. In
other words, the write does not occur but the PG_M bit is still set.
The real impact of this difference is not that great. Specifically,
we should no longer assert that any PTE with the PG_M bit set must
also have the PG_RW bit set, and we should ignore the state of the
PG_M bit unless the PG_RW bit is set. However, these changes enable
me to remove a work-around from pmap_promote_pde(), the superpage
promotion procedure.
(Note: The AMD processors that we have tested, including the latest,
the Phenom, still exhibit the historical behavior.)
Acknowledgments: After I observed the problem, Stephan (ups) was
instrumental in characterizing the exact behavior of Intel's recent
TLBs.
Tested by: Peter Holm
vnodes belonging to the mountpoint. Also, yield when in the
softdep_process_worklist() even when we are not going to sleep due to
buffer drain.
It is believed that the ULE fixed the problem [1], but the yielding
seems to be needed at least for the 4BSD case.
Discussed: on stable@, with bde
Reviewed by: tegge, jeff [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
The overflow causes the wraparound with consequent corruption of the
(almost) whole address space mapping.
As Alan noted, pmap_copy() does not require the wrap-around checks
because it cannot be applied to the kernel's pmap. The checks there are
included for consistency.
Reported and tested by: kris (i386/pmap.c:pmap_remove() part)
Reviewed by: alc
MFC after: 1 week
multi-descriptor transmission attempt. Datasheet said nothing about
this requirements. This should fix a long-standing VLAN hardware
tagging issues with re(4).
Reported by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
Tested by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
to declaring a proper module. The module event handler is part of the
gpart core and will add the scheme to an internal list on module load
and will remove the scheme from the internal list on module unload.
This makes it possible to dynamically load and unload partitioning
schemes.
to it for tasting. This is useful when the class, through means outside
the scope of GEOM, can claim providers previously unclaimed.
The g_retaste() function posts an event which is handled by the
g_retaste_event().
Event suggested by: phk
exhaustion is encountered. There was a fix made previously for this
problem but the solution (breaking out of the receive loop) does not
seem to work. mbuf reuse strategy is already adopted by other drivers
such as if_bge. The problem was recreated and the patch is also
verified in the same test environment.
layouts different than the defaults:
o hint.npe.0.mac="A", "B", etc. specifies the window for MAC register accesses
o hint.npe.0.mii="A", "B", etc. specifies PHY registers
o hint.npe.1.phy=%d specifies the PHY to map to a port
This allows devices like NSLU to be setup w/o code changes and will
also be used for forthcoming support for more Avila boards.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after 1 week
BO_LOCK/UNLOCK/MTX when manipulating the bufobj.
- Create a new lock in the bufobj to lock bufobj fields independently.
This leaves the vnode interlock as an 'identity' lock while the bufobj
is an io lock. The bufobj lock is ordered before the vnode interlock
and also before the mnt ilock.
- Exploit this new lock order to simplify softdep_check_suspend().
- A few sync related functions are marked with a new XXX to note that
we may not properly interlock against a non-zero bv_cnt when
attempting to sync all vnodes on a mountlist. I do not believe this
race is important. If I'm wrong this will make these locations easier
to find.
Reviewed by: kib (earlier diff)
Tested by: kris, pho (earlier diff)
code.
The bug:
There exists a race condition for timeout/untimeout(9) due to the
way that the softclock thread dequeues timeouts.
The softclock thread sets the c_func and c_arg of the callout to
NULL while holding the callout lock but not Giant. It then drops
the callout lock and acquires Giant.
It is at this point where untimeout(9) on another cpu/thread could
be called.
Since c_arg and c_func are cleared, untimeout(9) does not touch the
callout and returns as if the callout is canceled.
The softclock then tries to acquire Giant and likely blocks due to
the other cpu/thread holding it.
The other cpu/thread then likely deallocates the backing store that
c_arg points to and finishes working and hence drops Giant.
Softclock resumes and acquires giant and calls the function with
the now free'd c_arg and we have corruption/crash.
The fix:
We need to track curr_callout even for timeout(9) (LOCAL_ALLOC)
callouts. We need to free the callout after the softclock processes
it to deal with the race here.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, iedowse
Reviewed by: jhb, iedowse
MFC After: 2 weeks.
around the check for the BV_BKGRDINPROG in the brelse() and bqrelse().
See the comment for the explanation why it is safe.
Tested by: pho
Submitted by: jeff
ffs_extread() when setting the IN_ACCESS flag by checking whether the
IN_ACCESS is already set. The possible race there is admissible.
Tested by: pho
Submitted by: jeff
to enter thread_suspend_check().
- Set TDF_ASTPENDING along with TDF_NEEDSUSPCHK so we can move the
thread_suspend_check() to ast() rather than userret().
- Check TDF_NEEDSUSPCHK in the sleepq_catch_signals() optimization so
that we don't miss a suspend request. If this is set use the
expensive signal path.
- Set NEEDSUSPCHK when creating a new thread in thr in case the
creating thread is due to be suspended as well but has not yet.
Reviewed by: davidxu (Authored original patch)
lock in the 8259A drivers as these drivers are only used on UP systems.
This slightly reduces the penalty of an SMP kernel (such as GENERIC) on
a UP x86 machine.
resource to a CPU. The default method is to pass the request up to the
parent similar to BUS_CONFIG_INTR() so that all busses don't have to
explicitly implement bus_bind_intr. A bus_bind_intr(9) wrapper routine
similar to bus_setup/teardown_intr() is added for device drivers to use.
Unbinding an interrupt is done by binding it to NOCPU. The IRQ resource
must be allocated, but it can happen in any order with respect to
bus_setup_intr(). Currently it is only supported on amd64 and i386 via
nexus(4) methods that simply call the intr_bind() routine.
Tested by: gallatin
putting the correct size in the fib header. Presumably the older firmware
silently ignored a bad size field.
(This change tested with a 3805 controller. Passthrough devices were
created when running firmware build 12814, but not 15323 or later. With
this change they're created for both old and new firmware versions.)
Submitted by: Adaptec
FSACTL_LNX_SEND_LARGE_FIB, and FSACTL_LNX_SEND_RAW_SRB, and correct size
checks on FIBs passed in from userspace. Both changes were obtained from
Adaptec's driver build 15317. Adaptec's commandline RAID tool arcconf uses
these ioctls when creating a RAID-10 array (and probably other operations
too).
so the annoying message is not printed.
o Don't warn about FUTEX_FD not being implemented
and return ENOSYS instead of 0 (eg. success).
o Clear FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG as we actually implement
only private futexes so there is no reason to
return ENOSYS when app asks for a private futex.
We don't reject shared futexes because they worked
just fine with our implementation so far.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Tested by: bsam
MFC after: 1 week
work on architectures with a write-back cache as the PIO writes end up
in the cache which the sync(BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD) in usb_transfer_complete
then discards; compensate in the xfer methods that do PIO by pushing the
writes out of the cache before usb_transfer_complete is called.
This fixes USB on xscale and likely other places.
Sponsored by: hobnob
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
obtain the reference. In particular, this fixes the panic reported in
the PR. Remove the comments stating that this needs to be done.
PR: kern/119422
MFC after: 1 week
all uses) involve a read but usbd_start_transfer only does a PREWRITE; change
this to BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE as I'm not sure if any
users do write+read.
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
rqindex back in struct thread.
- Compile kern_switch.c independently again and stop #include'ing it from
schedulers.
- Remove the ts_thread backpointers and convert most code to go from
struct thread to struct td_sched.
- Cleanup the ts_flags #define garbage that was causing us to sometimes
do things that expanded to td->td_sched->ts_thread->td_flags in 4BSD.
- Export the kern.sched sysctl node in sysctl.h
This one line change makes the following code found in many ethernet device drivers
(at least em, igb, ixgbe, and cxgb) gratuitous
case SIOCSIFADDR:
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
/*
* XXX
* Since resetting hardware takes a very long time
* and results in link renegotiation we only
* initialize the hardware only when it is absolutely
* required.
*/
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_UP;
if (!(ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING)) {
EM_CORE_LOCK(adapter);
em_init_locked(adapter);
EM_CORE_UNLOCK(adapter);
}
arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa);
} else
error = ether_ioctl(ifp, command, data);
break;
thread_fini(). The schedulers initialize themselves properly during
sched_fork_thread() anyhow. fini is only called when we're returning
the memory to the allocator which surely doesn't care what state the
memory is in.
is only used by 4bsd.
- Create a new runq_choose_fuzz() function rather than polluting runq_choose()
with 4BSD specific code.
- Move the fuzz sysctl into sched_4bsd.c
- Remove some dead code from kern_switch.c
maxsockets limit, not maxfiles limit. The question remains why those
limits are handled differently (with error code for maxfiles but with
sleep for maxsokets), but those would be addressed in a separate commit
if necessary.
Requested by: rwhatson, jeff
before doing the very expensive cursig() and related locking. NEEDSIGCHK
is updated whenever our signal mask change or when a signal is delivered and
should be sufficient to avoid the more expensive tests. This eliminates
another source of PROC_LOCK contention in multithreaded programs.
- In the last revision the code was changed to use maxfilesperproc rather than
the per-process file limit to restrict the size of the poll array. This
eliminates a significant source of process lock contention in multithreaded
programs and is cheaper. This had been committed with the wrong batch of
changes.
a simple (wmesg, count) tuple in a hash to keep track of how many times
we sleep at each wait message. We hash on message and not channel. No
line number information is given as typically wait messages are not used in
more than one place. Identical strings defined at different addresses will
show up with seperate counters.
- Use debug.sleepq.enable to enable, .reset to reset, and .stats dumps stats.
- Do an unsynchronized check in sleepq_switch() prior to switching before
calling sleepq_profile() which uses a global lock to synchronize the hash.
Only sleeps which actually cause a context switch are counted.
1.38 in 2001. Break out of the FOREACH_THREAD_IN_PROC loop when we've
discovered a new proc in the chain.
- Increment i and check for maxlockdepth once per matching process not
once per thread. This didn't properly terminate the loop before.
- Fix a bug which has existed potentially since rev 1.1. waitblock->lf_next
can be NULL when a thread has been woken-up but not yet scheduled. Check
for this condition rather than blindly dereferencing.
Found by: libMicro
requiring the per-process spinlock to only requiring the process lock.
- Reflect these changes in the proc.h documentation and consumers throughout
the kernel. This is a substantial reduction in locking cost for these
fields and was made possible by recent changes to threading support.
2's compliment.
The 2's compliment transform is done so a "count down" sampling interval
can be converted into a "count up" PMC value. a 2's complimented 'count down'
value is written to the PMC counter; then the read-back counter is reverted
via another 2's compliment.
PR: kern/121660
Reviewed by: jkoshy
Approved by: jkoshy
MFC after: 1 week
vm/vm_contig.c, vm/vm_page.c, and vm/vm_pageq.c. Today, vm/vm_pageq.c
has withered to the point that it contains only four short functions,
two of which are only used by vm/vm_page.c. Since I can't foresee any
reason for vm/vm_pageq.c to grow, it is time to fold the remaining
contents of vm/vm_pageq.c back into vm/vm_page.c.
Add some comments. Rename one of the functions, vm_pageq_enqueue(),
that is now static within vm/vm_page.c to vm_page_enqueue().
Eliminate PQ_MAXCOUNT as it no longer serves any purpose.
- Always include the ie_disable and ie_eoi methods in 'struct intr_event'
and collapse down to one intr_event_create() routine. The disable and
eoi hooks simply aren't used currently in the !INTR_FILTER case.
- Expand 'disab' to 'disable' in a few places.
- Use function casts for arm and i386:intr_eoi_src() instead of wrapper
routines since to trim one extra indirection.
Compiled on: {arm,amd64,i386,ia64,ppc,sparc64} x {FILTER, !FILTER}
Tested on: {amd64,i386} x {FILTER, !FILTER}
the referenced data is only obtained/changed in the device open handler,
and the ioctl handler can only run after the open handler. Also fix a
few nearby style issues.
Submitted by: Matt Jacob
drivers.
In the giant_XXX wrappers for the device methods of the D_NEEDGIANT
drivers, do not dereference the cdev->si_devsw. It is racing with
the destroy_devl() clearing of the si_devsw. Instead, use the
dev_refthread() and return ENXIO for the destroyed device. [1]
The check for the D_INIT in the prep_cdevsw() was not synchronized with
the call of the fini_cdevsw() in destroy_devl(), that under rapid device
creation/destruction may result in the use of uninitialized cdevsw [2].
Change the protocol for the prep_cdevsw(), requiring it to be called
under dev_mtx, where the check for D_INIT is done.
Do not free the memory allocated for the gianttrick cdevsw while holding
the dev_mtx, put it into the free list to be freed later. Reuse the
d_gianttrick pointer to keep the size and layout of the struct cdevsw
(requested by phk). Free the memory in the dev_unlock_and_free(), and do
all the free after the dev_mtx is dropped (suggested by jhb).
Reported by: bsdimp + many [1], pho [2]
Reviewed by: phk, jhb
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 week
for a configurable number of seconds, spin the disk down. Spin it back
up on the next request.
Notice that the timeout is only armed by a request, so to spin down a
disk you may have to do:
atacontrol spindown ad10 5
dd if=/dev/ad10 of=/dev/null count=1
To disable spindown, set timeout to zero:
atacontrol spindown ad10 0
In order to debug any trouble caused, this code is somewhat noisy on the
console.
Enabling spindown on a disk containing / or /var/log/messages is not
going to do anything sensible.
Spinning a disk up and down all the time will wear it out, use sensibly.
Approved by: sos
10 microseconds is too short.
Always set the cpu to the highest frequency so that we get through
boot and don't handicap cpus where powerd(8) is not used.
10 microseconds is too short.
Always set the cpu to the highest frequency so that we get through
boot and don't handicap cpus where powerd(8) is not used.
monitor mode. This solves a problem that sometimes mangled frames
are passed.
Submitted by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
Tested by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
PR: kern/121608
Approved by: thompsa (mentor)
will have a special section, named .PPC.EMB.apuinfo, which will
tell GDB that a BookE processor is targeted and which will
result in GDB using a different register definition. In order
to support remote GDB for BookE, we need the GDB stub in the
kernel look for that section and use the BookE definitions.
uidinfo structure. This entirely removes contention observed on the
ui_mtxp mutex (as it is now gone).
- Convert the uihashtbl_mtx mutex to a rwlock, as most of the time we just
need to read-lock it.
Reviewed by: jhb, jeff, kris & others
Tested by: kris
this means that it no longer grabs the lagg rwlock. Use two port table arrays
which list the active ports for Tx and switch between them with an atomic op.
Now the lagg rwlock is only exclusively locked for management (ioctls) and
queuing of lacp control frames isnt needed.
a jail, etc. by simply calling setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, <PID>, 0) and
checking the return value: 0 means that the process exists and -1 that
it doesn't exist.
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
Instead of checking each page for PG_UNMANAGED, perform a one-time
check whether the object is OBJT_PHYS. (PG_UNMANAGED pages only
belong to OBJT_PHYS objects.)
with style(9) recommendation that macros not contain the
terminating ';', leaving that to the invoker. All SYSINIT()
consumers must now provide a trailing ';'.
Unlike the change to remove the ';'s from callers, this change
shouldn't be MFC'd unless we don't mind requiring source changes
to third party modules that might still depend on SYSINIT()
providing its own ';'.
after each SYSINIT() macro invocation. This makes a number of
lightweight C parsers much happier with the FreeBSD kernel
source, including cflow's prcc and lxr.
MFC after: 1 month
Discussed with: imp, rink
Otherwise the parameter is no-op, since zone by default limits number
of descriptors to some 12K entries. Attempt to allocate more ends up
sleeping on zonelimit.
MFC after: 2 weeks
all. The reference in ia64 code is due to cutNpaste in its history
and can safely be removed.
Revired by: cognet, raj, marcel, jhb and maybe one other whom I'm forgetting
- Add a new intr_event method ie_assign_cpu() that is invoked when the MI
code wishes to bind an interrupt source to an individual CPU. The MD
code may reject the binding with an error. If an assign_cpu function
is not provided, then the kernel assumes the platform does not support
binding interrupts to CPUs and fails all requests to do so.
- Bind ithreads to CPUs on their next execution loop once an interrupt
event is bound to a CPU. Only shared ithreads are bound. We currently
leave private ithreads for drivers using filters + ithreads in the
INTR_FILTER case unbound.
- A new intr_event_bind() routine is used to bind an interrupt event to
a CPU.
- Implement binding on amd64 and i386 by way of the existing pic_assign_cpu
PIC method.
- For x86, provide a 'intr_bind(IRQ, cpu)' wrapper routine that looks up
an interrupt source and binds its interrupt event to the specified CPU.
MI code can currently (ab)use this by doing:
intr_bind(rman_get_start(irq_res), cpu);
however, I plan to add a truly MI interface (probably a bus_bind_intr(9))
where the implementation in the x86 nexus(4) driver would end up calling
intr_bind() internally.
Requested by: kmacy, gallatin, jeff
Tested on: {amd64, i386} x {regular, INTR_FILTER}
In that case return an continue processing the packet without IPsec.
PR: 121384
MFC after: 5 days
Reported by: Cyrus Rahman (crahman gmail.com)
Tested by: Cyrus Rahman (crahman gmail.com) [slightly older version]
"Fast IPsec: Initialized Security Association Processing." printf.
People kept asking questions about this after the IPsec shuffle.
This still is the Fast IPsec implementation so no worries that it would
be any slower now. There are no functional changes.
Discussed with: sam
MFC after: 4 days
No need to compile 'dead' code.
I am leaving it in because we will have to review the concept and
should use the common function in various places.
MFC after: 5 days
receivers from being given interrupts if any CPUs in the system were not
tagged as interrupt receivers that I introduced when switching the x86
interrupt code to track CPUs via FreeBSD CPU IDs rather than local APIC
IDs. In practice this only affects systems with Hyperthreading (though
disabling HTT in the BIOS would workaround the issue) as that is the only
case currently where one can have CPUs that aren't tagged as interrupt
receivers. On a Dell SC1425 test box with 2 x Xeon w/ HTT (so 4 logical
CPUs of which 2 were interrupt receivers) the result was that all
device interrupts were sent to CPU 0.
MFC after: 1 week
Pointy hat to: jhb
different "platforms" on x86 machines. The existing code already handles
having two platforms: ACPI and legacy. However, the existing approach was
rather hardcoded and difficult to extend. These changes take the approach
that each x86 hardware platform should provide its own nexus(4) driver (it
can inherit most of its behavior from the default legacy nexus(4) driver)
which is responsible for probing for the platform and performing
appropriate platform-specific setup during attach (such as adding a
platform-specific bus device). This does mean changing the x86 platform
busses to no longer use an identify routine for probing, but to move that
logic into their matching nexus(4) driver instead.
- Make the default nexus(4) driver in nexus.c on i386 and amd64 handle the
legacy platform. It's probe routine now returns BUS_PROBE_GENERIC so it
can be overriden.
- Expose a nexus_init_resources() routine which initializes the various
resource managers so that subclassed nexus(4) drivers can invoke it from
their attach routine.
- The legacy nexus(4) driver explicitly adds a legacy0 device in its
attach routine.
- The ACPI driver no longer contains an new-bus identify method. Instead
it exposes a public function (acpi_identify()) which is a probe routine
that the MD nexus(4) drivers can use to probe for ACPI. All of the
probe logic in acpi_probe() is now moved into acpi_identify() and
acpi_probe() is just a stub.
- On i386 and amd64, an ACPI-specific nexus(4) driver checks for ACPI via
acpi_identify() and claims the nexus0 device if the probe succeeds. It
then explicitly adds an acpi0 device in its attach routine.
- The legacy(4) driver no longer knows anything about the acpi0 device.
- On ia64 if acpi_identify() fails you basically end up with no devices.
This matches the previous behavior where the old acpi_identify() would
fail to add an acpi0 device again leaving you with no devices.
Discussed with: imp
Silence on: arch@
callout_* API (e.g. callout_init_mtx(9)). This was one of the numerous
items on the http://wiki.freebsd.org/SMPTODO list.
Reviewed by: imp, obrien, jhb
MFC after: 1 week
virtual 86 mode to query the BIOS directly. This is needed for certain
HP machines whose BIOS only provide an SMAP when invoked from real mode.
On such machines the loader will be able to query the SMAP successfully
due to the recent BTX changes, but the kernel will not.
One thing I'm not sure of is if we can skip the INT 12h probe altogether
if we have the SMAP from the loader as it seems that we do the INT 12h
probe to setup enough state so we can use vm86 to call the BIOS.
MFC after: 1 week
failing to load on a kernel that has "nodevice mem" in the config. It will
now properly bring in the mem(4) module.
Submitted by: antoine
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
ABI and the direction flag, that is it now assumes that the direction
flag is cleared at the entry of a function and it doesn't clear once
more if needed. This new behaviour conforms to the i386/amd64 ABI.
Modify the signal handler frame setup code to clear the DF {e,r}flags
bit on the amd64/i386 for the signal handlers.
jhb@ noted that it might break old apps if they assumed DF == 1 would be
preserved in the signal handlers, but that such apps should be rare and
that older versions of gcc would not generate such apps.
Submitted by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien aurel32 net>
PR: 121422
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Close a sleepqueue signal race by interlocking with the per-process
spinlock. This was mistakenly omitted from the thread_lock patch and
has been a race since.
MFC After: 1 week
PR: bin/117603
Reported by: Danny Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
PhysMask fields based on the number of physical address bits supported
by the current CPU. The old code assumed 36 bits on i386 and 40 bits on
amd64. In truth, all Intel CPUs up until recently used 36 bits (a newer
Intel CPU uses 38 bits) and all the Opteron CPUs used 40 bits.
In at least one case (the new Intel CPU) having the size of the mask field
wrong resulted in writing questionable values into the MTRR registers on
the application processors (BSP as well if you modify the MTRRs via
memcontrol or running X, etc.). The result of the questionable physmask
was that all of memory was apparently treated as uncached rather than
write-back resulting in a very significant performance hit.
Fix this by constructing a run-time mask for the PhysBase and PhysMask
fields based on the number of physical address bits supported by the CPU.
All 64-bit capable CPUs provide a count of PA bits supported via the
0x80000008 extended CPUID feature, so use that if it is available. If that
feature is not available, then assume 36 PA bits.
While I'm here, expand the (now-unused) macros for the PhysBase and
PhysMask fields to the current largest possible value (52 PA bits).
MFC after: 1 week
PR: i386/120516
Reported by: Nokia
hangs (one at boot, one at shutdown) in recent machines. First, only try
to take ownership of the EHCI controller if the BIOS currently owns the
controller. On a HP DL160 G5, the machine hangs when we try to take
ownership. Second, don't bother trying to give up ownership of the
controller during shutdown. It's not strictly required and a Dell DCS S29
hangs on shutdown after the config write.
Both of these changes match the behavior of the Linux EHCI driver. I also
think both of these hangs are caused by bugs in the BIOS' SMM handler
causing it to get stuck in an infinite loop in SMM.
MFC after: 1 week
accept a mouse using the boot subclass. Instead, restore the original
hid_is_collection() test and fallback to testing the interface class,
subclass, and protocol if that fails.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: usb/118670
might be currently programmed into the registers.
Underlying firmware (U-Boot) would typically program MAC address into the
first unit only, and others are left uninitialized. It is now possible to
retrieve and program MAC address for all units properly, provided they were
passed on in the bootinfo metadata.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
We're now more robust against cases of non-sorted and/or non-continuous
numbering of those entries.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
This was introduced as a workaround long time ago for some Alpha firmware
(which is now gone), and actually prevented net_close() to ever be
called.
Certain firmwares (U-Boot) need local shutdown operations to be performed on a
network controller upon transaction end: such platform-specific hooks are
supposed to be called via netif_close() (from within net_close()).
This change effectively reverts the following CVS commit:
sys/boot/common/dev_net.c
revision 1.7
date: 2000/05/13 15:40:46; author: dfr; state: Exp; lines: +2 -1
Only probe network settings on the first open of the network device.
The alpha firmware takes a seriously long time to open the network device
the first time.
Also suppress excessive output while netbooting via loader, unless debugging.
While there, make sys/boot/uboot more style(9) compliant.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
While the KSE project was quite successful in bringing threading to
FreeBSD, the M:N approach taken by the kse library was never developed
to its full potential. Backwards compatibility will be provided via
libmap.conf for dynamically linked binaries and static binaries will
be broken.
sched_sleep(). This removes extra thread_lock() acquisition and
allows the scheduler to decide what to do with the static boost.
- Change the priority arguments to cv_* to match sleepq/msleep/etc.
where 0 means no priority change. Catch -1 in cv_broadcastpri() and
convert it to 0 for now.
- Set a flag when sleeping in a way that is compatible with swapping
since direct priority comparisons are meaningless now.
- Add a sysctl to ule, kern.sched.static_boost, that defaults to on which
controls the boost behavior. Turning it off gives better performance
in some workloads but needs more investigation.
- While we're modifying sleepq, change signal and broadcast to both
return with the lock held as the lock was held on enter.
Reviewed by: jhb, peter
Before this patch callback returned result of the last finished call chain.
Now it returns last nonzero result from all call chain results in this request.
As soon as this improvement gives reliable error reporting, it is now possible
to remove dirty workaround in ng_socket, made to return ENOBUFS error statuses
of request-response operations. That workaround was responsible for returning
ENOBUFS errors to completely unrelated requests working at the same time
on socket.
set a default name. If the IRQ is added as a consequence of
configurating the IRQ without there ever being a handler
assigned to it, we will not have a name. This breaks the
fragile intrcnt/intrnames logic.
state change and reliable error recovery.
o Moved vr_softc structure and relevant macros to header file.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Implemented automatic Tx threshold configuration which will be
activated when it suffers from Tx underrun. Also Tx underrun
will try to restart only Tx path and resort to previous
full-reset(both Rx/Tx) operation if restarting Tx path have failed.
o Removed old bit-banging MII interface. Rhine provides simple and
efficient MII interface. While I'm here show PHY address and PHY
register number when its read/write operation was failed.
o Define VR_MII_TIMEOUT constant and use it in MII access routines.
o Always honor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in vr_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Removed vr_setcfg() which is now handled in vr_link_task(), link
state taskqueue handler. When mii layer reports link state changes
the taskqueue handler reprograms MAC to reflect negotiated duplex
settings. Flow-control changes are not handled yet and it should
be revisited when mii layer knows the notion of flow-control.
o Added a new sysctl interface to get statistics of an instance of
the driver.(sysctl dev.vr.0.stats=1)
o Chip name was renamed to reflect the official name of the chips
described in VIA Rhine I/II/III datasheet.
REV_ID_3065_A -> REV_ID_VT6102_A
REV_ID_3065_B -> REV_ID_VT6102_B
REV_ID_3065_C -> REV_ID_VT6102_C
REV_ID_3106_J -> REV_ID_VT6105_A0
REV_ID_3106_S -> REV_ID_VT6105M_A0
The following chip revisions were added.
#define REV_ID_VT6105_B0 0x83
#define REV_ID_VT6105_LOM 0x8A
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A0 0x8C
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A1 0x8D
#define REV_ID_VT6105M_B1 0x94
o Always show chip revision number in device attach. This shall help
identifying revision specific issues.
o Check whether EEPROM reloading is complete by inspecting the state
of VR_EECSR_LOAD bit. This bit is self-cleared after the EEPROM
reloading. Previously vr(4) blindly spins for 200us which may/may
not enough to complete the EEPROM reload.
o Removed if_mtu setup. It's done in ether_ifattach().
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o In vr_attach disable further interrupts after reset. For VT6102 or
newer hardwares, diable MII state change interrupt as well because
mii state handling is done by mii layer.
o Add more sane register initialization for VT6102 or newer chips.
- Have NIC report error instead of retrying forever.
- Let hardware detect MII coding error.
- Enable MODE10T mode.
- Enable memory-read-multiple for VT6107.
o PHY address for VT6105 or newer chips is located at fixed address 1.
For older chips the PHY address is stored in VR_PHYADDR register.
Armed with these information, there is no need to re-read
VR_PHYADDR register in miibus handler to get PHY address. This
saves one register access cycle for each MII access.
o Don't reprogram VR_PHYADDR register whenever access to a register
located at a PHY address is made. Rhine fmaily allows reprogramming
PHY address location via VR_PHYADDR register depending on
VR_MIISTAT_PHYOPT bit of VR_MIISTAT register. This used to lead
numerous phantom PHYs attached to miibus during phy probe phase and
driver used to limit allowable PHY address in mii register accessors
for certain chip revisions. This removes one more register access
cycle for each MII access.
o Correctly set VLAN header length.
o bus_dma(9) conversion.
- Limit DMA access to be in range of 32bit address space. Hardware
doesn't support DAC.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(16 bytes alignment)
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
- Apply Tx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
for Rhine I chip. Rhine II or III has no Tx buffer address
alignment restrictions, though.
- Reduce number of allowable number of DMA segments to 8.
- Removed the atomic(9) used in descriptor ownership managements
as it's job of bus_dmamap_sync(9).
With these change vr(4) should work on all platforms.
o Rhine uses two separated 8bits command registers to control Tx/Rx
MAC. So don't access it as a single 16bit register.
o For non-strict alignment architectures vr(4) no longer require
time-consuming copy operation for received frames to align IP
header. This greatly improves Rx performance on i386/amd64
platforms. However the alignment is still necessary for
strict-alignment platforms(e.g. sparc64). The alignment is handled
in new fuction vr_fixup_rx().
o vr_rxeof() now rejects multiple-segmented(fragmented) frames as
vr(4) is not ready to handle this situation. Datasheet said nothing
about the reason when/why it happens.
o In vr_newbuf() don't set VR_RXSTAT_FIRSTFRAG/VR_RXSTAT_LASTFRAG
bits as it's set by hardware.
o Don't pass checksum offload information to upper layer for
fragmented frames. The hardware assisted checksum is valid only
when the frame is non-fragmented IP frames. Also mark the checksum
is valid for corrupted frames such that upper layers doesn't need
to recompute the checksum with software routine.
o Removed vr_rxeoc(). RxDMA doesn't seem to need to be idle before
sending VR_CMD_RX_GO command. Previously it used to stop RxDMA
first which in turn resulted in long delays in Rx error recovery.
o Rewrote Tx completion handler.
- Always check VR_TXSTAT_OWN bit in status word prior to
inspecting other status bits in the status word.
- Collision counter updates were corrected as VT3071 or newer
ones use different bits to notify collisions.
- Unlike other chip revisions, VT86C100A uses different bit to
indicate Tx underrun. For VT3071 or newer ones, check both
VR_TXSTAT_TBUFF and VR_TXSTAT_UDF bits to see whether Tx
underrun was happend. In case of Tx underrun requeue the failed
frame and restart stalled Tx SM. Also double Tx DMA threshold
size on each failure to mitigate future Tx underruns.
- Disarm watchdog timer only if we have no queued packets,
otherwise don't touch watchdog timer.
o Rewrote interrupt handler.
- status word in Tx/Rx descriptors indicates more detailed error
state required to recover from the specific error. There is no
need to rely on interrupt status word to recover from Tx/Rx
error except PCI bus error. Other event notifications like
statistics counter overflows or link state events will be
handled in main interrupt handler.
- Don't touch VR_IMR register if we are in suspend mode. Touching
the register may hang the hardware if we are in suspended state.
Previously it seems that touching VR_IMR register in interrupt
handler was to work-around panic occurred in system shutdown
stage on SMP systems. I think that work-around would hide
root-cause of the panic and I couldn't reproduce the panic
with multiple attempts on my box.
o While padding space to meet minimum frame size, zero the pad data
in order to avoid possibly leaking sensitive data.
o Rewrote vr_start_locked().
- Don't try to queue packets if number of available Tx descriptors
are short than that of required one.
o Don't reinitialize hardware whenever media configuration is
changed. Media/link state changes are reported from mii layer if
this happens and vr_link_task() will perform necessary changes.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if only PROMISC bit was changed. Just
toggle the PROMISC bit in hardware is sufficient to reflect the
request.
o Rearrganed the IFCAP_POLLING/IFCAP_HWCSUM handling in vr_ioctl().
o Generate Tx completion interrupts for every VR_TX_INTR_THRESH-th
frames. This reduces Tx completion interrupts under heavy network
loads.
o Since vr(4) doesn't request Tx interrupts for every queued frames,
reclaim any pending descriptors not handled in Tx completion
handler before actually firing up watchdog timeouts.
o Added vr_tx_stop()/vr_rx_stop() to wait for the end of active
TxDMA/RxDMA cycles(draining). These routines are used in vr_stop()
to ensure sane state of MAC before releasing allocated Tx/Rx
buffers. vr_link_task() also takes advantage of these functions to
get to idle state prior to restarting Tx/Rx.
o Added vr_tx_start()/vr_rx_start() to restart Rx/Tx. By separating
Rx operation from Tx operation vr(4) no longer need to full-reset
the hardware in case of Tx/Rx error recovery.
o Implemented WOL.
o Added VT6105M specific register definitions. VT6105M has the
following hardware capabilities.
- Tx/Rx IP/TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- VLAN hardware tag insertion/extraction. Due to lack of information
for getting extracted VLAN tag in Rx path, VLAN hardware support
was not implemented yet.
- CAM(Content Addressable Memory) based 32 entry perfect multicast/
VLAN filtering.
- 8 priority queues.
o Implemented CAM based 32 entry perfect multicast filtering for
VT6105M. If number of multicast entry is greater than 32, vr(4)
uses traditional hash based filtering.
o Reflect real Tx/Rx descriptor structure. Previously vr(4) used to
embed other driver (private) data into these structure. This type
of embedding make it hard to work on LP64 systems.
o Removed unused vr_mii_frame structure and MII bit-baning
definitions.
o Added new PCI configuration registers that controls mii operation
and mode selection.
o Reduced number of Tx/Rx descriptors to 128 from 256. From my
testing, increasing number of descriptors above than 64 didn't help
increasing performance at all. Experimentations show 128 Rx
descriptors seems to help a lot reducing Rx FIFO overruns under
high system loads. It seems the poor Tx performance of Rhine
hardwares comes from the limitation of hardware. You wouldn't
satuarte the link with vr(4) no matter how fast CPU/large number of
descriptors are used.
o Added vr_statistics structure to hold various counter values.
No regression was reported but one variant of Rhine III(VT6105M)
found on RouterBOARD 44 does not work yet(Reported by Milan Obuch).
I hope this would be resolved in near future.
I'd like to say big thanks to Mike Tancsa who kindly donated a Rhine
hardware to me. Without his enthusiastic testing and feedbacks
overhauling vr(4) never have been possible. Also thanks to Masayuki
Murayama who provided some good comments on the hardware's internals.
This driver is result of combined effort of many users who provided
many feedbacks so I'd like to say special thanks to them.
Hardware donated by: Mike Tancsa (mike AT sentex dot net)
Reviewed by: remko (initial version)
Tested by: Mike Tancsa(x86), JoaoBR ( joao AT matik DOT com DOT br )
Marcin Wisnicki ( mwisnicki+freebsd AT gmail DOT com )
Stefan Ehmann ( shoesoft AT gmx DOT net )
Florian Smeets ( flo AT kasimir DOT com )
Phil Oleson ( oz AT nixil DOT net )
Larry Baird ( lab AT gta DOT com )
Milan Obuch ( freebsd-current AT dino DOT sk )
remko (initial version)
tdq_runq_add to select the runq rather than hoping we set it properly
when we adjusted the priority. This involves the same number of
branches as before so should perform identically without the extra
fragility.
Tested by: bz
Reviewed by: bz
the cpufreq drivers to reliably use properties of PCI devices for quirks,
etc.
- For the legacy drivers, add CPU devices via an identify routine in the
CPU driver itself rather than in the legacy driver's attach routine.
- Add CPU devices after Host-PCI bridges in the acpi bus driver.
- Change the ichss(4) driver to use pci_find_bsf() to locate the ICH and
check its device ID rather than having a bogus PCI attachment that only
checked for the ID in probe and always failed. As a side effect, you
can now kldload ichss after boot.
- Fix the ichss(4) driver to use the correct device_t for the ICH (and not
for ichss0) when doing PCI config space operations to enable SpeedStep.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: njl, Andriy Gapon avg of icyb.net.ua
present in cpu_feature2. Also, use CPUID2_EST rather than a magic
number.
- Don't free the ACPI settings list in detach if we are going to fail the
request. Otherwise an attempt to kldunload est would free the array
but the driver would keep trying to use it.
MFC after: 1 week
routines (V86 requests from the client and hardware interrupt handlers):
- Install trampoline real mode interrupt handlers at IDT vectors 0x20-0x2f
to handle hardware interrupts by invoking the appropriate vector (0x8-0xf
or 0x70-0x78). This allows the 8259As to use vectors 0x20-0x2f in real
mode as well as protected mode will ensuring that the master 8259A
doesn't share IDT space with CPU exceptions in protected mode.
- Since we don't need to reserve space for page tables and a page directory
anymore since dropping paging support, move the TSS and protected mode
IDT up by 16k. Grow the ring 1 link stack by 16k as a result.
- Repurpose the ring 1 link stack to be used as a real mode stack when
invoking real mode routines either via a V86 request or a hardware
interrupts. This simplifies a few things as we avoid disturbing the
original user stack.
- Add some more block comments to explain how the code interacts with the
V86 structure as this wasn't immediately obvious from the prior comments
(e.g. that we explicitly copy the seg regs for real mode out of the V86
struct onto the stack to be popped off when going into real mode, etc.).
Also, document some of the stack frames we create going to real mode and
back.
- Remove all of the virtual 86 related code including having to simulate
various instructions and BIOS calls on a trap from virtual 86 mode.
- Explicitly panic if a user client attempts to perform a V86 CALL
request that isn't a far call.
- Bump version to 1.2.
Assuming this works ok this should fix some of the long standing issues
with USB booting as well as etherboot.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Submitted by: kib (some parts from his original real mode patch)
- Only calculate timeshare priorities once per tick or when a thread is woken
from sleeping.
- Keep the ts_runq pointer valid after all priority changes.
- Call tdq_runq_add() directly from sched_switch() without passing in via
tdq_add(). We don't need to adjust loads or runqs anymore.
- Sort tdq and ts_sched according to utilization to improve cache behavior.
Sponsored by: Nokia
- Normalize the preemption/ipi setting code by introducing sched_shouldpreempt()
so the logical is identical and not repeated between tdq_notify() and
sched_setpreempt().
- In tdq_notify() don't set NEEDRESCHED as we may not actually own the thread lock
this could have caused us to lose td_flags settings.
- Garbage collect some tunables that are no longer relevant.
the NOPs used are 0x01.
While we could simply pad with EOLs (which are 0x00), rather use an
explicit 0x00 constant there to not confuse poeple with 'EOL padding'.
Put in a comment saying just that.
Problem discussed on: src-committers with andre, silby, dwhite as
follow up to the rev. 1.161 commit of tcp_var.h.
MFC after: 11 days
the appropriate bit in the DEVACTB register.
This change allows the C2 state on those systems to work as expected.
Reviewed by: njl
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg at icyb.net.ua>
MFC after: 1 week
Specifically, since the delete-behind heuristic is never applied to a
device-backed object, there is no point in checking whether each of the
object's pages is fictitious. (Only device-backed objects have
fictitious pages.)
know if has siblings that need an actual probe. Introduce a specail
return value called BUS_PROBE_NOOWILDCARD. If the driver returns
this, the probe is only successful for devices that have had a
specific devclass set for them.
Reviewed by: current@, jhb@, grehan@
in*() and out*() primitives should not be used, other than by
ISA drivers. In this case they were used for memory-mapped I/O
and were not even used in the spirit of the primitives.
if netgraph reported error while delivering to destination.
Reset 'next send' counter to the last requested by peer on ack timeout
to resend all subsequest packets after lost one again without additional hints.
Solaris and AIX.
fcntl(fd, F_DUP2FD, arg) and dup2(fd, arg) are functionnaly equivalent.
Document it.
Add some regression tests (identical to the dup2(2) regression tests).
PR: 120233
Submitted by: Jukka Ukkonen
Approved by: rwaston (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
HPT drivers would sometimes test the value of a preprocessor definition but
not always make sure that the definition existed in the first place, leading
to warnings on newer compilers. I blindly assumed the same with this driver,
and it turned out to be wrong and to enable some code that doesn't work.
process lock leading to a hang. This bug was introduced in
kern_sig.c:1.351, when the call to expand_name() was moved earlier
bit this particular error case was not updated.
It so happens that U-Boot disables the D-cache when booting
an ELF image, so this change makes sure we run with the
D-cache enabled from now on. It shows too...
While here, remove the duplicate definition of the hw.model
sysctl.
variable is set. On my Mac Mini this puts the CPU in NAP mode when
the kernel is idle and, any technical or environmental reasons
aside, avoids that I have to listen to the fan all day :-)
trashing and improve performance.
Remove waitflag argument from ng_ksocket_incoming2(), it means nothing
as function call was queued by netgraph.
Remove node validity check, as node validity guarantied by netgraph.
Update comments.
value at the requested address as a symbol. For example, "ex /S
aio_swake" prints the name of the function currently registered in
via aio_swake hook.
The change as committed differs slightly from the patch in the PR,
as I force the size of the retrieved value (and the automatic
address increment) to be sizeof(void *). This seems to provide
the most useful auto-increment behavior, and defaults using the
default size (4), which is not sizeof(void *) on 64-bit platforms.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: 57976
Submitted by: Dan Strick <strick at covad.net>
for all network interfaces, not just ethernet-like ones.
Upgrade it to a louder WARNING and be explicit that the flag is obsolete.
Support for IFF_NEEDSGIANT will be removed in a few months (see arch@ for
details) and will not appear in 8.0.
Upgrade if_watchdog to a WARNING.
> 0 rather than >= 0, or we will panic when trying to deliver the signal.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: 100802
Submitted by: Valerio Daelli <valerio.daelli at gmail.com>
to flush the TLB instead of hardcoding a size of 33 pages. Apertures of
32MB and 64MB only use a 16 page GATT and an aperture of 128MB only uses
a 32 page GATT, so without this the code could walk off the end of the
pointer and cause a page fault if the next page was unmapped. Also, for
aperture sizes > 128MB, not all of the pages would be read. The Linux
driver has the same bug.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: Frédéric PRACA frederic.praca of freebsd-fr.org
hold the newline and nul terminator. Otherwise, there are cases where
garbage may end up in the command history due to a lack of a nul
terminator, or input may end up without room for a newline.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: 119079
Submitted by: Michael Plass <mfp49_freebsd@plass-family.net>
TCP/UDP checksum in driver for short frames. For frames that requires
hardware VLAN tag insertion, the checksum offload trick does not
work due to changes of checksum offset in mbuf after the VLAN tag.
Disable hardware checksum offload for VLAN interface to fix the bug.
Reported by: Christopher Cowart < ccowart AT rescomp DOT berkeley DOT edu >
Tested by: Christopher Cowart < ccowart AT rescomp DOT berkeley DOT edu >
MFC after: 5 days
returns EINVAL. Right now we return 0 or success for invalid commands,
which could be quite problematic in certain conditions.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: rwatson
revision 1.6
date: 2004/08/21 18:50:34; author: alc; state: Exp; lines: +3 -1
Properly free the temporary sf_buf in uiomove_fromphys() if a copyin or
copyout fails.
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD
Spotted out by: Mark Tinguely
MFC After: 3 days
restrict the utilization of direct pointers to the content of
ip packet. These modifications are functionally nop()s thus
can be merged with no side effects.
- Set M_BCAST|M_MCAST for incoming frames
- Send the frame to a local interface if the bridge returns the mbuf
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein
Tested by: Boris Kochergin
private to the kernel, some ports define _KERNEL and include this
header. While arguably this is wrong, it's also reality. By having
the MD fields last, architectures that have CPU-specific variations
of PCPU_MD_FIELDS will at least have the MI fields at a constant
offset. Of course, having all MI fields first helps kernel debugging
as well, so this is not a change without some benefits to us.
This change does not result in an ABI breakage, because this header
is not part of the ABI. Recompilation of lsof is required though :-)
used in the kernel only (by virtue of checking for _KERNEL),
ports like lsof (part of gtop) cheat. It sets _KERNEL, but does
not set either AIM or E500. As such, PCPU_MD_FIELDS didn't get
defined and the build broke.
The catch-all is to define PCPU_MD_FIELDS with a dummy integer
when at the end of line we ended up without a definition for it.
the input field from the current cursor location, rather than the end of
the input line, as the cursor may not be at the end of the line.
Otherwise, we may overshoot, overwriting a bit of the previous line and
failing to fully overwrite the current line.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: 119079
Submitted by: Michael Plass <mfp49_freebsd@plass-family.net>
allocator for jumbo frame. Also remove unneeded jlist lock which
is no longer required to protect jumbo buffers.
With these changes jumbo frame performance of nfe(4) was slightly
increased and users should not encounter jumbo buffer allocation
failure anymore.
to avoid terrible unpredicted effects for netgraph operation of their
exhaustion while allocating control messages.
Add separate configurable 512 items limit for data items allocation
for DoS/overload protection.
Discussed with: julian
it's probed first. The PowerPC platform code deals with everything.
As such, probe devices in order of their location in the memory map.
o Refactor the ocpbus_alloc_resource for readability and make sure we
set the RID in the resource as per the new convention.
- Even for the PCI Express host controller we need to use bus 0
for configuration space accesses to devices directly on the
host controller's bus.
- Pass the maximum number of slots to pci_ocp_init() because the
caller knows how many slots the bus has. Previously a PCI or
PCI-X bus underneath a PCI Express host controller would not
be enumerated properly.
o Pull the interrupt routing logic out of pci_ocp_init() and into
its own function. The logic is not quite right and is expected
to be a bit more complex.
o Fix/add support for PCI domains. The PCI domain is the unit
number as per other PCI host controller drivers. As such, we
can use logical bus numbers again and don't have to guarantee
globally unique bus numbers. Remove pci_ocp_busnr. Return the
highest bus number ito the caller of pci_ocp_init() now that
we don't have a global variable anymore.
o BAR programming fixes:
- Non-type0 headers have at most 1 BAR, not 0.
- First write ~0 to the BAR in question and then read back its
size.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks (mostly)
It is normally initialized by ffs_statfs() after ffs_mount finished.
The extattr autostart code calls the ufs_lookup(), that uses value above
to iterate over the directory blocks, see bmask initialization in the
ufs_lookup() and ufsdirhash. Having the filesystem with root directory
spanning more then one block would result in reading a random kernel
memory.
PR: kern/120781
Test case provided by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
expressions on i386 are evaluated in the range of the long double type,
so this is wrong in a different but hopefully less worse way than
before. Since expressions are evaluated in long double registers,
there is no runtime cost to using long double instead of double to
declare intermediate values (except in cases where this avoids compiler
bugs), and by careful use of float_t or double_t it is possible to
avoid some of the compiler bugs in this area, provided these types are
declared as long double.
I was going to change float.h to be less broken and more usable in
combination with the change here (in particular, it is more necessary
to know the effective number of bits in a double_t when double_t !=
double, since DBL_MANT_DIG no longer logically gives this, and
LDBL_MANT_DIG doesn't give it either with FreeBSD-i386's default
rounding precision. However, this was too hard for now. In particular,
LDBL_MANT_DIG is used a lot in libm, so it cannot be changed. One
thing that is completely broken now is LDBL_MAX. This may have sort
of worked when it was changed from DBL_MAX in 2002 (adding 0 to it at
runtime gave +Inf, but you could at least compare with it), but starting
with gcc-3.3.1 in 2003, it is always +Inf due to evaluating it at
compile time in the default rounding precision.
expressions on i386 are evaluated in the range of the long double type,
so this is wrong in a different but hopefully less worse way than
before. Since expressions are evaluated in long double registers,
there is no runtime cost to using long double instead of double to
declare intermediate values (except in cases where this avoids compiler
bugs), and by careful use of float_t or double_t it is possible to
avoid some of the compiler bugs in this area, provided these types are
declared as long double.
I was going to change float.h to be less broken and more usable in
combination with the change here (in particular, it is more necessary
to know the effective number of bits in a double_t when double_t !=
double, since DBL_MANT_DIG no longer logically gives this, and
LDBL_MANT_DIG doesn't give it either with FreeBSD-i386's default
rounding precision. However, this was too hard for now. In particular,
LDBL_MANT_DIG is used a lot in libm, so it cannot be changed. One
thing that is completely broken now is LDBL_MAX. This may have sort
of worked when it was changed from DBL_MAX in 2002 (adding 0 to it at
runtime gave +Inf, but you could at least compare with it), but starting
with gcc-3.3.1 in 2003, it is always +Inf due to evaluating it at
compile time in the default rounding precision.
mount options that mount_nfs could pass down, if it passed
down string mount options. Right now, mount_nfs jut passes
down a single mount option named "nfs_args" with a fully
initialized 'struct nfs_args'.
In future commits, we will add code to the kernel for parsing stringified
NFS mount options, so that we can convert mount_nfs to pass string options
from userspace to kernel, instead of an initialized struct nfs_args.
the same way that it is default initialized in revision 1.77 of mount_nfs.c.
Right now, this is a no-op, because currently we initialize
struct nfs_args in mount_nfs in userspace, and pass it
down into the kernel via nmount(), so we overwrite whatever we initialize
here with the value passed in from userspace.
However, this lays the groundwork for moving away from passing
struct nfs_args from userspace to kernel via nmount(), so that we
can instead pass string mount options via nmount() which can be parsed in
the kernel. This will make it easier to add new NFS mount options.
passing it to cpuset_which(). Pass in 'set' instead. This argument
is not used but for convenience cpuset_which() nulls all incoming
parameters.
Submitted by: davidxu
Patch in the PR was modified to check active jumbo buffers in use
and other possible jumbo buffer leak.
Jumbo buffer usage in lge(4) still wouldn't be reliable due to lack
of driver lock in local jumbo buffer allocator. Either introduce
a new lock to protect jumbo buffer or switch to UMA backed page
allocator for jumbo frame is required.
PR: kern/78072
mask none of the upper bits are set.
- Be more careful about enforcing the boundaries of masks and child sets.
- Introduce a few more CPU_* macros for implementing these tests.
- Change the cpusetsize argument to be bytes rather than bits to match
other apis.
Sponsored by: Nokia
IPPORT_EPHEMERALFIRST and IPPORT_EPHEMERALLAST with values
10000 and 65535 respectively.
The rationale behind is that it makes the attacker's life more
difficult if he/she wants to guess the ephemeral port range and
also lowers the probability of a port colision (described in
draft-ietf-tsvwg-port-randomization-01.txt).
While there, remove code duplication in in_pcbbind_setup().
Submitted by: Fernando Gont <fernando at gont.com.ar>
Approved by: njl (mentor)
Reviewed by: silby, bms
Discussed on: freebsd-net
mappings. Automatic promotion can be enabled by setting the tunable
"vm.pmap.pg_ps_enabled" to a non-zero value. By default, automatic
promotion is disabled. (Expect this to change.)
Reviewed by: ups
Tested by: kris, Peter Holm
the specific semantics of ockmgr aren't required: update UFS1 extended
attributes to protect its data structures using an sx lock.
While here, update comments on lock granularity.
MFC after: 2 weeks
The kernel config file is KERNCONF=MPC85XX, so the usual procedure applies:
1. make buildworld TARGET_ARCH=powerpc
2. make buildkernel TARGET_ARCH=powerpc TARGET_CPUTYPE=e500 KERNCONF=MPC85XX
This default config uses kernel-level FPU emulation. For the soft-float world
approach:
1. make buildworld TARGET_ARCH=powerpc TARGET_CPUTYPE=e500
2. disable FPU_EMU option in sys/powerpc/conf/MPC85XX
3. make buildkernel TARGET_ARCH=powerpc TARGET_CPUTYPE=e500 KERNCONF=MPC85XX
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFp4: e500
TSEC is the MAC engine offering 10, 100 or 1000 Mbps speed and is found on
different Freescale parts (MPC83xx, MPC85xx). Depending on the silicon version
there are up to four TSEC units integrated on the chip.
This driver also works with the enhanced version of the controller (eTSEC),
which is backwards compatible, but doesn't take advantage of its additional
features (various off-loading mechanisms) at the moment.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Semihalf
MFp4: e500
The QUICC engine is found on various Freescale parts including MPC85xx, and
provides multiple generic time-division serial channel resources, which are in
turn muxed/demuxed by the Serial Communications Controller (SCC).
Along with core QUICC/SCC functionality a uart(4)-compliant device driver is
provided which allows for serial ports over QUICC/SCC.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Juniper
MFp4: e500
The PQ3 is a high performance integrated communications processing system
based on the e500 core, which is an embedded RISC processor that implements
the 32-bit Book E definition of the PowerPC architecture. For details refer
to: http://www.freescale.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=MPC8555E
This port was tested and successfully run on the following members of the PQ3
family: MPC8533, MPC8541, MPC8548, MPC8555.
The following major integrated peripherals are supported:
* On-chip peripherals bus
* OpenPIC interrupt controller
* UART
* Ethernet (TSEC)
* Host/PCI bridge
* QUICC engine (SCC functionality)
This commit brings the main functionality and will be followed by individual
drivers that are logically separate from this base.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
MFp4: e500
native extended attributes. This didn't interfere with the operation of
UFS2 extended attributes, but the code shouldn't be running for UFS2.
MFC after: 2 weeks
a queue entry field, just copy out the unsigned int that is the trigger
message. In practice, auditd always requested sizeof(unsigned int), so
the extra bytes were ignored, but copying them out was not the intent.
MFC after: 1 month
soft lifetime [1] introduced in rev. 1.21 of key.c.
Along with that, fix a related problem in key_debug
printing the correct data.
While there replace a printf by panic in a sanity check.
PR: 120751
Submitted by: Kazuaki ODA (kazuaki aliceblue.jp) [1]
MFC after: 5 days
Rework of this area is a pre-requirement for importing e500 support (and
other PowerPC core variations in the future). Mainly the following
headers are refactored so that we can cover for low-level differences between
various machines within PowerPC architecture:
<machine/pcpu.h>
<machine/pcb.h>
<machine/kdb.h>
<machine/hid.h>
<machine/frame.h>
Areas which use the above are adjusted and cleaned up.
Credits for this rework go to marcel@
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFp4: e500
- Move the assigment of the socket down before we first need it.
No need to do it at the beginning and then drop out the function
by one of the returns before using it 100 lines further down.
- Use t_maxopd which was assigned the "tcp_mssdflt" for the corrrect
AF already instead of another #ifdef ? : #endif block doing the same.
- Remove an unneeded (duplicate) assignment of mss to t_maxseg just before
we possibly change mss and re-do the assignment without using t_maxseg
in between.
Reviewed by: silby
No objections: net@ (silence)
MFC after: 5 days
- When searching for affinity search backwards in the tree from the last
cpu we ran on while the thread still has affinity for the group. This
can take advantage of knowledge of shared L2 or L3 caches among a
group of cores.
- When searching for the least loaded cpu find the least loaded cpu via
the least loaded path through the tree. This load balances system bus
links, individual cache levels, and hyper-threaded/SMT cores.
- Make the periodic balancer recursively balance the highest and lowest
loaded cpu across each link.
Add support for cpusets:
- Convert the cpuset to a simple native cpumask_t while the kernel still
only supports cpumask.
- Pass the derived cpumask down through the cpu_search functions to
restrict the result cpus.
- Make the various steal functions resilient to failure since all threads
can not run on all cpus any longer.
General improvements:
- Precisely track the lowest priority thread on every runq with
tdq_setlowpri(). Before it was more advisory but this ended up having
pathological behaviors.
- Remove many #ifdef SMP conditions to simplify the code.
- Get rid of the old cumbersome tdq_group. This is more naturally
expressed via the cpu_group tree.
Sponsored by: Nokia
Testing by: kris
tree structure that encodes the level of cache sharing and other
properties.
- Provide several convenience functions for creating one and two level
cpu trees as well as a default flat topology. The system now always
has some topology.
- On i386 and amd64 create a seperate level in the hierarchy for HTT
and multi-core cpus. This will allow the scheduler to intelligently
load balance non-uniform cores. Presently we don't detect what level
of the cache hierarchy is shared at each level in the topology.
- Add a mechanism for testing common topologies that have more information
than the MD code is able to provide via the kern.smp.topology tunable.
This should be considered a debugging tool only and not a stable api.
Sponsored by: Nokia
and assignment.
- Add a reference to a struct cpuset in each thread that is inherited from
the thread that created it.
- Release the reference when the thread is destroyed.
- Add prototypes for syscalls and macros for manipulating cpusets in
sys/cpuset.h
- Add syscalls to create, get, and set new numbered cpusets:
cpuset(), cpuset_{get,set}id()
- Add syscalls for getting and setting affinity masks for cpusets or
individual threads: cpuid_{get,set}affinity()
- Add types for the 'level' and 'which' parameters for the cpuset. This
will permit expansion of the api to cover cpu masks for other objects
identifiable with an id_t integer. For example, IRQs and Jails may be
coming soon.
- The root set 0 contains all valid cpus. All thread initially belong to
cpuset 1. This permits migrating all threads off of certain cpus to
reserve them for special applications.
Sponsored by: Nokia
Discussed with: arch, rwatson, brooks, davidxu, deischen
Reviewed by: antoine
not have VTOC information about the partitions, it will be created.
This is because the VTOC information is used for the partition type
and FreeBSD's sunlabel(8) does not create nor use VTOC information.
For this purpose, new tags have been added to support FreeBSD's
partition types.
structure. This allows per-CPU variations of struct pmap on a
single architecture without affecting the machine-independent
fields. As such, the PMAP variations don't affect the ABI. They
become part of it.
CPUFREQ_DRV_SETTINGS(). The value of count on input is used to
prefent overflow of the settings buffer passed into CPUFREQ_DRV_SETTINGS().
This corrects the "est: CPU supports Enhanced Speedstep, but is not recognized."
error on my system.
MFC after: 1 week
than rely on the lockmgr support [1]:
* bump the waiters only if the interlock is held
* let brelvp() return the waiters count
* rely on brelvp() instead than BUF_LOCKWAITERS() in order to check
for the waiters number
- Remove a namespace pollution introduced recently with lockmgr.h
including lock.h by including lock.h directly in the consumers and
making it mandatory for using lockmgr.
- Modify flags accepted by lockinit():
* introduce LK_NOPROFILE which disables lock profiling for the
specified lockmgr
* introduce LK_QUIET which disables ktr tracing for the specified
lockmgr [2]
* disallow LK_SLEEPFAIL and LK_NOWAIT to be passed there so that it
can only be used on a per-instance basis
- Remove BUF_LOCKWAITERS() and lockwaiters() as they are no longer
used
This patch breaks KPI so __FreBSD_version will be bumped and manpages
updated by further commits. Additively, 'struct buf' changes results in
a disturbed ABI also.
[2] Really, currently there is no ktr tracing in the lockmgr, but it
will be added soon.
[1] Submitted by: kib
Tested by: pho, Andrea Barberio <insomniac at slackware dot it>
partition table is empty, check to see if we have something that
looks sufficiently like a BPB. On non-i386 machines, the boot
sector typically doesn't contain boot code; the end of the boot
sector is all zeroes. This is also where the partition table is
for MBRs.
We only check the sector size and cluster size, as that seems to
be the most reliable across implementations, BPB versions and
platforms.
just em, there is an igb driver (this follows behavior with our Linux drivers).
All adapters up to the 82575 are supported in em, and new client/desktop support
will continue to be in that adapter.
The igb driver is for new server NICs like the 82575 and its followons.
Advanced features for virtualization and performance will be in this driver.
Also, both drivers now have shared code that is up to the latest we have
released. Some stylistic changes as well.
Enjoy :)
code to add padlock features to the CPU model on VIA CPUs was no longer
effective. Change the code to instead output a separate printf during
dmesg for VIA Padlock features similar to other cpuid feature bitmasks.
MFC after: 1 week
Add "show sysregs" command to ddb. On i386, this gives gdt, idt, ldt,
cr0-4, etc. Support should be added for other platforms that have a
different set of registers for system use.
while still restricting auto-channel select to only those channels
permitted by regulatory constraints (sorta, we're still missing the
checks to honor radar and noadhoc status on channels). This somehow
got lost in the initial merge of the revised scanning code.
Reviewed by: jhay
MFC after: 2 weeks
frames. This bug seems to happen on certain hardware model/revision
(e.g. 88E8053) but it's not identified which hardwares are affected.
Revision 1.4 of if_mskreg.h was not enough to workaround the bug.
To workaround it, inrease GMAC FIFO threshold by one FIFO word to
flush received pause frames.
Reported by: das, Kirill Nuzhdin < kirill.nuzhdin AT rad dot chem dot msu dot ru >
Tested by: das, Kirill Nuzhdin
only because there's a partition table where the boot sector has
boot code. Boot sectors without boot code look like a MBR for all
practical purposes. This change adds a check for the partition table
and fails the probe when it's obvously invalid. The assumption being
that the sector contains a boot sector and not a MBR.
More checks are needed to distinguish a boot secto without boot code
from a (empty) MBR.
This fixes the panic which happens when mdcreate_vnode() calls vn_close()
and mddestroy() calls it again further down the error handling path.
Reviewed by: kris, kib
MFC after: 3 days
- Consolidate the code to humanize the size of a disk partition into a
single function based on the code for GPT partitions and use it for
GPT partitions, BSD slices, and BSD partitions.
- Teach the humanize code to use KB for small partitions (e.g. GPT boot
partitions now show up as 64KB rather than 0MB).
- Pad a few partition type names out so that things line up in the
common case.
MFC after: 1 week
weren't displayed on the new console. However, the config string has been
altered as part of being parsed so we only display the first option. Fix
this by saving a copy of /boot.config before parsing it and displaying the
saved copy after parsing.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: i386/103972
Submitted by: Alexandre Belloni alexandre.belloni of netasq.com
global audit mutex and condition variables, with an sx lock which protects
the trail vnode and credential while in use, and is acquired by the system
call code when rotating the trail. Previously, a "message" would be sent
to the kernel audit worker, which did the rotation, but the new code is
simpler and (hopefully) less error-prone.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
MFC after: 1 month
the limit in bytes) hard coded into both the kernel and userland.
Make both these limits a sysctl, so it is easy to change the limit.
If the userland part of ipfw finds that the sysctls don't exist,
it will just fall back to the traditional limits.
(100 packets is quite a small limit these days. If you want to test
TCP at 100Mbps, 100 packets can only accommodate a DBP of 12ms.)
Note these sysctls in the man page and warn against increasing them
without thinking first.
MFC after: 3 weeks
device supports retrieving a serial number. Instead, first query the
list of VPD pages it does support, and only query the serial number if
it's supported, else silently move on. This eliminates a lot of noise
during verbose booting, and will likely eliminate the need for most
NOSERIAL quirks.
pmap_remove_all() must not be called on fictitious pages. To date,
fictitious pages have been allocated from zeroed memory, effectively
hiding this problem because the fictitious pages appear to have an empty
pv list. Submitted by: Kostik Belousov
Rewrite the comments describing vm_object_page_remove() to better
describe what it does. Add an assertion. Reviewed by: Kostik Belousov
MFC after: 1 week
the vnode interlock is not held. vn_printf() already correctly handles
locked and unlocked vnode interlocks, and all the in-tree vop_print
methods are interlock-agnostic.
Some code calls vprintf() with the vnode interlock held, that causes
unjustified panics with INVARIANTS (ffs_syncvnode() as example).
Reported by: Peter Holm
want to adjust this code to just assume that all CPUs >= Esther should
be checked for the extended cpuid flags register.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: i386/119491
The code seems pretty MPSAFE and Giant is held over kproc_exit() which
at lowel calls exit1(). exit1() requires Giant to be unowned so this
opens a window for races.
Reported by: Bryan Venteicher <bryanv at daemoninthecloset dot org>
Tested by: Bryan Venteicher <bryanv at daemoninthecloset dot org>
always curthread.
As KPI gets broken by this patch, manpages and __FreeBSD_version will be
updated by further commits.
Tested by: Andrea Barberio <insomniac at slackware dot it>
source upgrades by falling back to GNU ar(1) as necessary. Option
WITH_BSDAR is gone. Option _WITH_GNUAR to aid in upgrades is *not*
supposed to be set by the user.
Stop bootstrapping BSD ar(1) on the next __FreeBSD_version bump, as
there are no known bugs in it. Bump __FreeBSD_version to anticipate
this and to flag the switch to BSD ar(1), should it be needed for
something.
Input from: obrien, des, kaiw
first before they can be set to Explorer mode.
PR: kern/118578
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg@icyb.net.ua> (I added some comments)
Reviewed by: philip
MFC after: 1 month
variations (e500 currently), this provides a gcc-level FPU emulation and is an
alternative approach to the recently introduced kernel-level emulation
(FPU_EMU).
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFp4: e500
only anonymous default (OBJT_DEFAULT) and swap (OBJT_SWAP) objects should
ever have OBJ_ONEMAPPING set. However, vm_object_deallocate() was
setting it on device (OBJT_DEVICE) objects. As a result,
vm_object_page_remove() could be called on a device object and if that
occurred pmap_remove_all() would be called on the device object's pages.
However, a device object's pages are fictitious, and fictitious pages do
not have an initialized pv list (struct md_page).
To date, fictitious pages have been allocated from zeroed memory,
effectively hiding this problem. Now, however, the conversion of rotting
diagnostics to invariants in the amd64 and i386 pmaps has revealed the
problem. Specifically, assertion failures have occurred during the
initialization phase of the X server on some hardware.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: Kostik Belousov
Reported by: Michiel Boland
namespace in order to handle lockmgr fields in a controlled way instead
than spreading all around bogus stubs:
- VN_LOCK_AREC() allows lock recursion for a specified vnode
- VN_LOCK_ASHARE() allows lock sharing for a specified vnode
In FFS land:
- BUF_AREC() allows lock recursion for a specified buffer lock
- BUF_NOREC() disallows recursion for a specified buffer lock
Side note: union_subr.c::unionfs_node_update() is the only other function
directly handling lockmgr fields. As this is not simple to fix, it has
been left behind as "sole" exception.
the same order that FreeBSD 6 and before did. Doug
White and the other bloodhounds at ISC discovered that
while FreeBSD 7's ordering of options was more efficient,
it caused some cable modem routers to ignore the
SYN-ACKs ordered in this fashion.
The placement of sackOK after the timestamp option seems
to be the critical difference:
FreeBSD 6:
<mss 1460,nop,wscale 1,nop,nop,timestamp 3512155768 0,sackOK,eol>
FreeBSD 7.0:
<mss 1460,nop,wscale 3,sackOK,timestamp 1370692577 0>
FreeBSD 7.0 + this change:
<mss 1460,nop,wscale 3,nop,nop,timestamp 7371813 0,sackOK,eol>
MFC after: 1 week
the provided trailers. This has been broken since revision 1.240.
Submitted by: Dan Nelson
PR: kern/120948
"sounds ok to me" from: phk
MFC after: 3 days
can run on processors that don't have a FPU. This is typically the
case for Book E processors. While a tuned system will probably want
to use soft-float (or use a processor that has a FPU if the usage is
FP intensive enough), allowing hard-float on FPU-less systems gives
great portability and flexibility.
Obtained from: NetBSD
o Disable interrupts while not running U-Boot code. We clobber
registers that the U-Boot interrupt handlers assume to be
fixed as per the U-Boot register usage. At this time this only
applies to r14. U-Boot uses r2 now for what they used r29 for.
After we restore r14 in preparation of doing the syscall, we
re-enable interrupts. When we return from the syscall, we
disable interrupts and restore the callee-saved r14.
(link) address and the physical (load) address. Ideally, the mapping
between link and load addresses should be abstracted by the copyin(),
copyout() and readin() functions, so that we don't have to add kluges
in __elfN(loadimage)(). Then, we could also have paged virtual memory
for the kernel. This can be important under EFI, where you need to
allocate physical memory form the firmware if you want to work in all
scenarios.
o Move the API prototypes to a separate header (glue.h)
o Allow the platform to hint libuboot about where to look
for the API signature. The uboot_address variable is
expected to be defined by the platform.
- add support for T3C
- add DDP support (zero-copy receive)
- fix TOE transmit of large requests
- fix shutdown so that sockets don't remain in CLOSING state indefinitely
- register listeners when an interface is brought up after tom is loaded
- fix setting of multicast filter
- enable link at device attach
- exit tick handler if shutdown is in progress
- add helper for logging TCB
- add sysctls for dumping transmit queues
- note that TOE wxill not be MFC'd until after 7.0 has been finalized
MFC after: 3 days
consists of the null-terminated name and the contents of any structure
you wish to record. A new ktrstruct() function constructs and emits a
KTR_STRUCT record. It is accompanied by convenience macros for struct
stat and struct sockaddr.
In kdump(1), KTR_STRUCT records are handled by a dispatcher function
that runs stringent sanity checks on its contents before handing it
over to individual decoding funtions for each type of structure.
Currently supported structures are struct stat and struct sockaddr for
the AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_UNIX families; support for AF_APPLETALK
and AF_IPX is present but disabled, as I am unable to test it properly.
Since 's' was already taken, the letter 't' is used by ktrace(1) to
enable KTR_STRUCT trace points, and in kdump(1) to enable their
decoding.
Derived from patches by Andrew Li <andrew2.li@citi.com>.
PR: kern/117836
MFC after: 3 weeks
Check that only MREMAP_FIXED and MREMAP_MAYMOVE flags are specified.
Check for the page alignment of the addr argument.
Submitted by: rdivacky
MFC after: 1 week
- Added loose RX MTU functionality to allow frames larger than 1500 bytes
to be accepted even though the interface MTU is set to 1500.
- Implemented new TCP header splitting/jumbo frame support which uses
two chains for receive traffic rather than the original single recevie
chain.
- Added additional debug support code.
binutils ar and ranlib to gar and granlib, respectively.
* Introduce a temporary variable WITH_GNUAR as a safety net.
When buildworld with -DWITH_GNUAR, GNU binutils ar and ranlib
will install as default ones and 'BSD' ar will be disabled.
* Bump __FreeBSD_version to reflect the import of 'BSD' ar(1).
Approved by: jkoshy (mentor)
The logical disks will appear as /dev/lvm/<vol group>-<logical vol>, for
instance /dev/lvm/vg0-home. G_LINUX_LVM currently supports linear stripes with
segments on multiple physical disks. The metadata is read only, logical
volumes can not be allocated or resized.
Reviewed by: Ivan Voras
Previously known as geom_lvm(4), rename requested by des, phk.
file system. In particular, stop overwriting mount point
flags in nfs_mountdiskless() because now they are set
elsewhere. (They were _initialized_ by that function in
the 4.4BSD days, when mount structures were not allocated
in a centralized manner -- see rev. 1.1 of this file.)
Fix nfs_mount(), which happened to depend on the loss of
MNT_ROOTFS when it came to update handling.
Also note that mountnfs() no longer handles updates. Now
they shouldn't reach this function, so printf a diagnostic
message if that happens due to a coding error.
macros. The only semantic change was the need to add a vc_opened field
to struct vcomm since we can no longer use the request queue returning
to an uninitialized state to hold whether or not the device is open.
MFC after: 1 month
the same operation of lockmgr() but accepting a custom wmesg, prio and
timo for the particular lock instance, overriding default values
lkp->lk_wmesg, lkp->lk_prio and lkp->lk_timo.
- Use lockmgr_args() in order to implement BUF_TIMELOCK()
- Cleanup BUF_LOCK()
- Remove LK_INTERNAL as it is nomore used in the lockmgr namespace
Tested by: Andrea Barberio <insomniac at slackware dot it>
fundamentally fairly confused about how signals work and when it is
appropriate for upcalls to be interrupted. In particular, we should
be exempting certain upcalls from interruption, we should not always
eventually time out sleeping on a upcall, and we should not be
interrupting the sleep for certain signals that we currently are
(including SIGINFO). This code needs to be reworked in the style of
NFS interruptible mounts.
MFC after: 1 month
coherent with the data caches. Implement a quick fix to allow
us to boot on Montecito, while I'm working on a better fix in
the mean time.
Commit made on Montecito-based Itanium...
is to be requested via a "ro" option. At the same time, MNT_RDONLY
is gradually becoming an indicator of the current state of the FS
instead of a command flag. Today passing MNT_RDONLY alone to the
kernel's mount machinery will lead to various glitches. (See the
PRs for examples.)
Therefore mount the root FS with a "ro" option instead of the
MNT_RDONLY flag. (Note that MNT_RDONLY still is added to the mount
flags internally, by vfs_donmount(), if "ro" was specified.)
To be able to pass "ro" cleanly to kernel_vmount(), teach the latter
function to accept options with NULL values.
Also correct the comment explaining how mount_arg() handles length
of -1.
PR: bin/106636 kern/120319
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <see PR kern/120319 for email> (originally)
legacy interrupts rather than MSI as a special case. Prior to this
commit, the interrupt handler was doing the slow handshaking with
the device to ensure the legacy interrupt was lowered in both
the legacy and MSI-X case. This handshaking was not
required for MSI-X.
allocator for jumbo frame.
o Removed unneeded jlist lock which was used to manage jumbo
buffers.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if MTU was not changed.
o Added additional check for minimal MTU size.
o Added a new tunable hw.skc.jumbo_disable to disable jumbo frame
support for the driver. The tunable could be set for systems that
do not need to use jumbo frames and it would save
(9K * number of Rx descriptors) bytes kernel memory.
o Jumbo buffer allocation failure is no longer critical error for
the operation of sk(4). If sk(4) encounter the allocation failure
it just disables jumbo frame support and continues to work without
user intervention.
With these changes jumbo frame performance of sk(4) was slightly
increased and users should not encounter jumbo buffer allocation
failure. Previously sk(4) tried to allocate physically contiguous
memory, 3388KB for 256 Rx descriptors. Sometimes that amount of
contiguous memory region could not be available for running systems
which in turn resulted in failure of loading the driver.
Tested by: Cy Schubert < Cy.Schubert () komquats dot com >
modules using invalid ABI versions (e.g. a 7.x module with an 8.x kernel)
for a given kernel:
- Add a 'kernel' module version whose value is __FreeBSD_version.
- Add a version dependency on 'kernel' in every module that has an
acceptable version range of __FreeBSD_version up to the end of the
branch __FreeBSD_version is part of. E.g. a module compiled on 701000
would work on kernels with versions between 701000 and 799999 inclusive.
Discussed on: arch@
MFC after: 1 week
A couple of notes for this:
* WITNESS support, when enabled, is only used for shared locks in order
to avoid problems with the "disowned" locks
* KA_HELD and KA_UNHELD only exists in the lockmgr namespace in order
to assert for a generic thread (not curthread) owning or not the
lock. Really, this kind of check is bogus but it seems very
widespread in the consumers code. So, for the moment, we cater this
untrusted behaviour, until the consumers are not fixed and the
options could be removed (hopefully during 8.0-CURRENT lifecycle)
* Implementing KA_HELD and KA_UNHELD (not surported natively by
WITNESS) made necessary the introduction of LA_MASKASSERT which
specifies the range for default lock assertion flags
* About other aspects, lockmgr_assert() follows exactly what other
locking primitives offer about this operation.
- Build real assertions for buffer cache locks on the top of
lockmgr_assert(). They can be used with the BUF_ASSERT_*(bp)
paradigm.
- Add checks at lock destruction time and use a cookie for verifying
lock integrity at any operation.
- Redefine BUF_LOCKFREE() in order to not use a direct assert but
let it rely on the aforementioned destruction time check.
KPI results evidently broken, so __FreeBSD_version bumping and
manpage update result necessary and will be committed soon.
Side note: lockmgr_assert() will be used soon in order to implement
real assertions in the vnode namespace replacing the legacy and still
bogus "VOP_ISLOCKED()" way.
Tested by: kris (earlier version)
Reviewed by: jhb
access cache improvements:
- Flush just access control state on CODA_PURGEUSER, not the full
namecache for /coda.
- When replacing a fid on a cnode as a result of, e.g.,
reintegration after offline operation, we no longer need to
purge the namecache entries associated with its vnode.
MFC after: 1 month
modeled on the access cache found in NFS, smbfs, and the Linux coda
module. This is a positive access cache of a single entry per file,
tracking recently granted rights, but unlike NFS and smbfs,
supporting explicit invalidation by the distributed file system.
For each cnode, maintain a C_ACCCACHE flag indicating the validity
of the cache, and a cached uid and mode tracking recently granted
positive access control decisions.
Prefer the cache to venus_access() in VOP_ACCESS() if it is valid,
and when we must fall back to venus_access(), update the cache.
Allow Venus to clear the access cache, either the whole cache on
CODA_FLUSH, or just entries for a specific uid on CODA_PURGEUSER.
Unlike the Coda module on Linux, we don't flush all entries on a
user purge using a generation number, we instead walk present
cnodes and clear only entries for the specific user, meaning it is
somewhat more expensive but won't hit all users.
Since the Coda module is agressive about not keeping around
unopened cnodes, the utility of the cache is somewhat limited for
files, but works will for directories. We should make Coda less
agressive about GCing cnodes in VOP_INACTIVE() in order to improve
the effectiveness of in-kernel caching of attributes and access
rights.
MFC after: 1 month
VFS namecache, as is done by the Coda module on Linux. Unlike the Coda
namecache, the global VFS namecache isn't tagged by credential, so use
ore conservative flushing behavior (for now) when CODA_PURGEUSER is
issued by Venus.
This improves overall integration with the FreeBSD VFS, including
allowing __getcwd() to work better, procfs/procstat monitoring, and so
on. This improves shell behavior in many cases, and improves ".."
handling. It may lead to some slowdown until we've implemented a
specific access cache, which should net improve performance, but in the
mean time, lookup access control now always goes to Venus, whereas
previously it didn't.
MFC after: 1 month
When ntfs_ntput() reaches 0 in the refcount the inode lockmgr is not
released and directly destroyed. Fix this by unlocking the lockmgr() even
in the case of zero-refcount.
Reported by: dougb, yar, Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com>
Submitted by: yar
nfs_xid_gen() function instead of duplicating the logic in both
nfsm_rpchead() and the NFS3ERR_JUKEBOX handling in nfs_request().
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: mohans (a long while ago)
through the FreeBSD ABI. IPC_INFO, SHM_INFO, SHM_STAT were added
specifically for Linux binary support. They are not documented
as being a part of the FreeBSD ABI, also, the structures necessary
for them have been hidden away from the users for a long time.
Also, the Linux ABI layer uses it's own structures to populate the
responses back to the user to ensure that the ABI is consistent.
I think there is a bit more separation work that needs to happen.
Reviewed by: jhb
Discussed with: jhb
Discussed on: freebsd-arch@ (very briefly)
MFC after: 1 month
the PIC also informs the platform at which IRQ level it can start
assigning IPIs, since this can depend on the number of IRQs
supported for external interrupts.
PAGE_SIZE or less, the bounce page counting logic was flawed and wouldn't
reserve any pages. Adjust to be correct. Review of other architectures is
forthcoming.
Submitted by: Joseph Golio
With write-allocate cache we get into the following scenario:
1. data has been updated in the memory by the USB HC, but
2. D-cache holds an un-flushed value of it
3. when affected cache line is being replaced, the old (un-flushed) value is
flushed and overwrites the newly arrived
This is possible due to how write-allocate works with virtual caches (ARM for
example).
In case of USB transfers it leads to fatal tags discrepancies in umass(4)
operation, which look like the following:
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 2
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 3
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 4
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 5
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 6
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): error 5
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retries Exausted
To eliminate this, a BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD sync operation is required in
usbd_start_transfer().
Credits for nailing this down go to Grzegorz Bernacki gjb AT semihalf DOT com.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
historical relic, and are no longer appropriate for either LAN or WAN
mounting. At modern (gigabit and 10 gigabit) LAN speeds packet loss
from socket buffer fill events is common, and sequence numbers wrap
quickly enough that data corruption is possible. TCP solves both of
these problems without imposing significant overhead.
MFC after: 1 month
sectors so the geometry of large IDE disks has to be adjusted. This
corresponds to what the OpenSolaris dad(7D) driver does except that
the latter only tweaks sectors and effectively limits the mediasize
to 128GB so the cylinders and heads fields won't ever overflow. Not
limiting the mediasize is a compromise between allowing to use Sun
disk label as far as possible and being able to use the entire disk
with another disk label.
This allows to use the full capacity of large IDE disks if they were
not labeled under (Open)Solaris (in both ways of the meaning).
MFC after: 2 weeks
Turn off TFTP support by default: when both TFTP and NFS are enabled in the
loader, strange interactions occur in the pure netbooting scenario (i.e.
loader is TFTP-ed, kernel+world mounted over NFS), leading to very slow access
to the NFS-exported files.
Reviewed by: grehan
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
The logical disks will appear as /dev/lvm/<vol group>-<logical vol>, for
instance /dev/lvm/vg0-home. GLVM currently supports linear stripes with
segments on multiple physical disks. The metadata is read only, logical
volumes can not be allocated or resized.
Reviewed by: Ivan Voras
- Include lock.h in lockmgr.h as nested header in order to safely use
LOCK_FILE and LOCK_LINE. As long as this code will be replaced soon
we can tollerate for a while this namespace pollution even if the real
fix would be to let lockmgr() depend by lock.h as a separate header.
tree, restyle everything but coda.h (which is more explicitly shared
across systems) into a closer approximation to style(9).
Remove a few more unused function prototypes.
Add or clarify some comments.
MFC after: 1 month
NOP-message polling in ciss_periodic().
Note that setting the tunable to non-zero can be workaround only for
`ADAPTER HEARTBEAT FAILED' problem, and may freeze the system w/o
the problem.
Reviewed by: scottl
Reported by: Attila Nagy
MFC after: 3 days
owned by a NULL owner. This will lead consequent VOP_ISLOCKED() present
into nfs_upgrade_vnlock() to panic as it only acquire curthread now.
Fix nfs_upgrade_vnlock() and nfs_downgrade_vnlock() in order to not use
more the struct thread pointer passed as argument (as it is really nomore
required there as vn_lock() and VOP_UNLOCK doesn't get the lock more).
Using curthread, in place, doesn't get ambiguity as LK_EXCLOTHER should
be handled as a "not locked" request by both functions.
Reported by: kris
Tested by: kris
Reviewed by: ups
- Rename print_vattr to coda_print_vattr and make static, rename
print_cred to coda_print_cred.
- Remove unused coda_vop_nop.
- Add XXX comment because coda_readdir forwards to the cache vnode's
readdir rather than venus_readdir, and annotate venus_readdir as
unused.
- Rename vc_nb_* to vc_*.
- Use d_open_t, d_close_t, d_read_t, d_write_t, d_ioctl_t and d_poll_t
for prototyping vc_* as that is the intent, don't use our own
definitions.
- Rename coda_nb_statfs to coda_statfs, rename NB_SFS_SIZ to
CODA_SFS_SIZ.
- Replace one more OBE reference to NetBSD with a reference to FreeBSD.
- Tidy up a little vertical whitespace here and there.
- Annotate coda_nc_zapvnode as unused.
- Remove unused vcodattach.
- Annotate VM_INTR as unused.
- Annotate that coda_fhtovp is unused and doesn't match the FreeBSD
prototype, so isn't hooked up to vfs_fhtovp. If we want NFS export of
Coda to work someday, this needs to be fixed.
- Remove unused getNewVnode.
- Remove unused coda_vget, coda_init, coda_quotactl prototypes.
MFC after: 1 month
the mountpoint for a specific device. This was implemented incorrectly,
a bad idea in a fundamental sense, and also never used, so presumably
a long-idle debugging function.
MFC after: 1 month
for vop_bmap; delete the existing stub that returned either EINVAL
or EOPNOTSUPP, and had unreachable calls to VOP_BMAP on the cache
vnode.
MFC after: 1 month
directory, and jail directory within procstat. While this functionality
is available already in fstat, encapsulating it in the kern.proc.filedesc
sysctl makes it accessible without using kvm and thus without needing
elevated permissions.
The new procstat output looks like:
PID COMM FD T V FLAGS REF OFFSET PRO NAME
76792 tcsh cwd v d -------- - - - /usr/src
76792 tcsh root v d -------- - - - /
76792 tcsh 15 v c rw------ 16 9130 - -
76792 tcsh 16 v c rw------ 16 9130 - -
76792 tcsh 17 v c rw------ 16 9130 - -
76792 tcsh 18 v c rw------ 16 9130 - -
76792 tcsh 19 v c rw------ 16 9130 - -
I am also bumping __FreeBSD_version for this as this new feature will be
used in at least one port.
Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: rwatson
then later to FreeBSD. Update various NetBSD-related comments: in some
cases delete them because they don't appply, in others update to say
FreeBSD as they still apply but in FreeBSD (and might for that matter
no longer apply on NetBSD), and flag one case where I'm not sure
whether it applies.
MFC after: 1 month
locks of those vnodes. Probably, Coda should do the same lock sharing/
pass-through that is done for nullfs, but in the mean time this ensures
that locks are adequately held to prevent corruption of data structures
in the cache file system.
Assuming most operations came from the top layer of Coda and weren't
performed directly on the cache vnodes, in practice this corruption was
relatively unlikely as the Coda vnode locks were ensuring exclusive
access for most consumers.
This causes WITNESS to squeal like a pig immediately when Coda is used,
rather than waiting until file close; I noticed these problems because
of the lack of said squealing.
MFC after: 1 month
vget() calls using inode numbers to query the root of /coda, which is not
needed since we now cache the root vnode with the mountpoint.
MFC after: 1 month
VOP_ISLOCKED(arg, curthread). Now, VOP_ISLOCKED() and lockstatus() should
only acquire curthread as argument; this will lead in axing the additional
argument from both functions, making the code cleaner.
Reviewed by: jeff, kib
the provided lock or &blocked_lock. The thread may be temporarily
assigned to the blocked_lock by the scheduler so a direct comparison
can not always be made.
- Use THREAD_LOCKPTR_ASSERT() in the primary consumers of the scheduling
interfaces. The schedulers themselves still use more explicit asserts.
Sponsored by: Nokia
obtained from OpenBSD with an algorithm suggested
by Amit Klein. The OpenBSD algorithm has a few
flaws; see Amit's paper for more information.
For a description of how this algorithm works,
please see the comments within the code.
Note that this commit does not yet enable random IP ID
generation by default. There are still some concerns
that doing so will adversely affect performance.
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC After: 2 weeks
- Move recursion checking into rwlock inlines to free a bit for use with
adaptive spinners.
- Clear the RW_LOCK_WRITE_SPINNERS flag whenever the lock state changes
causing write spinners to restart their loop.
- Write spinners are limited by a count while readers hold the lock as
there is no way to know for certain whether readers are running still.
- In the read path block if there are write waiters or spinners to avoid
starving writers. Use a new per-thread count, td_rw_rlocks, to skip
starvation avoidance if it might cause a deadlock.
- Remove or change invalid assertions in turnstiles.
Reviewed by: attilio (developed parts of the patch as well)
Sponsored by: Nokia
This support tries to be as parallel as possible with other locking
primitives, but there are differences; more specifically:
- The base witness support is alredy equipped for allowing lock
duplication acquisition as lockmgr rely on this.
- In the case of lockmgr_disown() the lock result unlocked by witness
even if it is still held by the "kernel context"
- In the case of upgrading we can have 3 different situations:
* Total unlocking of the shared lock and nothing else
* Real witness upgrade if the owner is the first upgrader
* Shared unlocking and exclusive locking if the owner is not the first
upgrade but it is still allowed to upgrade
- LK_DRAIN is basically handled like an exclusive acquisition
Additively new options LK_NODUP and LK_NOWITNESS can now be used with
lockinit(): LK_NOWITNESS disables WITNESS for the specified lock while
LK_NODUP enable duplicated locks tracking. This will require manpages
update and a __FreeBSD_version bumping (addressed by further commits).
This patch also fixes a problem occurring if a lockmgr is held in
exclusive mode and the same owner try to acquire it in shared mode:
currently there is a spourious shared locking acquisition while what
we really want is a lock downgrade. Probabilly, this situation can be
better served with a EDEADLK failing errno return.
Side note: first testing on this patch alredy reveleated several LORs
reported, so please expect LORs cascades until resolved. NTFS also is
reported broken by WITNESS introduction. BTW, NTFS is exposing a lock
leak which needs to be fixed, and this patch can help it out if
rightly tweaked.
Tested by: kris, yar, Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com>
done in consumers code: using locks properties is much more appropriate.
Fix current code doing these bogus checks.
Note: Really, callout are not usable by all !(LC_SPINLOCK | LC_SLEEPABLE)
primitives like rmlocks doesn't implement the generic lock layer
functions, but they can be equipped for this, so the check is still
valid.
Tested by: matteo, kris (earlier version)
Reviewed by: jhb
This allows to fix a problem with ARM kernel.bin not having the MFS image
embedded: it is objcopied from the kernel.noheader temporary ELF file, which
was not subject to embedding the MFS image previously.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
De-hardcode usage of ARM_TP_ADDRESS and RAS local storage, and move this
special purpose page to a more convenient place i.e. after the vectors high
page, more towards the end of address space. Previous location (0xe000_0000)
caused grief if KVA was to go beyond the default limit.
Note that ARM world rebuilding is required after this change since the
location of ARM_TP_ADDRESS is shared between kernel and userland.
Submitted by: Grzegorz Bernacki (gjb AT semihalf dot com)
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
- Expose sbrelease_internal(), a variant of sbrelease() with no
expectations about the validity of locks in the socket buffer.
- Use sbrelease_internel() in sorflush(), and as a result avoid intializing
and destroying a socket buffer lock for the temporary stack copy of the
actual buffer, asb.
- Add a comment indicating why we do what we do, and remove an XXX since
things have gotten less ugly in sorflush() lately.
This makes socket close cleaner, and possibly also marginally faster.
MFC after: 3 weeks
referencing the files VM pages are returned from the network stack,
making changes to the file safe.
This flag does not guarantee that the data has been transmitted to the
other end.
- Rename rt2560_read_eeprom to rt2560_read_config, we already have
rt2560_eeprom_read
- If hardware gives us wrong encryption done index, shout out loudly and
terminate the processing loop
- Process encryption done if RX done bit is set in interrupt status register
(according to Ralink Linux driver)
- Turn VALID/BUSY bits in TX descriptor only after TX descriptor is fully setup
- Fix BBP read: RT2560_BBPCSR can't be written until its RT2560_BBP_BUSY bit is
off (according to Ralink Linux driver)
- Skip invalid (0 of 0xffff) BBP register/value entries stored in EEPROM
- Fix channel TX power location in EEPROM, if channel TX power is above 31 set
it to 24 (TX power only has 5bits in RF register, "24" is according to Ralink
Linux driver)
- Configure BBP according to the BBP register/value stored in EEPROM, restore
BBP17 (RX sensitivity tuning) to default value after this.
- Set TX/RX antenna after BBP is initialized; these two operation will try to
set BBP registers
- Reconfigure ACK TX time registers according to 802.11g standard (TX @36Mb,
other side's ACK should be sent @24Mb).
- 2560 parts have two TX ring: one for management/control packets, one for data
packets. Add private OACTIVE flag for each of them. Turn on IFF_DRV_OACTIVE
if one of private OACTIVE is on; turn off IFF_DRV_OACTIVE iff all of them are
off.
- Rework watchdog to mimic old if_watchdog action. Process TX done/encryption
done in watchdog function (according to Ralink Linux driver)
Obtained from: DragonFly
Approved by: sam (mentor)
Tested by: sam
Related to PR: kern/117655
# Forcing long slot time setting is not included in this commit, comment and
# related code is in place, so if problem pops up, quick tests could be done.
down some DCMD's without any data. Thanks to Dell and LSI for helping
to provide clues to figure out this problem. Now MegaCli can upgrade
the firmware and should work identical when run on Linux.
Reviewed by: scottl, LSI
MFC after: 1 day
ipsec*_set_policy and do the privilege check only if needed.
Try to assimilate both ip*_ctloutput code blocks calling ipsec*_set_policy.
Reviewed by: rwatson
a variety of bootloaders. This sometimes means that different loader
scripts are required within one ${MACHINE_ARCH}, which makes the
current practice of using ldscript.${MACHINE_ARCH} unsuitable.
Instead, make the default the current convention and allow the ld
scripts to be overridden as necessary.
If we aren't arm, pc98 or sun4v, then enable treating warnings like
errors. That doesn't mean these platforms aren't -Werror clean, just
that we haven't enforced it before. Someone with some spare time
should investigate these three platforms to see if any can be removed.
PCI-express chipset (and thus has functional MSI) if there are any
PCI-express devices in the system, not requiring a root port device.
With PCI-X the chipset detection has to be very conservative because there
are known systems with PCI-X devices that do not appear to have PCI-X
chipsets. However, with PCI-express I'm not sure it is possible to have
a PCI-express device in a system with a non-PCI-express chipset. If we
assume that is the case then this change is valid. It is also required
for at least some PCI-express systems that don't have any devices with
a root port capability (some ICH9 systems).
MFC after: 1 week
Reported by: jfv
free function controlable, instead of passing the KVA of the buffer
storage as the first argument.
Fix all conventional users of the API to pass the KVA of the buffer
as the first argument, to make this a no-op commit.
Likely break the only non-convetional user of the API, after informing
the relevant committer.
Update the mbuf(9) manual page, which was already out of sync on
this point.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800016 as there is no way to tell how
many arguments a CPP macro needs any other way.
This paves the way for giving sendfile(9) a way to wait for the
passed storage to have been accessed before returning.
This does not affect the memory layout or size of mbufs.
Parental oversight by: sam and rwatson.
No MFC is anticipated.
aligned (or at least not cross a page boundary). However, it turns out
that on at least one machine one table header does cross a page boundary.
This caused problems with the MADT early probe as it uses the crash dump
map to load ACPI tables by loading the RSDT/XSDT into pages 1 ... N and
loading the header of each ACPI table header into page 0 looking for the
MADT. However, if a table header crossed a page boundary, then page 1
would get trashed resulting in a panic. Fix this by reserving the first
2 pages for ACPI table headers (headers are less than a page in size,
so 2 pages will be sufficient) and use pages 2 .. N for the RSDT and XSDT.
Note: amd64 should probably be simplified to just use pmap_mapbios()
for all these tables which will use the direct map and not need the
crash dump hack.
MFC after: 5 days
Tested on: i386
Reported by: Pete French petefrench of ticketswitch.com
read socket buffers in shutdown() and close():
- Call socantrcvmore() before sblock() to dislodge any threads that
might be sleeping (potentially indefinitely) while holding sblock(),
such as a thread blocked in recv().
- Flag the sblock() call as non-interruptible so that a signal
delivered to the thread calling sorflush() doesn't cause sblock() to
fail. The sblock() is required to ensure that all other socket
consumer threads have, in fact, left, and do not enter, the socket
buffer until we're done flushin it.
To implement the latter, change the 'flags' argument to sblock() to
accept two flags, SBL_WAIT and SBL_NOINTR, rather than one M_WAITOK
flag. When SBL_NOINTR is set, it forces a non-interruptible sx
acquisition, regardless of the setting of the disposition of SB_NOINTR
on the socket buffer; without this change it would be possible for
another thread to clear SB_NOINTR between when the socket buffer mutex
is released and sblock() is invoked.
Reviewed by: bz, kmacy
Reported by: Jos Backus <jos at catnook dot com>
The only downside is that it renames pmap_vac_me_harder() to pmap_fix_cache().
From Mark's email on -arm :
pmap_get_vac_flags(), pmap_vac_me_harder(), pmap_vac_me_kpmap(), and
pmap_vac_me_user() has been rewritten as pmap_fix_cache() to be more
efficient in the kernel map case. I also removed the reference to
the md.kro_mappings, md.krw_mappings, md.uro_mappings, and md.urw_mappings
counts.
In pmap_clearbit(), we can also skip over tests and writeback/invalidations
in the PVF_MOD and PVF_REF cases if those bits are not set in the pv_flag.
PVF_WRITE will turn caching back on and remove the PV_MOD bit.
In pmap_nuke_pv(), the vm_page_flag_clear(pg, PG_WRITEABLE) has been moved
to the pmap_fix_cache().
We can be more agressive in attempting to turn caching back on by calling
pmap_fix_cache() at times that may be appropriate to turn cache on
(a kernel mapping has been removed, a write has been removed or a read
has been removed and we know the mapping does not have multiple write
mappings to a page).
In pmap_remove_pages() the cpu_idcache_wbinv_all() is moved to happen
before the page tables are NULLed because the caches are virtually
indexed and virtually tagged.
In pmap_remove_all(), the pmap_remove_write(m) is added before the
page tables are NULLed because the caches are virtually indexed and
virtually tagged. This also removes the need for the caches fixing routine
(whichever is being used pmap_vac_me_harder() or pmap_fix_cache()) to be
called on any of these mappings.
In pmap_remove(), I simplified the cache cleaning process and removed
extra TLB removals. Basically if more than PMAP_REMOVE_CLEAN_LIST_SIZE
are removed, then just flush the entire cache.
This implemntation made for growing down stack organization like i386/amd64
platforms have, but prefers different machine dependent version if it is present.
o conversion to callout(9) API.
o add a missing driver lock in bfe_ifmedia_sts().
o use our callout to drive watchdog timer.
o restart Tx routine if pending queued packets are present in
watchdog handler.
o unarm watchdog timer only if there are no queued packets.
o don't blindly reset phy and let phy driver handle link change
request in bfe_init_locked().
o return the status of mii_mediachg() to caller in
bfe_ifmedia_upd(). Previously it always returned 0 to caller.
o add check for IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag as well as IFF_DRV_OACTIVE
in bfe_start_locked().
o implement miibus_statchg method that keeps track of current
link state changes as well as negotiated speed/duplex/
flow-control configuration.
Reprogram MAC to appropriate duplex state. Flow-control
configuration was also implemented but commented out at the
moment. The flow-control configuration will be enabled again
after we have general flow-control framework in mii layer.
Reported by: Yousif Hassan < yousif () alumni ! jmu ! edu >
Tesdted by: Yousif Hassan < yousif () alumni ! jmu ! edu >
This makes sure that process tokens credentials with un-initialized
audit contexts are handled correctly. Currently, when invariants are
enabled, this change fixes a panic by ensuring that we have a valid
termid family. Also, this fixes token generation for process tokens
making sure that userspace is always getting a valid token.
This is consistent with what Solaris does when an audit context is
un-initialized.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
MFC after: 1 week
relabel check for MLS rather than returning 0 directly.
This problem didn't result in a vulnerability currently as the central
implementation of ifnet relabeling also checks for UNIX privilege, and
we currently don't guarantee containment for the root user in mac_mls,
but we should be using the MLS definition of privilege as well as the
UNIX definition in anticipation of supporting root containment at some
point.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi at gmail dot com>
Sponsored by: Google SoC 2007
- Fix whitespace according to style(9).
- Sync the comment describing why we have to wait in nsphy_reset()
with nsphyter_reset(). It's true that the manual tells to not do a
reset within 500us of applying power but that's unlikely the cause
of problems seen here. Generally having to wait 500us after a reset
however is.
DP83847 PHYs. The main reason for using a specific driver for these
PHYs are reset quirks similar to the nsphy(4) driven DP83840A.
PR: 112654
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks
Thanks to: mlaier for testing w/ DP83815
overridden at compile-time using kernel options of the same names.
Rather than doing a compile-time CTASSERT of buffer sizes being
even multiples of block sizes, just adjust them at boottime, as
the failure mode is more user-friendly.
MFC after: 2 months
PR: 119993
Suggested by: Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com>
fields in FTS and FTSENT structs being too narrow. In addition,
the narrow types creep from there into fts.c. As a result, fts(3)
consumers, e.g., find(1) or rm(1), can't handle file trees an ordinary
user can create, which can have security implications.
To fix the historic implementation of fts(3), OpenBSD and NetBSD
have already changed <fts.h> in somewhat incompatible ways, so we
are free to do so, too. This change is a superset of changes from
the other BSDs with a few more improvements. It doesn't touch
fts(3) functionality; it just extends integer types used by it to
match modern reality and the C standard.
Here are its points:
o For C object sizes, use size_t unless it's 100% certain that
the object will be really small. (Note that fts(3) can construct
pathnames _much_ longer than PATH_MAX for its consumers.)
o Avoid the short types because on modern platforms using them
results in larger and slower code. Change shorts to ints as
follows:
- For variables than count simple, limited things like states,
use plain vanilla `int' as it's the type of choice in C.
- For a limited number of bit flags use `unsigned' because signed
bit-wise operations are implementation-defined, i.e., unportable,
in C.
o For things that should be at least 64 bits wide, use long long
and not int64_t, as the latter is an optional type. See
FTSENT.fts_number aka FTS.fts_bignum. Extending fts_number `to
satisfy future needs' is pointless because there is fts_pointer,
which can be used to link to arbitrary data from an FTSENT.
However, there already are fts(3) consumers that require fts_number,
or fts_bignum, have at least 64 bits in it, so we must allow for them.
o For the tree depth, use `long'. This is a trade-off between making
this field too wide and allowing for 64-bit inode numbers and/or
chain-mounted filesystems. On the one hand, `long' is almost
enough for 32-bit filesystems on a 32-bit platform (our ino_t is
uint32_t now). On the other hand, platforms with a 64-bit (or
wider) `long' will be ready for 64-bit inode numbers, as well as
for several 32-bit filesystems mounted one under another. Note
that fts_level has to be signed because -1 is a magic value for it,
FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL.
o For the `nlinks' local var in fts_build(), use `long'. The logic
in fts_build() requires that `nlinks' be signed, but our nlink_t
currently is uint16_t. Therefore let's make the signed var wide
enough to be able to represent 2^16-1 in pure C99, and even 2^32-1
on a 64-bit platform. Perhaps the logic should be changed just
to use nlink_t, but it can be done later w/o breaking fts(3) ABI
any more because `nlinks' is just a local var.
This commit also inludes supporting stuff for the fts change:
o Preserve the old versions of fts(3) functions through libc symbol
versioning because the old versions appeared in all our former releases.
o Bump __FreeBSD_version just in case. There is a small chance that
some ill-written 3-rd party apps may fail to build or work correctly
if compiled after this change.
o Update the fts(3) manpage accordingly. In particular, remove
references to fts_bignum, which was a FreeBSD-specific hack to work
around the too narrow types of FTSENT members. Now fts_number is
at least 64 bits wide (long long) and fts_bignum is an undocumented
alias for fts_number kept around for compatibility reasons. According
to Google Code Search, the only big consumers of fts_bignum are in
our own source tree, so they can be fixed easily to use fts_number.
o Mention the change in src/UPDATING.
PR: bin/104458
Approved by: re (quite a while ago)
Discussed with: deischen (the symbol versioning part)
Reviewed by: -arch (mostly silence); das (generally OK, but we didn't
agree on some types used; assuming that no objections on
-arch let me to stick to my opinion)
exposed as kernel compile options, they have more meaningful names.
PR: 119993
MFC after: 2 months
Suggested by: Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com>
bug that caused us to reintroduce it is believed to be fixed, and Kris
says he no longer sees problems with fifofs in highly parallel builds.
If this works out, we'll MFC it for 7.1.
MFC after: 3 months
Pointed out by: kris
resulted in the argument to the make_dev() to be a unit number.
Correct this by supplying a minor number to make_dev(), and using
the unit number for the calculation of the slave tty name.
Reported and tested by: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: jhb
Yet another pointy hat to: kib
MFC after: 1 day
while the thread does not hold the thread lock would stop blocking for
subsequent interruptible sleeps and would always immediately fail the
sleep with EWOULDBLOCK instead (even sleeps that didn't have a timeout).
Some background:
- KSE has a facility for allowing one thread to interrupt another thread.
During this process, the target thread aborts any interruptible sleeps
much as if the target thread had a pending signal. Once the target
thread acknowledges the interrupt, normal sleep handling resumes. KSE
manages this via the TDF_INTERRUPTED flag. Specifically, it sets the
flag when it sends an interrupt to another thread and clears it when
the interrupt is acknowledged. (Note that this is purely a software
interrupt sort of thing and has no relation to hardware interrupts
or kernel interrupt threads.)
- The old code for handling the sleep timeout race handled the race
by setting the TDF_INTERRUPT flag and faking a KSE-style thread
interrupt to the thread in the process of going to sleep. It probably
should have just checked the TDF_TIMEOUT flag in sleepq_catch_signals()
instead.
- The bug was that the sleepq code would set TDF_INTERRUPT but it was
never cleared. The sleepq code couldn't safely clear it in case there
actually was a real KSE thread interrupt pending for the target thread
(in fact, the sleepq timeout actually stomped on said pending interrupt).
Thus, any future interruptible sleeps (*sleep(.. PCATCH ..) or
cv_*wait_sig()) would see the TDF_INTERRUPT flag set and immediately
fail with EWOULDBLOCK. The flag could be cleared if the thread belonged
to a KSE process and another thread posted an interrupt to the original
thread. However, in the more common case of a non-KSE process, the
thread would pretty much stop sleeping.
- Fix the bug by just setting TDF_TIMEOUT in the sleepq timeout code and
not messing with TDF_INTERRUPT and td_intrval. With yesterday's fix to
fix sleepq_switch() to check TDF_TIMEOUT, this is now sufficient.
MFC after: 3 days
exposing them to all consumers of ip_fw.h. These structures are
used in both ipfw(8) and ipfw(4), but not part of the user<->kernel
interface for other applications to use, rather, shared
implementation.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Paul Vixie <paul at vix dot com>
being properly cancelled by a timeout. In general there is a race
between a the sleepq timeout handler firing while the thread is still
in the process of going to sleep. In 6.x with sched_lock, the race was
largely protected by sched_lock. The only place it was "exposed" and had
to be handled was while checking for any pending signals in
sleepq_catch_signals().
With the thread lock changes, the thread lock is dropped in between
sleepq_add() and sleepq_*wait*() opening up a new window for this race.
Thus, if the timeout fired while the sleeping thread was in between
sleepq_add() and sleepq_*wait*(), the thread would be marked as timed
out, but the thread would not be dequeued and sleepq_switch() would
still block the thread until it was awakened via some other means. In
the case of pause(9) where there is no other wakeup, the thread would
never be awakened.
Fix this by teaching sleepq_switch() to check if the thread has had its
sleep canceled before blocking by checking the TDF_TIMEOUT flag and
aborting the sleep and dequeueing the thread if it is set.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: dwhite, peter
`kn_sdata' member of the newly registered knote. The problem is that
this member is overwritten by a call to kevent(2) with the EV_ADD flag,
targetted at the same kevent/knote. For instance, a userland application
may set the pointer to NULL, leading to a panic.
A testcase was provided by the submitter.
PR: kern/118911
Submitted by: MOROHOSHI Akihiko <moro@remus.dti.ne.jp>
MFC after: 1 day
- Remove the "thread" argument from the lockmgr() function as it is
always curthread now
- Axe lockcount() function as it is no longer used
- Axe LOCKMGR_ASSERT() as it is bogus really and no currently used.
Hopefully this will be soonly replaced by something suitable for it.
- Remove the prototype for dumplockinfo() as the function is no longer
present
Addictionally:
- Introduce a KASSERT() in lockstatus() in order to let it accept only
curthread or NULL as they should only be passed
- Do a little bit of style(9) cleanup on lockmgr.h
KPI results heavilly broken by this change, so manpages and
FreeBSD_version will be modified accordingly by further commits.
Tested by: matteo
doesn't overflow in arc.c in this check:
if (kmem_used() > (kmem_size() * 4) / 5)
return (1);
With this bug ZFS almost doesn't cache.
Only 32bit machines are affected that have vm.kmem_size set to values >=1GB.
Reported by: David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
Introduce a new privilege allowing to set certain IP header options
(hop-by-hop, routing headers).
Leave a few comments to be addressed later.
Reviewed by: rwatson (older version, before addressing his comments)
- Improve error handling for load operations.
- Fix a memory corruption bug when using certain linux management apps.
- Allocate all commands up front to avoid OOM deadlocks later on.
while in principle a good idea, opened us up to a race inherrent to
the syncache's direct insertion of incoming TCP connections into the
"completed connection" listen queue, as it transpires that the socket
is inserted before the inpcb is fully filled in by syncache_expand().
The bug manifested with the occasional returning of 0.0.0.0:0 in the
address returned by the accept() system call, which occurred if accept
managed to execute tcp_usr_accept() before syncache_expand() had copied
the endpoint addresses into inpcb connection state.
Re-add tcbinfo locking around the address copyout, which has the effect
of delaying the copy until syncache_expand() has finished running, as
it is run while the tcbinfo lock is held. This is undesirable in that
it increases contention on tcbinfo further, but a more significant
change will be required to how the syncache inserts new sockets in
order to fix this and keep more granular locking here. In particular,
either more state needs to be passed into sonewconn() so that
pru_attach() can fill in the fields *before* the socket is inserted, or
the socket needs to be inserted in the incomplete connection queue
until it is actually ready to be used.
Reported by: glebius (and kris)
Tested by: glebius
a run-queue. If the priority is numerically raised only change lowpri
if we're certain it will be correct. Some slop is allowed however
previously we could erroneously raise lowpri for an idle cpu that a
thread had recently run on which lead to errors in load balancing
decisions.
to files, such as ktrace output, under CODA_VERBOSE. Otherwise, each
such call to VOP_WRITE() results in a kernel printf.
MFC after: 3 days
Obtained from: NetBSD
checksum offoload by downloading AIC-6915 firmware. Changes are
o Header file cleanup.
o Simplified probe logic.
o s/u_int{8,16,32}_t/uint{8,16,32}_t/g
o K&R -> ANSI C.
o In register access function, added support both memory mapped and
IO space register acccess. The function will dynamically detect
which method would be choosed.
o sf_setperf() was modified to support strict-alignment
architectures.
o Use SF_MII_DATAPORT instead of hardcoded value 0xffff.
o Added link state/speed, duplex changes handling task q. The task q
is also responsible for flow control settings.
o Always hornor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in sf_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Added experimental flow-control setup. It was commented out but
will be activated once we have flow-cotrol infrastructure in mii
layer.
o Simplify IFF_UP/IFCAP_POLLING and IFF_PROMISC handling logic. Rx
filter always honors promiscuous mode.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Reorganized Rx filter routine so promiscuous mode changes doesn't
require interface re-initialization.
o Reimplemnted driver probe routine such that it looks for matching
device from supported hardware list table. This change will help to
add newer hardware revision to the driver.
o Use ETHER_ADDR_LEN instead of hardcoded value.
o Prefer memory space register mapping over I/O space as the hardware
requires lots of register access to get various consumer/producer
index. Failing to get memory space mapping, sf(4) falls back to I/O
space mapping. Use of memory space register mapping requires
somewhat large memory space(512K), though.
o Switch to simpler bus_{read,write}_{1,2,4}.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Program PCI cache line size if the cache line size was set to 0
and enable PCI MWI.
o Add a new sysctl node 'dev.sf.N.stats' that shows various MAC
counters for Rx/Tx statistics.
o Add a sysctl node to configure interrupt moderation timer. The
timer defers interrupts generation until time specified in timer
control register is expired. The value in the timer register is in
units of 102.4us. The allowable range for the timer is 0 - 31
(0 ~ 3.276ms).
The default value is 1(102.4us). Users can change the timer value
with dev.sf.N.int_mod sysctl(8) variable/loader(8) tunable.
o bus_dma(9) conversion
- Enable 64bit DMA addressing.
- Enable 64bit descriptor format support.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(256 bytes alignment).
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment).
- Apply 4GB boundary restrictions(Tx/Rx ring and its completion ring
should live in the same 4GB address space.)
- Set number of allowable number of DMA segments to 16. In fact,
AIC-6915 doesn't have a limit for number of DMA segments but it
would be waste of Tx descriptor resource if we allow more than 16.
- Rx/Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support.
- Added alignment fixup code for strict-alignment architectures.
- Added endianness support code in Tx/Rx descriptor access.
With these changes sf(4) should work on all platforms.
o Don't set if_mtu in device attach, it's handled in ether_ifattach.
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o Enable VLAN oversized frames and announce sf(4)'s VLAN capability
to upper layer.
o In sf_detach(), remove mtx_initialized KASSERT as it's not possible
to get there without initialzing the mutex. Also mark that we're
about to detaching so active bpf listeners do not panic the system.
o To reduce PCI register access cycles, Rx completion ring is
directly scanned instead of reading consumer/producer index
registers. In theory, Tx completion ring also can be directly
scanned. However the completion ring is composed of two types
completion(1 for Tx done and 1 and DMA done). So reading producer
index via register access would be more safer way to detect the
ring wrap-around.
o In sf_rxeof(), don't use m_devget(9) to align recevied frames. The
alignment is required only for strict-alignment architectures and
now the alignment is handled by sf_fixup_rx() if required. The
removal of the copy operation in fast path should increase Rx
performance a lot on non-strict-alignemnt architectures such as
i386 and amd64.
o In sf_newbuf(), don't set descriptor valid bit as sf(4) is
programmed to run with normal mode. In normal mode, the valid bit
have no meaning. The valid bit should be used only when the
hardware uses polling(prefetch) mode. The end of descriptor queue
bit could be used if needed, but sf(4) relys on auto-wrapping of
hardware on 256 descriptor queue entries so both valid and
descriptor end bit are not used anymore.
o Don't disable generation of Tx DMA completion as said in datasheet
and use the Tx DMA completion entry instead of relying on Tx done
completion entry. Also added additional Tx completion entry type
check in Tx completion handler.
o Don't blindly reset watchdog timer in sf_txeof(). sf(4) now unarm
the the watchdog only if there are no active Tx descriptors in Tx
queue.
o Don't manually update various counters in driver, instead, use
built-in MAC statistic registers to update them. The statistic
registers are updated in every second.
o Modified Tx underrun handlers to increase the threshold value
in units of 256 bytes. Previously it used to increase 16 bytes
at a time which seems to take too long to stabalize whenever Tx
underrun occurrs.
o In interrupt handler, additional check for the interrupt is
performed such that interrupts only for this device is allowed to
process descriptor rings. Because reading SF_ISR register clears
all interrtups, nuke writing to a SF_ISR register.
o Tx underrun is abonormal condition and SF_ISR_ABNORMALINTR includes
the interrupt. So there is no need to inspect the Tx underrun again
in main interrupt loop.
o Don't blindly reinitialize hardware for abnormal interrupt
condition. sf(4) reintializes the hardware only when it encounters
DMA error which requires an explicit hardware reinitialization.
o Fix a long standing bug that incorrectly clears MAC statistic
registers in sf_init_locked.
o Added strict-alignment safe way of ethernet address reprogramming
as IF_LLADDR may return unaligned address.
o Move sf_reset() to sf_init_locked in order to always reset the
hardware to a known state prior to configuring hardware.
o Set default Rx DMA, Tx DMA paramters as shown in datasheet.
o Enable PCI busmaster logic and autopadding for VLAN frames.
o Rework sf_encap.
- Previously sf(4) used to type 0 of Tx descriptor with padding
enabled to store driver private data. Emebedding private data
structures into descriptors is bad idea as the structure size
would be different between 64bit and 32bit architectures. The
type 0 descriptor allows fixed number of DMA segments in
a descriptor format and provides relatively simple interface to
manage multi-fragmented frames.
However, it wastes lots of Tx descriptors as not all frames are
fragmented as the number of allowable segments in a descriptor.
- To overcome the limitation of type 0 descriptor, switch to type
2 descriptor which allows 64bit DMA addressing and can handle
unliumited number of fragmented DMA segments. The drawback of
type 2 descriptor is in its complexity in managing descriptors
as driver should handle the end of Tx ring manually.
- Manually set Tx desciptor queue end mark and record number of
used descriptors to reclaim used descriptors in sf_txeof().
o Rework sf_start.
- Honor link up/down state before attempting transmission.
- Because sf(4) uses only one of two Tx queues, use low priority
queue instead of high one. This will remove one shift operation
in each Tx kick command.
- Cache last produder index into softc such that subsequenet Tx
operation doesn't need to access producer index register.
o Rewrote sf_stats_update to include all available MAC statistic
counters.
o Employ AIC-6915 firmware from Adaptec and implement firmware
download routine and TCP/UDP checksum offload.
Partial checksum offload support was commented out due to the
possibility of firmware bug in RxGFP.
The firmware can strip VLAN tag in Rx path but the lack of firmware
assistance of VLAN tag insertion in transmit side made it useless
on FreeBSD. Unlike checksum offload, FreeBSD requires both Tx/Rx
hardware VLAN assistance capability. The firmware may also detect
wakeup frame and can wake system up from states other than D0.
However, the lack of wakeup support form D3cold state keep me from
adding WOL capability. Also detecting WOL frame requires firmware
support but it's not yet known to me whether the firmware can
process the WOL frame.
o Changed *_ADDR_HIADDR to *_ADDR_HI to match other definitions of
registers.
o Added definitioan to interrupt moderation related constants.
o Redefined SF_INTRS to include Tx DMA done and DMA errors. Removed
Tx done as it's not needed anymore.
o Added definition for Rx/Tx DMA high priority threshold.
o Nuked unused marco SF_IDX_LO, SF_IDX_HI.
o Added complete MAC statistic register definition.
o Modified sf_stats structure to hold all MAC statistic regiters.
o Nuke various driver private padding data in Tx/Rx descriptor
definition. sf(4) no longer requires private padding. Also remove
unused padding related definitions. This greatly simplifies
descriptor manipulation on 64bit architectures.
o Becase we no longer pad driver private data into descriptor,
remove deprecated/not-applicable comments for padding.
o Redefine Rx/Tx desciptor status. sf(4) doesn't use bit fileds
anymore to support endianness.
Tested by: bruffer (initial version)
be wrong but I couldn't find a way to make it work. In addition, the
number of TxGFP instruction does not match the firmware image size,
so I guess something was wrong when Adaptec generated the TxGFP
firmware from their DDK.
According to datasheet, normally, the first GFP instruction would be
opcode C, WaitForStartOfFrame, to synchronize checksumming with
incoming frame. But the first instruction in TxGFP firmware was
opcode 1, BrToImmIfTrue, so it could not process checksum correctly,
I guess. Checking for RxGFP firmware also indicates the first
instruction should be opcode C. Since the number of instructions in
TxGFP firmware lacks exactly one instruction, I prepended the opcode
C to TxGFP firmware image. With this change, the resulting image size
perfectly matches with the nummber of instructions and Tx checksum
offload seems to work without problems.
lockmgr lkp, when held in exclusive mode, is recursed
- Introduce the function BUF_RECURSED() which does the same for bufobj
locks based on the top of lockmgr_recursed()
- Introduce the function BUF_ISLOCKED() which works like the counterpart
VOP_ISLOCKED(9), showing the state of lockmgr linked with the bufobj
BUF_RECURSED() and BUF_ISLOCKED() entirely replace the usage of bogus
BUF_REFCNT() in a more explicative and SMP-compliant way.
This allows us to axe out BUF_REFCNT() and leaving the function
lockcount() totally unused in our stock kernel. Further commits will
axe lockcount() as well as part of lockmgr() cleanup.
KPI results, obviously, broken so further commits will update manpages
and freebsd version.
Tested by: kris (on UFS and NFS)
- Don't specify vnode operations for mknod, lease, and advlock--let them
fall through to vop_default.
- Implement vop_default with &default_vnodeops, rather than with VOP_PANIC,
so that unimplemented vnode operations are handled in more sensible ways
than panicking, such as EOPNOTSUPP on ACL queries generated by bsdtar,
or mknod.
MFC after: 3 days
fill out all fields, just fill out the ones the file system knows
about. Among other things, this causes the outpuf of "mount" and
"df" to make quite a bit more sense as /dev/cfs0 is specified as the
mountfrom name.
MFC after: 3 days
vnodes during coda_unmount() in order to detect errant use of them
after the vnode references may no longer be valid.
No need to clear the VV_ROOT flag on mi_rootvp flag (especially after
the vnode reference is no longer valid) as this isn't done on other
file systems.
MFC after: 3 days
and then release it when it is closed: we rely on the caller to keep the
vnode around with a valid reference. This avoids vrele() destroying the
vnode vop_close() is being called from during a call to vop_close(), and
a crash due to lockmgr recursing the vnode lock when a Coda unmount
occurs.
MFC after: 3 days
Move all extern variable definitions to associated .h files, move some
extern variable definitions between include files to place them more
appropriately.
MFC after: 3 days
Coda vnode derived from it, in the style of nullfs. This allows files
in the Coda file system to be memory-mapped, such as with execve(2) or
mmap(2).
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Rune <u+openafsdev-sr55 at chalmers dot se>
"BSM conversion requested for unknown event 43140"
It should be noted that we need to audit the fd argument for this system
call.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
MFC after: 1 week
unp_connect(): it is expected to return with the lock held, and two
possible error paths otherwise returned with it unlocked.
The fix committed here is slightly different from the patch in the
PR, but along an alternative line suggested in the PR.
PR: 119778
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: James Juran <james dot juran at baesystems dot com>
was missed. As result, pty_create_slave() may index out of the names[]
bounds, creating wrong slave tty names.
Tested by: kensmith
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 3 days
since the the command and data that is being built to be sent to or read
from the HW lives in the softc. Commands are later run via an_setdef etc.
In the ioctl path various references are kept to the data stored in
the softc so it needs to be protected. Almost think of the command
in the softc a global variable since it essentially is. Since locking
wasn't done in this type of context the commands would get corrupted.
Thanks to avatar@ for catching some lock issues and dhw@ for testing.
Things are a lot more stable except for the MPI-350 cards. My an(4)
remote laptop stays on the network now.
The driver should be changed so that it uses private memory that is passed
to the functions that talk to the card. Then only those functions would
really need to grab locks.
Reviewed by: avatar@
drop the lock and then re-acquire it, revalidating TCP connection state
assumptions when we do so. This avoids a potential lock order reversal
(and potential deadlock, although none have been reported) due to the
inpcb lock being held over a page fault.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: 102752
Reviewed by: bz
Reported by: Václav Haisman <v dot haisman at sh dot cvut dot cz>
shortest possible chain of mbufs of m_defrag(9). What we want is
chains of mbufs that can be safely stored to a Tx descriptor which
can have up to STGE_MAXTXSEGS mbufs. The ethernet controller does
not need to align Tx buffers on 32bit boundary. So the use of
m_defrag(9) was waste of time.
specified in Table 7-10 in their destination address field shall not be relayed
by the Bridge. Add a check in bridge_forward() to adhere to this.
PR: kern/119744
compiled under PMAP_DIAGNOSTIC are now KASSERT()s. (Note: The kernel
option DIAGNOSTIC still disables inlining of certain pmap functions.)
Eliminate dead code from pmap_enter(). This code implemented an assertion.
On i386, an equivalent check is already implemented. However, on amd64,
a small change is required to implement an equivalent check.
Eliminate \n from a nearby panic string.
Use KASSERT() to reimplement pmap_copy()'s two assertions.
in the range and precision of their type(s) on amd64, but FLT_EVAL_METHOD
said that they were evalated in the "interesting" (buggy) i387 methods.
float_t was broken compatibly with FLT_EVAL_METHOD.
These definitions seem to be broken on powerpc and possibly on arm.
float_t is float on powerpc with gcc [-notraditional] according to
glibc, and FLT_EVAL_METHOD is marked with XXX on arm.
problems when the DRM driver is loaded and the AIXGL extension is loaded
, the AIXGL driver requests a drm_close and this will cause the radeon
driver to fail while starting X windows.
PR: kern/114688
Submitted by: vehemens <vehemens at verizon dot net>
Prodded by: Robert Noland
Approved by: imp (mentor, a while ago already), anholt
MFC After: 1 week
encounters a syntax error, and add a tip about adding first
the `vital' options and then experimental ones.
PR: docs/119658
Submitted by: Julian Stacey, jhs at berklix.org
other. The first one survives, the rest are removed. So far, it appears
only some acpi_perf(4) BIOS tables have these invalid states, but address
this in the core to be sure to handle other potential driver data.
PR: kern/114722
Tested by: stefan.lambrev / moneybookers.com
MFC after: 3 days
- Track packet zone mbufs separately from other mbufs
- free packet zone buffers via m_free rather than trying to manage the refcount
as with clusters - its refcount and management seems to be "special"
but reread it from the device_t every time the device list is fetched.
Previously the device name in pciconf -l would not be updated when a driver
was unloaded or if a device was detached and attached to a different
driver.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/104777
Submitted by: "Iasen Kostoff" tbyte | otel net
queues (which we call slices). The NIC will steer traffic into up to
hw.mxge.max_slices different receive rings based on a configurable
hash type (hw.mxge.rss_hash_type).
Currently the driver defaults to using a single slice, so the default
behavior is unchanged. Also, transmit from non-zero slices is
disabled currently.
spec:
- Use read/modify/write cycles to enable and disable the HPET instead of
writing 0 to reserved bits.
- Shutdown the HPET during suspend as encouraged by the spec.
- Fail to attach to an HPET with a period of zero.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/119675 [3]
Reported by: Leo Bicknell | bicknell ufp.org
- Fix a bug introduced in 1.4.20 where speculative read by the processor in the
write-only doorbell region would cause a target-abort (as opposed to simply
returning random data). This could manifest itself as NMI or machine freeze
depending on how the BIOS/OS/chipset configuration handles target-abort.
- Add support for new revisions of -R cards (with AEL1002/AEL1010 xaui->xfi)
- Increase an internal timing (dispatch engine): fix possible spurious reset
(seen on very few cards).
lowest priority on the queue for the current cpu vs curthread's
priority. In the case that curthread is waking up many threads of a
lower priority as would happen with a turnstile_broadcast() or wakeup()
of many threads this prevents them from all ending up on the current cpu.
- In sched_add() make the relationship between a scheduled ithread and
the current cpu advisory rather than strict. Only give the ithread
affinity for the current cpu if it's actually being scheduled from
a hardware interrupt. This prevents it from migrating when it simply
blocks on a lock.
Sponsored by: Nokia
- increase asserts for mbuf accounting
- track outstanding mbufs (maps very closely to leaked)
- actually only create one thread per port if !multiq
Oddly enough this fixes the use after free
- move txq_segs to stack in t3_encap
- add checks that pidx doesn't move pass cidx
- simplify mbuf free logic in collapse mbufs routine
- move cxgb_tx_common in to cxgb_multiq.c and rename to cxgb_tx
- move cxgb_tx_common dependencies
- further simplify cxgb_dequeue_packet for the non-multiqueue case
- only launch one service thread per port in the non-multiq case
- remove dead cleaning code from cxgb_sge.c
- simplify PIO case substantially in by returning directly from mbuf collapse
and just using m_copydata
- remove gratuitous m_gethdr in the rx path
- clarify freeing of mbufs in collapse
o Increased number of Rx/Tx descriptors to 256 for 8169 GigEs
because it's hard to push the hardware to the limit with default
64 descriptors.
TSO requires large number of Tx descriptors to pass a full sized
TCP segment(65535 bytes IP packet) to hardware. Previously it
consumed 32 Tx descriptors, assuming MCLBYTES DMA segment size,
to send the TCP segment which means re(4) couldn't queue more
than two full sized IP packets.
For 8139C+ it still uses 64 Rx/Tx descriptors due to its hardware
limitations. With this changes there are (very) small waste of
memory for 8139C+ users but I don't think it would affect 8139C+
users for most cases.
o Various bus_dma(9) fixes.
- The hardware supports DAC so allow 64bit DMA operations.
- Removed BUS_DMA_ALLOC_NOW flag.
- Increased DMA segment size to 4096 from MCLBYTES because TSO
consumes too many descriptors with MCLBYTES DMA segment size.
- Tx/Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support. With these
changes the code is more readable than previous one and got a
(slightly) better performance as it doesn't need to pass/
decode arguments to/from callback function.
- Removed unnecessary callback function re_dmamap_desc() and
nuked rl_dmaload_arg structure which was used in the callback.
- Additional protection for DMA map load failure. In case of
failure reuse current map instead of returning a bogus DMA
map.
- Deferred DMA map unloading/sync operation for maximum
performance until we really need to load new DMA map. If we
happen to reuse current map(e.g. input error) there is no need
to sync/unload/load again.
- The number of allowable Tx DMA segments for a mbuf chains are
now 32 instead of magic nseg value. If the number of available
Tx descriptors are short enough to send highly fragmented mbuf
chains an optimized re_defrag() is called to collapse mbuf
chains which is supposed to be much faster than m_defrag(9).
re_defrag() was borrowed from ath(4).
- Separated Rx/Tx DMA tag from a common DMA tag such that Rx DMA
tag correctly uses DMA maps that were created with DMA alignment
restriction(8bytes alignments). Tx DMA tag does not have such
alignment limitation.
- Added additional sanity checks for DMA ring map load failure.
- Added additional spare Rx DMA map for graceful handling of Rx
DMA map load failure.
- Fixed misused bus_dmamap_sync(9) and added missing
bus_dmamap_sync(9) in re_encap()/re_txeof()/re_rxeof().
o Enabled TSO again as re(4) have reasonable number of Tx
descriptors.
o Don't touch DMA address of a Tx descriptor in re_txeof(). It's
not needed.
o Fix incorrect update of if_ierrors counter. For Rx buffer
shortage it should update if_qdrops as the buffer is reused.
o Added checks for unsupported H/W revisions and return ENXIO for
these hardwares. This is required to remove resource allocation
code in re_probe as other drivers do in device probe routine.
o Modified descriptor index manipulation macros as it's now possible
to have different number of descriptors for Rx/Tx.
o In re_start, to save a lock operation, use IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY before
trying to invoke IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE. Also don't blindly call re_encap
since we already know the number of available Tx descriptors in
advance.
o Removed RL_TX_DESC_THLD which was used to reserve RL_TX_DESC_THLD
descriptors in Tx path. There is no such a limitation mentioned in
8139C+/8169/8110/8168/8101/8111 datasheet and it seems to work ok
without reserving RL_TX_DESC_THLD descriptors.
o Fix a comment for RL_GTXSTART. The register is 8bits register.
o Added comments for 8169/8139C+ hardware restrictions on descriptors.
o Removed forward declaration for "struct rl_softc", it's not needed.
o Added a new structure rl_txdesc for Tx descriptor managements and
a structure rl_rxdesc for Rx descriptor managements.
o Removed unused member variable rl_intlock in driver softc. There are
still several unused member variables which are supposed to be used
to access hardware statistics counters. But it seems that accessing
hardware counters were not implemented yet.
the kernel's direct map instead of the pmap's recursive mapping to access
the lowest level in the page table. The direct map is preferable for two
reasons: (1) The TLB is more likely to hold the required direct mapping
because pmap_enter() has already used the direct map to access a nearby
PTE and (2) loading a direct mapping into the TLB involves walking only 2
or 3 levels of the page table instead of 4.
- Turn on WOL bits in suspend/shutdown method.
- WOL is disabled in resume routine as WOL can interfere normal
Rx operation.
- Move stge_reset() to stge_init_locked() as resetting hardware
clears configured Rx information which in turn results in
non-working Rx module after suspend/shutdown operation.
conjuction with 'thread' argument passing which is always curthread.
Remove the unuseful extra-argument and pass explicitly curthread to lower
layer functions, when necessary.
KPI results broken by this change, which should affect several ports, so
version bumping and manpage update will be further committed.
Tested by: kris, pho, Diego Sardina <siarodx at gmail dot com>
zone code. The GPE handler method (i.e. _L00) generates various Notify
events that need to be run to completion before the GPE is re-enabled.
In ACPI-CA, we queue an asynch callback at the same priority as a Notify
so that it will only run after all Notify handlers have completed. The
callback re-enables the GPE afterwards. We also changed the priority of
Notifies to be the same as GPEs, given the possibility that another GPE
could arrive before the Notifies have completed and we don't want it to
get queued ahead of the rest.
The ACPI-CA change was submitted by Alexey Starikovskiy (SUSE) and will
appear in a later release. Special thanks to him for helping track this
bug down.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: jhb, Yousif Hassan <yousif / alumni.jmu.edu>
zone code. The GPE handler method (i.e. _L00) generates various Notify
events that need to be run to completion before the GPE is re-enabled.
In ACPI-CA, we queue an asynch callback at the same priority as a Notify
so that it will only run after all Notify handlers have completed. The
callback re-enables the GPE afterwards. We also changed the priority of
Notifies to be the same as GPEs, given the possibility that another GPE
could arrive before the Notifies have completed and we don't want it to
get queued ahead of the rest.
The ACPI-CA change was submitted by Alexey Starikovskiy (SUSE) and will
appear in a later release. Special thanks to him for helping track this
bug down.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: jhb, Yousif Hassan <yousif / alumni.jmu.edu>
memcpy/memset/memcmp and friends from libkern/arm to arm/arm/support.S, and so
I did, but in the process, I didn't add the appropriate copyrights.
This is a major oversight from me, and I apology to the NetBSD people for it.
MFC After: 1 day
via a new socket during an NFS operation as that reconnect takes place in
the context of an arbitrary thread with an arbitrary credential. Ideally
we would like to use the mount point's credential for the entire process
of setting up the socket to connect to the NFS server. Since some of the
APIs (sobind(), etc.) only take a thread pointer and infer the credential
from that instead of a direct credential, work around the problem by
temporarily changing the current thread's credential to that of the mount
point while connecting the socket and then reverting back to the original
credential when we are done.
Reviewed by: rwatson
Tested on: UDP, TCP, TCP with forced reconnect
of fpget*() and fpset*()).
The i386 fpget*() were efficient but a bit obfuscated (using macros
and a case statement to demultiplex them through a single inline).
The demultiplexing mainly gave smaller source code.
The i386 fpset*() were obfuscated in the same way and were very
inefficient due to the case statement not having enough cases or
complexity so all cases used the FP environment.
This also fixes a harmless bug in rev.1.12. fpsetmask() extracted the
old value from the bit-field twice, but the doubled shift was harmless
since the shift count is 0.
All fp*() interfaces are now inline functions on i386. They used to
be macros that call (a different set of) inline functions. This is a
small ABI change which shouldn't cause problems since cases where
inlining fails (mainly -O0) only give (working) static functions.
others can be replaced cleanly by the amd64 versions. There is no
current amd64 version to merge, but there is an old one which is
similar.
Fix the following bugs in fpresetsticky():
- garbage args clobbered non-sticky bits in the status register
- the return value was usually garbage since it was masked with the
arg instead of with the field selector.
Optimize fpresetsticky() to avoid using the environment as in
feclearexcept() (use only fnclex() if possible) and also to avoid
using fnclex() for null changes. The second of these optimizations
might not be so good since its branch might cost more than it saves.
Unmasked exceptions (which can be fixed up using fpset*() before they
trap) are very rare, especially on amd64 since SSE exceptions trap
synchronously, but I want to merge the faster amd64 implementations of
fpset*() back to i386 without introducing the bug on i386.
The i386 implementation has always avoided the trap automatically by
changing things using load/store of the FP environment, but this is
very slow. Most changes only affect the control word, so they can
usually be done much more efficiently, and amd64 has always done this,
but loading the control word can trap.
This version use the fast method only in the usual case where it will
not trap. This only costs a couple of integer instructions (including
one branch which I haven't optimized carefully yet) in the usual case,
but bloats the inlines a lot. The inlines were already a bit too large
to handle both the FPU and SSE.
a panic race on module unload. The wakeup() is internal to
kproc_exit/kthread_exit. The correct fix is to fix the msleep() in
detach to sleep on fdc->fdc_thread instead of &fdc->fdc_thread.
Noted and reviewed by: jhb
Pointy hat to: kib
MFC after: 1 week
panic but it won't actually lock anything.
This can lead some paths to reach lockmgr_disown() with inconsistent
lock which will let trigger the relative assertions.
Fix those in order to recognize panic situation and to not trigger.
Reported by: pho
Submitted by: kib
- fix a previous style fix: shifts should be in the correct direction even
if they are null.
- restore a comment about namespace pollution from floatingpoint.h 1.12 and
update it.
- remove unused namespace pollution FP_*REG.
- improve some comments.
- sort macro definitions for entry points.
- don't use underscores for macro args.
Wakeup the thread doing the fdc_detach() when the fdc worker thread exits [1].
Write access to the write-protected floppy shall call device_unbusy() to
pair the device_busy() in the fd_access() [2].
PR: 116537 [1], 116539 [2]
MFC after: 1 week
rspq lock. Not doing so was causing us to skip re-enabling the interrupt.
- remove duplicate credits sysctl
- add support for dumping hardware context of the txq
- decrement budget_left when we break out of the process_responses loop
interrupt handlers for child devices by adding a dummy handler that is
always present so that the underlying interrupt thread is always around
avoiding panics from stray interrupts.
MFC after: 3 days
soconnect()) instead of &thread0 when establishing a connection to the NFS
server. Otherwise inconsistent credentials may be used when setting up
the NFS socket.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: rwatson
maintain a separate td_incruntime to hold unbilled CPU usage for
the thread that has the previous properties of td_runtime.
When thread information is requested using the thread monitoring
sysctls, export thread td_runtime instead of process rusage runtime
in kinfo_proc.
This restores the display of individual ithread and other kernel
thread CPU usage since inception in ps -H and top -SH, as well for
libthr user threads, valuable debugging information lost with the
move to try kthreads since they are no longer independent processes.
There is universal agreement that we should rewrite the process and
thread export sysctls, but this commit gets things going a bit
better in the mean time. Likewise, there are resevations about the
continued validity of statclock given the speed of modern processors.
Reviewed by: attilio, emaste, jhb, julian
address space in kmem map call vm_lowmem event in a loop and wait a bit for
subsystems to reclaim some memory which in turn will reclaim address space as
well.
Note, this is a work-around.
Reviewed by: alc
Approved by: alc
MFC after: 3 days
Remove this argument and pass curthread directly to underlying
VOP_LOCK1() VFS method. This modify makes the code cleaner and in
particular remove an annoying dependence helping next lockmgr() cleanup.
KPI results, obviously, changed.
Manpage and FreeBSD_version will be updated through further commits.
As a side note, would be valuable to say that next commits will address
a similar cleanup about VFS methods, in particular vop_lock1 and
vop_unlock.
Tested by: Diego Sardina <siarodx at gmail dot com>,
Andrea Di Pasquale <whyx dot it at gmail dot com>
- return the error from cxgb_tx_common so that when an error is hit we dont
spin forever in the taskq thread
- remove unused rxsd_ref
- simplify header_offset calculation for embedded mbuf headers
- fix memory leak by making sure that mbuf header initialization took place
- disable printf's for stalled queue, don't do offload/ctrl queue restart
when tunnel queue is restarted
- add more diagnostic information about the txq state
- add facility to dump the actual contents of the hardware queue using sysctl
- fix this to compile with C++ by casting ints to enums in a few places
and by using the correct parameter type for _fpsetprec(). Remove
__cplusplus ifdefs which disabled the buggy code.
- remove __CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE ifdefs. `__inline' vs `inline', and either
of these #defined away, are supposed to be handled by very old ifdefs
in <sys/cdefs.h>. Thus the __CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE macro is not needed
here (or anywhere else that it used). It is less needed here than in
most places, since this file is userland-only and userland is far from
supporting INTEL_COMPILER. The __CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE__ macro which
was used here is even less needed. It is to support spelling `inline'
as `__inline__' instead of the usual spelling `__inline'.
Fix some style bugs that I missed in the previous commit (remove unused
asms and sort more variables).
Now, lockmgr() function can only be called passing curthread and the
KASSERT() is upgraded according with this.
In order to support on-the-fly owner switching, the new function
lockmgr_disown() has been introduced and gets used in BUF_KERNPROC().
KPI, so, results changed and FreeBSD version will be bumped soon.
Differently from previous code, we assume idle thread cannot try to
acquire the lockmgr as it cannot sleep, so loose the relative check[1]
in BUF_KERNPROC().
Tested by: kris
[1] kib asked for a KASSERT in the lockmgr_disown() about this
condition, but after thinking at it, as this is a well known general
rule, I found it not really necessary.
implement shm_open(2) and shm_unlink(2) in the kernel:
- Each shared memory file descriptor is associated with a swap-backed vm
object which provides the backing store. Each descriptor starts off with
a size of zero, but the size can be altered via ftruncate(2). The shared
memory file descriptors also support fstat(2). read(2), write(2),
ioctl(2), select(2), poll(2), and kevent(2) are not supported on shared
memory file descriptors.
- shm_open(2) and shm_unlink(2) are now implemented as system calls that
manage shared memory file descriptors. The virtual namespace that maps
pathnames to shared memory file descriptors is implemented as a hash
table where the hash key is generated via the 32-bit Fowler/Noll/Vo hash
of the pathname.
- As an extension, the constant 'SHM_ANON' may be specified in place of the
path argument to shm_open(2). In this case, an unnamed shared memory
file descriptor will be created similar to the IPC_PRIVATE key for
shmget(2). Note that the shared memory object can still be shared among
processes by sharing the file descriptor via fork(2) or sendmsg(2), but
it is unnamed. This effectively serves to implement the getmemfd() idea
bandied about the lists several times over the years.
- The backing store for shared memory file descriptors are garbage
collected when they are not referenced by any open file descriptors or
the shm_open(2) virtual namespace.
Submitted by: dillon, peter (previous versions)
Submitted by: rwatson (I based this on his version)
Reviewed by: alc (suggested converting getmemfd() to shm_open())
assertion hit in swapoff_one() when we un-mount a swap partition. We
should be using curthread where we used thread0 before. This change
also replaces the thread argument with a credential argument, as the
MAC framework only requires the cred.
It should be noted that this allows the machine to be rebooted without
panicing with "cannot differ from curthread or NULL" when MAC is enabled.
Submitted by: rwatson
Reviewed by: attilio
MFC after: 2 weeks
dev2udev() when a tty was being detached concurrently with the sysctl
handler:
- Hold the 'tty_list_mutex' lock while we read all the fields out of the
struct tty for copying out later. Previously the pty(4) and pts(4)
destroy routines could set t_dev to NULL, drop their reference on the
tty and destroy the cdev while the sysctl handler was attempting to
invoke dev2udev() on the cdev being destroyed. This happened when the
sysctl handler read the value of t_dev prior to it being set to NULL
either due to it being stale or due to timing races. By holding the
list lock we guarantee that the destroy routines will block in ttyrel()
in that case and not destroy the cdev until after we've copied all of our
data. We may see a NULL cdev pointer or we may see the previous value,
but the previous value will no longer point to a destroyed cdev if we
see it.
- Fix the ttyfree() routine used by tty device drivers in their detach
methods to use ttyrel() on the tty so we don't leak them. Also, fix it
to use the same order of operations as pty/pts destruction (set t_dev
NULL, ttyrel(), destroy_dev()) so it cooperates with the sysctl handler.
MFC after: 3 days
Tested by: avatar
This makes it possible to support ftruncate() on non-vnode file types in
the future.
- 'struct fileops' grows a 'fo_truncate' method to handle an ftruncate() on
a given file descriptor.
- ftruncate() moves to kern/sys_generic.c and now just fetches a file
object and invokes fo_truncate().
- The vnode-specific portions of ftruncate() move to vn_truncate() in
vfs_vnops.c which implements fo_truncate() for vnode file types.
- Non-vnode file types return EINVAL in their fo_truncate() method.
Submitted by: rwatson
add correct locking to the operation of unmounting.
This will prevent debugging kernels from panicking if mounting a
non-hpfs partition (I'm not sure if this can be a problem with a
successful mounting operation though).
MFC: 3 days
pv_list_count from struct md_page. Ever since Peter rewrote the pv
entry allocator for amd64 and i386 pv_list_count has been correctly
maintained but otherwise unused.
- spell 16384 as 16384 and not as BKVASIZE. 16384 is (not quite) just a
magic size that works well in practice. BKVASIZE should be MAXBSIZE
(65536), but is 16384 because i386's don't have enough kva for it to
be MAXBSIZE; 16384 works (not so well) for it for much the same reasons
that it works well in the heuristic.
- expand and/or add comments about this and other details.
- don't explicitly inline this function.
- fix some other style bugs.
ABI override binary isn't found. This could probably be smoother, but
it is what I did in p4 change #126891 on 2007/09/27. It should solve
the "ld-elf32.so.1"-in-chroot problem.
allocation, free the indirect blocks before clearing the disk pointers,
that could lead to the softupdate inconsistencies in the case of the
machine or disk crash at the wrong time.
Rearrange the recover code to do the ffs_blkfree() after the second
ffs_syncvnode(), that clears the pointers chain.
Proposed and reviewed by: tegge
Tested by: Peter Holm
MFC after: 3 weeks
happen if there are no files open. Accounting for these can
eventually return a negative value for olenp causing sysctl to
crash with a bad malloc.
Reported by: Pawel Worach <pawel.worach@gmail.com>
set, announce BIO_DELETE capability and issue ATA_CFA_ERASE when we get one.
Once we issue more BIO_DELETE, this will improve lifetime, and
possibly write speed of Flash based devices which have usable flash
adaptation layers.
For now, about the only usage is the newfs(1) -E flag.
Approved by: sos
peoples code with irrelevant changes[1]:
Use bus_{read|write_*() instead of bus_space_{read|write}_*() for
purely stylistic reasons.
Due to compiler optimizations and inlining, this is for all practical
purposes without effect in the compiled code.
[1] NB: Approved by: sos
instead of writing apologetic comments. As it turns out, I need every
kernel page table page to have a legitimate pindex to support superpage
promotion on kernel memory.
Correct a nearby style error: Pointers should be compared to NULL.
queues lock is acquired. Otherwise, the state of a reservation's
pages' flags and its population count can be inconsistent. That could
result in a page being freed twice.
Reported by: kris
- Clear all of the gc flags before doing a run. Stale flags were causing
us to skip some descriptors.
- If a unp socket has been marked REF in a gc pass it can't be dead.
Found by: rwatson's test tool.
of two compares against 0. The negative effect of cache flushing
is probably more than the gain by not doing the two compares (the
value is almost certainly in register or at worst, cache).
Note that the uses of m_freem() are in error cases and m_freem()
handles NULL anyhow. So fast-path really isn't changed much at all.
feature is represented by a node in the new 'kern.features' sysctl node.
A feature is present if the corresponding node is present and evaluates to
true.
A FEATURE() wrapper macro is added which takes the sysctl node name and
a description of the feature as the sole arguments and creates a read-only
sysctl node with a value of 1.
Discussed on: arch
correct number of acpi_thermalX devices. Having this wrong caused the
acpi_thermal thread to realloc the array of devices on each loop iteration.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/118497
Submitted by: Pasi Parviainen
- Introduce a finit() which is used to initailize the fields of struct file
in such a way that the ops vector is only valid after the data, type,
and flags are valid.
- Protect f_flag and f_count with atomic operations.
- Remove the global list of all files and associated accounting.
- Rewrite the unp garbage collection such that it no longer requires
the global list of all files and instead uses a list of all unp sockets.
- Mark sockets in the accept queue so we don't incorrectly gc them.
Tested by: kris, pho
possible to end up in the interrupt handler again while processing the
previous RX interrupt in ifp->if_input() because the MD interrupt code
disables the delivery of the respective interrupt until all associated
handlers were called (in the INTR_FILTER case the MI code supposedly
does the same). Toggling the NIC interrupt enable bit in these handlers
still is necessary though as some chips (f.e. the VMware emulated one)
require this to be done in order to keep issuing interrupts.
MFC after: 1 month
implemented with macros. This patch improves code readability. Reasoning
behind vidd_* is a sort of "video discipline".
List of macros is supposed to be complete--all methods of video_switch
ought to have their respective macros from now on.
Functionally, this code should be no-op. My intention is to leave current
behaviour of touched code as is.
No objections: rwatson
Silence on: freebsd-current@
Approved by: cognet
implemented with macros. This patch improves code readability. Reasoning
behind kbdd_* is a "keyboard discipline".
List of macros is supposed to be complete--all methods of keyboard_switch
should have their respective macros from now on.
Functionally, this code should be no-op. My intention is to leave current
behaviour of code as is.
Glanced at by: rwatson
Reviewed by: emax, marcel
Approved by: cognet
machine-independent support for superpages. (The earlier part was
the rewrite of the physical memory allocator.) The remainder of the
code required for superpages support is machine-dependent and will
be added to the various pmap implementations at a later date.
Initially, I am only supporting one large page size per architecture.
Moreover, I am only enabling the reservation system on amd64. (In
an emergency, it can be disabled by setting VM_NRESERVLEVELS to 0
in amd64/include/vmparam.h or your kernel configuration file.)
argument. It allows ppp, mpd or any other node consumer to request
connection to specified access concentrator.
Proposed by: Alexander A. Burylov <burylov@mail.ru>
Without it, code has two problems:
- behaviour of the old and new [l]stat are different with regard of
the /compat/linux
- directly accessing the userspace data from the kernel asks for
the panics.
Reported and tested by: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: rdivacky
MFC after: 3 days
the inode, do the rollback in case the allocation failed (due to
insufficient free space or quota limits). But, the code does leaves the
buffers corresponding to the inoirect blocks on the vnode bufobj list.
This causes several assertion failures (for instance, "ffs_truncate3"
in ffs_truncate()) to fail, and could result in the indirect block
aliasing problem, like writing the context of such blocks to random
disk location.
Remove the buffers from the bufobj properly.
Reported and tested by: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 3 weeks
so that the results end up in the DDB output stream rather than the
console output stream.
This should likely also be done for the vprint() function it calls.
MFC after: 3 months
This option just adds complexity and the new implementation no longer
will support it, so axing it now that it is unused is probabilly the
better idea.
FreeBSD version is bumped in order to reflect the KPI breakage introduced
by this patch.
In the ports tree, kris found that only old OSKit code uses it, but as
it is thought to work only on 2.x kernels serie, version bumping will
solve any problem.
with the interlock), owner of the lock should be only curthread or at
least, for its limited usage, NULL which identifies LK_KERNPROC.
The thread "extra argument" for the lockmgr interface is going to be
removed in the near future, but for the moment, just let kernel run for
some days with this check on in order to find potential deadlocking
places around the kernel and fix them.
p_candebug() will return EAGAIN which, if the other process never
leaves execve(), will result in the sysctl spinning and never returning
to userspace. Processes should always eventually leave execve(), but
spinning in kernel while we wait is bad for countless reasons, and
particularly harmful if execve() itself is deadlocked.
Possibly we should return another error, or return a marker indicating
the thread is in execve() so it can be reported that way in userspace.
Reported by: kris
equivalent with this and so operate the switch.
That call is the only one remaining LK_EXCLUPGRADE consumer and removing
it will prepare the ground for LK_EXCLUPGRADE axing and further
lockmgr improvements.
Discussed with: jeff, ups
Recycle the vm object's "pg_color" field to represent the color of the
first virtual page address at which the object is mapped instead of the
color of the object's first physical page. Since an object may not be
mapped, introduce a flag "OBJ_COLORED" that indicates whether "pg_color"
is valid.
mounted FS' problems. These are more along the lines of 'avoiding an
avoidable panic' than a complete solution to removable devices. We
now close the barn door after the horse has gotten lose and has been
hit by a truck, as it were. The barn no longer catches fire in this
case, but the horse is still dead :-).
The vfs_bio.c fix causes us not to put a failed write back into the
dirty pool if the error returned was ENXIO. In that case, the buffer
is treated like any other clean buffer that's being retured. ENXIO
means the device isn't there anymore and will never be there again in
the future, so retrying is futile.
The vfs_mount.c fix treats 'ENXIO' as success for unmounting a file
system. If the device is gone, retrying later won't help and we'll
never be able to unmount the device.
These two are part of a larger patch set submitted by the author. The
other patches will be forth coming. I added comments to these two
patches.
Submitted by: Henrik Gulbrandsen
Reviewed by: phk@
PR: usb/46176 (partial)
functions. It is easily triggered by running routed, and, I expect, by
running any other daemon that uses routing sockets.
Reviewed by: net@
MFC after: 1 week
- Use the correct offsets when copying out the results of PCIOCGETCONF_OLD.
This happened to not affect the 64-bit architectures because there the
addition of pc_domain to struct pcisel didn't change the overall size of
struct pci_conf. [1]
- Always copy the name and unit information to conf_old so it's also part
of the output once this information is cached in dinfo.
- Use the correct type for flags in struct pci_match_conf_old. This
change is more or less cosmetic though.
Reported and tested by: bde [1]
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 3 days
Committed from: 24C3
If a mouse has both a wheel and a Z direction we report both.
XXX Due to tradition the wheel is reported as the Z direction (and the Z
direction as W).
Now Apple's Mighty Mouse is fully supported, except the X11 mouse driver
doesn't know what to do with the new coordinate.
MFC after: 3 months
Approved by: njl (mentor), imp
dump using mechanically generated/extracted debugging output rather than
a simple memory dump. Current sources of debugging output are:
- DDB output capture buffer, if there is captured output to save
- Kernel message buffer
- Kernel configuration, if included in kernel
- Kernel version string
- Panic message
Textdumps are stored in swap/dump partitions as with regular dumps, but
are laid out as ustar files in order to allow multiple parts to be stored
as a stream of sequentially written blocks. Blocks are written out in
reverse order, as the size of a textdump isn't known a priori. As with
regular dumps, they will be extracted using savecore(8).
One new DDB(4) command is added, "textdump", which accepts "set",
"unset", and "status" arguments. By default, normal kernel dumps are
generated unless "textdump set" is run in order to schedule a textdump.
It can be canceled using "textdump unset" to restore generation of a
normal kernel dump.
Several sysctls exist to configure aspects of textdumps;
debug.ddb.textdump.pending can be set to check whether a textdump is
pending, or set/unset in order to control whether the next kernel dump
will be a textdump from userspace.
While textdumps don't have to be generated as a result of a DDB script
run automatically as part of a kernel panic, this is a particular useful
way to use them, as instead of generating a complete memory dump, a
simple transcript of an automated DDB session can be captured using the
DDB output capture and textdump facilities. This can be used to
generate quite brief kernel bug reports rich in debugging information
but not dependent on kernel symbol tables or precisely synchronized
source code. Most textdumps I generate are less than 100k including
the full message buffer. Using textdumps with an interactive debugging
session is also useful, with capture being enabled/disabled in order to
record some but not all of the DDB session.
MFC after: 3 months
to identify textdumps in the swap/dump partition. While textdumps
aren't really an architecture, they are architecture-neutral and so
don't really correspond to any existing architecture.
Define a version number for textdumps, KERNELDUMP_TEXT_VERSION, of 1.
MFC after: 3 months
define a set of named scripts. Each script consists of a list of DDB
commands separated by ";"s that will be executed verbatim. No higher
level language constructs, such as branching, are provided for:
scripts are executed by sequentially injecting commands into the DDB
input buffer.
Four new commands are present in DDB: "run" to run a specific script,
"script" to define or print a script, "scripts" to list currently
defined scripts, and "unscript" to delete a script, modeled on shell
alias commands. Scripts may also be manipulated using sysctls in the
debug.ddb.scripting MIB space, although users will prefer to use the
soon-to-be-added ddb(8) tool for usability reasons.
Scripts with certain names are automatically executed on various DDB
events, such as entering the debugger via a panic, a witness error,
watchdog, breakpoint, sysctl, serial break, etc, allowing customized
handling.
MFC after: 3 months
(dummynet), ipsec_filter() would return the empty error code and the ipsec code
would continue to forward/deference the null mbuf.
Found by: m0n0wall
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 3 days
captured to a memory buffer for later inspection using sysctl(8), or in the
future, to a textdump.
A new DDB command, "capture", is added, which accepts arguments "on", "off",
"reset", and "status".
A new DDB sysctl tree, debug.ddb.capture, is added, which can be used to
resize the capture buffer and extract buffer contents.
MFC after: 3 months
kern.console format as is. Thus, no difference in output format should
appear after this commit.
Reviewed by: cognet@ (mentor)
Approved by: cognet@ (mentor)
for that argument. This will allow DDB to detect the broad category of
reason why the debugger has been entered, which it can use for the
purposes of deciding which DDB script to run.
Assign approximate why values to all current consumers of the
kdb_enter() interface.
fget() call, that is sleeping point, and possibly dropping Giant.
The snp_target == NULL implies the snp_tty == NULL. Remove the code
that is put under snp_target == NULL and snp_tty != NULL clause.
In snpclose(), do the snp_detach() before scheduling the snp device
destruction. Otherwise, after the return from snpclose(), the snp
device is already removed from the snp_list, but tty is still in
snooped state. Any attempt to do i/o on such tty cause panic because
ttytosnp() returns NULL.
Tested by: Peter Holm
MFC after: 1 week
o BSD disklabels have relative offsets. Even for the BSD in MBR slice
setup, except when the mbroffset ioctl is supported. Since we don't
support that ioctl, bsdlabel(8) expects relative offsets. So, when
reading an existing disklabel, correct for disklabels that mistakenly
have the mbroffset offsets.
o Don't take the geometry seriously, because it's untrustworthy. We do
expect the numbers to be within range. This means that the secperunit
field will not be computed from secpercyl and ncyls, but simply is
the mediasize in sectors.
o Don't enforce partitions to be aligned to track boundaries. The
default label, constructed by bsdlabel(8), puts partition a at offset
BBSIZE bytes, which commonly means sector 16.
free the MAC label on the inpcb before freeing the inpcb.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: tanyong <tanyong at ercist dot iscas dot ac dot cn>,
zhouzhouyi
old code special cased them too early which caused a few differences for
these sort of links relative to other PCI links:
- They were always re-routed via the BIOS call instead of assuming that
they were already routed if the BIOS had programmed the IRQ into a
matching device during POST.
- If the BIOS did route that link to a different IRQ that was marked as
invalid, we trusted the $PIR table rather than the BIOS IRQ.
This change moves the special casing for "unique IRQ" links to only take
that into account when picking an IRQ for an unrouted link so that these
links will now not be routed if the BIOS appears to have routed it already
(some BIOSen have problems with that) and so that if the BIOS uses a
different IRQ than the $PIR, we trust the BIOS routing instead (this is
what we do for all other links as well).
Reported by: Bruce Walter walter of fortean com
MFC after: 1 week
page to be in the free lists. Instead, it now returns TRUE if it
removed the page from the free lists and FALSE if the page was not
in the free lists.
This change is required to support superpage reservations. Specifically,
once reservations are introduced, a cached page can either be in the
free lists or a reservation.
as multicast/broadcast frames. Previously re(4) ignored multicast
frames in promiscuous mode. The RTL8169 datasheet was not clear
how it handles multicast frames in promiscuous mode.
PR: kern/118572
MFC after: 3 days
NULL and doesn't point to a NULL pointer before dereferencing it. This
fixes a panic triggered by Xorg 7.3.
Reported and tested by: Bill Green
MFC after: 3 days
a pointer to struct bus_space. The structure contains function
pointers that do the actual bus space access.
The reason for this change is that previously all bus space
accesses were little endian (i.e. had an explicit byte-swap
for multi-byte accesses), because all busses on Macs are little
endian.
The upcoming support for Book E, and in particular the E500
core, requires support for big-endian busses because all
embedded peripherals are in the native byte-order.
With this change, there's no distinction between I/O port
space and memory mapped I/O. PowerPC doesn't have I/O port
space. Busses assign tags based on the byte-order only.
For that purpose, two global structures exist (bs_be_tag and
bs_le_tag), of which the address can be taken to get a valid
tag.
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
is actually a circular log. Deal with it rolling around. Fortunately,
the log area is big and I haven't seen any roll over yet. Update and
get rid of the obsolete comment.
When system ticks are positive, for entries in the cache
bucket, syncache_timer() ran on every tick (doing nothing
useful) instead of the supposed 3, 6, 12, and 24 seconds
later (when it's time to retransmit SYN,ACK).
When ticks are negative, syncache_timer() was scheduled
for the too far future (up to ~25 days on systems with
HZ=1000), no SYN,ACK retransmits were attempted at all,
and syncache entries added in that period that correspond
to non-established connections stay there forever.
Only HEAD and RELENG_7 are affected.
Reviewed by: silby, kmacy (earlier version)
Submitted by: Maxim Dounin, ru
- Rename output routines tcp_gen_* -> tcp_output_*.
- Rename notification routines that turn in to no-ops in the absence of TOE
from tcp_gen_* -> tcp_offload_*.
- Fix some minor comment nits.
- Add a /* FALLTHROUGH */
Reviewed by: Sam Leffler, Robert Watson, and Mike Silbersack
link has been marked discarding by Spanning Tree. This would cause the bridge
to see duplicate packets to itself even if STP has correctly calculated the
topology and blocked redundant links.
Reported by: trasz
Tested by: trasz
MFC after: 3 days
administratively down (!IFF_UP)
- Use the same parameters to lagg_link_active() to get the backup port as in
the output path, this didnt actually matter in practice as sc_primary is
always the first on the port list.
MFC after: 3 days
would be properly disposed of, but the global label structure for the
semaphore wouldn't be freed.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: tanyong <tanyong at ercist dot iscas dot ac dot cn>,
zhouzhouyi
destroy call; this transpired because the inpcb alloc path for IPv4/IPv6
is the same code, but IPv6 has a separate free path. The results was
that as new IPv6 TCP connections were created, kernel memory would
gradually leak.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: tanyong <tanyong at ercist dot iscas dot ac dot cn>,
zhouzhouyi
and t3_push_frames).
- Import latest changes to cxgb_main.c and cxgb_sge.c from toestack p4 branch
- make driver local copy of tcp_subr.c and tcp_usrreq.c and override tcp_usrreqs so
TOE can also functions on versions with unmodified TCP
- add cxgb back to the build
- rename tcp_ofld.[ch] to tcp_offload.[ch]
- document usage and locking conventions of the functions in the
toe_usrreqs function vector
- document tcpcb, inpcb, and socket fields used by toe
- widen the listen interface into 2 functions
- rename DISABLE_TCP_OFFLOAD to TCP_OFFLOAD_DISABLE
- shrink conditional compilation to reduce the likelihood of bitrot
- replace sc->sc_toepcb checks in tcp_syncache.c with TOEPCB_ISSET
or any other bio chopping geom a reasonable size of work.
Check for delivered signals between chunks, because the request size
and service time is unbounded.
details from consumers.
- Track individual selecters on a per-descriptor basis such that there
are no longer collisions and after sleeping for events only those
descriptors which triggered events must be rescaned.
- Protect the selinfo (per descriptor) structure with a mtx pool mutex.
mtx pool mutexes were chosen to preserve api compatibility with
existing code which does nothing but bzero() to setup selinfo
structures.
- Use a per-thread wait channel rather than a global wait channel.
- Hide select implementation details in a seltd structure which is
opaque to the rest of the kernel.
- Provide a 'selsocket' interface for those kernel consumers who wish to
select on a socket when they have no fd so they no longer have to
be aware of select implementation details.
Tested by: kris
Reviewed on: arch
processors (it's the PowerPC Operating Environment Architecture).
AIM designates the processors made by the Apple-IBM-Motorola
alliance and those we typically support.
While here, remove the NetBSD option IPKDB. It's not an option
used by us. Also, PPC_HAVE_FPU is not used by us either. Remove
that too.
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
the ABI when enabled. There is no longer an embedded lock_profile_object
in each lock. Instead a list of lock_profile_objects is kept per-thread
for each lock it may own. The cnt_hold statistic is now always 0 to
facilitate this.
- Support shared locking by tracking individual lock instances and
statistics in the per-thread per-instance lock_profile_object.
- Make the lock profiling hash table a per-cpu singly linked list with a
per-cpu static lock_prof allocator. This removes the need for an array
of spinlocks and reduces cache contention between cores.
- Use a seperate hash for spinlocks and other locks so that only a
critical_enter() is required and not a spinlock_enter() to modify the
per-cpu tables.
- Count time spent spinning in the lock statistics.
- Remove the LOCK_PROFILE_SHARED option as it is always supported now.
- Specifically drop and release the scheduler locks in both schedulers
since we track owners now.
In collaboration with: Kip Macy
Sponsored by: Nokia
cards:
o RocketRAID 172x series
o RocketRAID 174x series
o RocketRAID 2210
o RocketRAID 222x series
o RocketRAID 2240
o RocketRAID 230x series
o RocketRAID 231x series
o RocketRAID 232x series
o RocketRAID 2340
o RocketRAID 2522
Many thanks to Highpoint for their continued support of FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Highpoint
it's multi DAC / playback channels is not that good. Enabling vchans
make the bug more visible since playback allocation will look for
possible free hardware channels first (i.e: the next DAC, the very first
has been consumed by vchan mixer) which in this case has been proven faulty.
Tested by: Dominic Fandrey <LoN_Kamikaze at gmx dot de>
URL: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-stable/2007-December/039022.html
The HT1000 DMA engine seems to not always like 64K transfers and sometimes barfs data all over memory leading to instant chrash and burn.
Also fix 48bit adressing issues, apparently newer chips needs 16bit writes and not the usual fifo thing.
HW donated by: Travis Mikalson at TerraNovaNet
- make neccessary changes to release offload resources when a syncache
entry is removed before connection establishment
- disable checks for offloaded connection where insufficient information
is available
Reviewed by: silby
register (MacBooks only).
This allows MacBooks to boot in SMP mode without any trick and solves
the timer problems with HZ=1000.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: njl (mentor), jhb
Approved by: njl (mentor), jhb
Previous value 16 was too small for real LAC as temporal activity
spike cound easily overflow queue demanding tunnel disconnection due
to possible state inconsistency.
that favours true hardware channel, the first instance of recording
request will grab this channel (the first channel is being used as
vchan master). In many cases, it is not really work as intended and give
false impression of broken recording.
PR: kern/118546
MFC after: 3 days
7.2.3, bytes 0-3 and 5-15 are used to calculate the checksum of a descriptor
tag.
PR: kern/90521
Submitted by: Björn König <bkoenig@cs.tu-berlin.de>
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: emax (mentor)
header, then don't try to pullup anything, because there is no next
header if we hit IPPROTO_NONE. Set ulp to a non-NULL value so the
search for an upper layer header terinates.
This is based on Pekka's diagnosis, but I chose a simpler fix.
PR: 115261
Submitted by: Pekka Savola <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Reviewed by: mlaier
MFC after: 2 weeks
Ethernet Controller. Multicast filtering wasn't tested and needs more
expore. While I'm here change complex if statements with switch
statement which would improve readability.
Reported by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri < wearabnet AT yahoo DOT ca >
Tested by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri < wearabnet AT yahoo DOT ca >
pass back the desired buffer length. This fixes scanning with the Marvell
88W8335 and BCM4328 wireless cards.
PR: kern/118370
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Tested by: Ed Schouten
the sent_queue. Sometimes I wonder why any code
ever works :-)
- Fix the pad of the last mbuf routine, It was working improperly
on non-4 byte aligned chunks which could cause memory overruns.
MFC after: 1 week
by Daniel Kamm.
Adaptec RAID 51245
Adaptec RAID 51645
Adaptec RAID 52445
Adaptec RAID 5405
Sun STK RAID REM
Sun STK RAID EM
SG-XPCIESAS-R-IN
SG-XPCIESAS-R-EX
XXX: This only works currently with GEOM_GPT which only exists in 6.x.
XXX: I didn't add 'mbroffset' support for a GPT partition holding a BSD
label as I'm not sure if they use relative or absolute offsets.
MFC after: 3 days
o Disklabels can have between 8 and 20 partitions (inclusive).
o No device special file is created for the raw partition.
o Switch ia64 to use this backend.
o No support for boot code yet.
- Missing lock when sending data and moving it to the
outqueue.
- If a mbuf alloc fails during moving to outqueue the
reassembly of the old mbuf chain was incorrect.
- some_taken becomes a counter in sctputil.c instead of a set to 1.
- Fix a panic to be only under invarients and have a proper recovery.
- msg_flags needed to be set.to the value collected not or'd.
MFC after: 1 week
initialized before use and returned integrally instead of up to size.
Submitted by: Ilja van Sprundel <ilja -at- netric.org>
Reviewed by: secteam
MFC after: 1 day
on 1/2 of each of the successive limits tied to the limit for
2k clusters.
- Adds real functionality in so that doing a sysctl to change these
actually changes them :-)
MFC after: 1 week
when applicable.
Aquire Giant slightly later for vnlru.
In the syncer, aquire the Giant only when a vnode belongs to the
non-MPsafe fs.
In both speedup_syncer() and syncer_shutdown(), remove the syncer thread from
the lbolt sleep queue after the syncer state is modified, not before.
Herded by: attilio
Tested by: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: ups
MFC after: 1 week
This makes updates mounts such as:
"mount -u -o rdonly" work more like, "mount -u -o ro".
References to "-o rdonly" were changed to "-o ro" in revision 1.60 of
the mount(8) man page,
but some people still like to use "-o rdonly" since it was documented
in earlier versions of FreeBSD.
Requested by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
within the jail are never freed. si_cred is only used by the MAC framework so
make the cred reference conditional on it being compiled in, this is not a fix
and will need to be reviewed for any new consumers of si_cred.
This will quell some user complaint when using jails with a default kernel.
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 days
INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE. Make a user to look at what config(8) actually does,
and how can one fetch actual configuration file.
Reported by: many
Reviewed by: cognet (mentor)
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
is what gcc3 complains about.
Without this change, it's impossible to build the kernel with gcc3.
Tested by: cognet@ (mentor)
Approved by: cognet@ (mentor)
test incorrect.
- Fix the initial buf calculation to be more friendly, calc is the same
but we use different variable to make it easier amongst the different
code versions.
MFC after: 1 week
sending, once the locks are all unlocked to
do the copy's in, its possible that other
events could then raise the number of bytes
outstanding pushing it so not all the message
would fit. This would then cause us to send
only part of the message. This fix makes it
so we keep a "reserved" amount that can be
kept in mind when making calculations to send.
- rcv msg args with a NULL/NULL for to/tolen will return an error incorrectly
for the 1-2-1 model.
- We were not doing 0 len return correctly and not setting cantrcv more
correctly. Previouly we "fixed" this area by taking out the socantrcv
since we then could not get the data out. The correct rix is to still
flag the socket but alow a by-pass route to continue to read until
all data is consumed.
MFC after: 1 week
with insufficient protection mode.
For the i386 and amd64, create the tunable, machdep.prot_fault_translation,
with the following behaviour:
0 = autodetect the signal to be delivered on KERN_PROTECTION_FAILURE
from vm_fault based on the ELF OSABI note:
no note or __FreeBSD_version < 700004 - SIGBUS/BUS_PAGE_FAULT
note, and __FreeBSD_version >= 700004 - SIGSEGV/SEGV_ACCERR
1 = always SIGBUS/BUS_PAGE_FAULT
2 = always SIGSEGV/SEGV_ACCERR
This would do mostly automatic correction of ABI breakage, with the exception
of the untaged binaries for 7-CURRENT/RELENG_7 before the note is fixed. For
them, sysctl would allow to run the binary with manual settings.
Discussed with: portmgr (kris)
PR: kern/118304
MFC after: 3 days
dereferencing. Unaligned access could cause panic on strict alignment
architectures.
Reviewed by: marcel, marius (also tested on sparc64, thanks !)
MFC after: 3 days
Before this fix, FreeBSD would negotiate SACK on outgoing
connections, but would always fail to negotiate it on incoming
connections.
Discovered by: James Healy and Lawrence Stewart
Submitted by: James Healy and Lawrence Stewart
MFC after: 3 days
attached. Otherwise, the snp->snp_tty would be overwritten, while the
tty line discipline still set to the snpdisc. Then snplwrite() causes
panic because ttytosnp() cannot find the snp.
MFC after: 1 week
support its -k argument:
kern.proc.kstack - dump the kernel stack of a process, if debugging
is permitted.
This sysctl is present if either "options DDB" or "options STACK" is
compiled into the kernel. Having support for tracing the kernel
stacks of processes from user space makes it much easier to debug
(or understand) specific wmesg's while avoiding the need to enter
DDB in order to determine the path by which a process came to be
blocked on a particular wait channel or lock.
- Introduce per-architecture stack_machdep.c to hold stack_save(9).
- Introduce per-architecture machine/stack.h to capture any common
definitions required between db_trace.c and stack_machdep.c.
- Add new kernel option "options STACK"; we will build in stack(9) if it is
defined, or also if "options DDB" is defined to provide compatibility
with existing users of stack(9).
Add new stack_save_td(9) function, which allows the capture of a stacktrace
of another thread rather than the current thread, which the existing
stack_save(9) was limited to. It requires that the thread be neither
swapped out nor running, which is the responsibility of the consumer to
enforce.
Update stack(9) man page.
Build tested: amd64, arm, i386, ia64, powerpc, sparc64, sun4v
Runtime tested: amd64 (rwatson), arm (cognet), i386 (rwatson)
We used to allocate the domains 0-14 for userland, and leave the domain 15
for the kernel. Now supersections requires the use of domain 0, so we
switched the kernel domain to 0, and use 1-15 for userland.
How it's done currently, the kernel domain could be allocated for a
userland process.
So switch back to the previous way we did things, set the first available
domain to 0, and just add 1 to get the real domain number in the struct pmap.
Reported by: Mark Tinguely <tinguely AT casselton DOT net>
MFC After: 3 days
1. A packet comes in that is to be forwarded
2. The destination of the packet is rewritten by some firewall code
3. The next link's MTU is too small
4. The packet has the DF bit set
Then the current code is such that instead of setting the next
link's MTU in the ICMP error, ip_next_mtu() is called and a guess
is sent as to which MTU is supposed to be tried next. This is because
in this case ip_forward() is called with srcrt set to 1. In that
case the ia pointer remains NULL but it is needed to get the MTU
of the interface the packet is to be sent out from.
Thus, we always set ia to the outgoing interface.
MFC after: 2 weeks
The RAS implementation would set the end address, then the start
address. These were used by the kernel to restart a RAS sequence if
it was interrupted. When the thread switching code ran, it would
check these values and adjust the PC and clear them if it did.
However, there's a small flaw in this scheme. Thread T1, sets the end
address and gets preempted. Thread T2 runs and also does a RAS
operation. This resets end to zero. Thread T1 now runs again and
sets start and then begins the RAS sequence, but is preempted before
the RAS sequence executes its last instruction. The kernel code that
would ordinarily restart the RAS sequence doesn't because the PC isn't
between start and 0, so the PC isn't set to the start of the sequence.
So when T1 is resumed again, it is at the wrong location for RAS to
produce the correct results. This causes the wrong results for the
atomic sequence.
The window for the first race is 3 instructions. The window for the
second race is 5-10 instructions depending on the atomic operation.
This makes this failure fairly rare and hard to reproduce.
Mutexs are implemented in libthr using atomic operations. When the
above race would occur, a lock could get stuck locked, causing many
downstream problems, as you might expect.
Also, make sure to reset the start and end address when doing a syscall, or
a malicious process could set them before doing a syscall.
Reviewed by: imp, ups (thanks guys)
Pointy hat to: cognet
MFC After: 3 days
its -f and -v arguments:
kern.proc.filedesc - dump file descriptor information for a process, if
debugging is permitted, including socket addresses, open flags, file
offsets, file paths, etc.
kern.proc.vmmap - dump virtual memory mapping information for a process,
if debugging is permitted, including layout and information on
underlying objects, such as the type of object and path.
These provide a superset of the information historically available
through the now-deprecated procfs(4), and are intended to be exported
in an ABI-robust form.
January 1, 1601. The 1601 - 1970 period was in seconds rather than 100ns
units.
Remove duplication by having NdisGetCurrentSystemTime call ntoskrnl_time.
linker interfaces for looking up function names and offsets from
instruction pointers. Create two variants of each call: one that is
"DDB-safe" and avoids locking in the linker, and one that is safe for
use in live kernels, by virtue of observing locking, and in particular
safe when kernel modules are being loaded and unloaded simultaneous to
their use. This will allow them to be used outside of debugging
contexts.
Modify two of three current stack(9) consumers to use the DDB-safe
interfaces, as they run in low-level debugging contexts, such as inside
lockmgr(9) and the kernel memory allocator.
Update man page.
sx driver), change a magic value in the PLX bridge chip. Apparently later
builds of the PCI cards had corrected values in the configuration eeprom.
This change supposedly fixes some pci bus problems.
information in support of DDB(4); these functions bypass normal linker
locking as they may run in contexts where locking is unsafe (such as the
kernel debugger).
Add a new interface linker_ddb_search_symbol_name(), which looks up a
symbol name and offset given an address, and also
linker_search_symbol_name() which does the same but *does* follow the
locking conventions of the linker.
Unlike existing functions, these functions place the name in a
caller-provided buffer, which is stable even after linker locks have been
released. These functions will be used in upcoming revisions to stack(9)
to support kernel stack trace generation in contexts as part of a live,
rather than suspended, kernel.
gets enabled when INVARIANTS is on instead of DIAGNOSTIC (which apparently
nobody uses). From Tor's description:
This happens when the block range spans two block maps, the first in the
inode (mapping up to NDADDR direct blocks) and the second being the first
indirect block. The current check assumes that both block maps are
indirect blocks.
Work done by: tegge
Tested by: kris, kensmith
in the tcp header. With relevant parts of the tcp header changing after
the 'signature' was computed, the signature becomes invalid.
Reviewed by: tools/regression/netinet/tcpconnect
MFC after: 3 days
Tested by: Nick Hilliard (see net@)
is required by the X.Org PCI domains code and additionally needs
a workaround for Hummingbird and Sabre bridges as these don't
allow their config headers to be read at any width, which is an
unusual behavior.
- In psycho(4) take advantage of DEFINE_CLASS_0 and use more
appropriate types for some softc members.
MFC after: 3 days
hack means you can get the units and flags to match up more easily with
serial consoles on machines with acpi tables that cause the com ports
to be probed in the wrong order (and hence get the wrong sio unit number).
This replaces the common alternative hack of editing the code to comment
out the acpi attachment. This could go away entirely when device wiring
patches are committed.
stomping on the units intended for the motherboard sio ports. This is
no real substitute for the not-yet-committed device wiring enhancements.
Code taken from sio's pci attachment.
allocation fails and pv entries are reclaimed, there may be an unused pv
entry in a pv chunk that survived the reclamation. However, previously,
after reclamation, get_pv_entry() did not look for an unused pv entry in
a surviving pv chunk; it simply retried the page allocation. Now, it
does look for an unused pv entry before retrying the page allocation.
Note: This only applies to RELENG_7. Earlier branches use a different
pv entry allocator.
MFC after: 6 weeks
Intel CPUs with family 0x6, model 0xE and later (i.e., Intel Core(TM))
have a PMC architecture that differs somewhat from previous CPUs in
family 0x6. Even though the basic programming model is similar, the
documented set of legal values that may be loaded into their PMC MSRs
differs from that of the previous PMCs in family 0x6 and reusing bit
values valid for the older PMCs could result in undefined behaviour in
the general case.
per-cpu area. cp_time[] goes away and a new function creates a merged
cp_time-like array for things like linprocfs, sysctl etc. The
atomic ops for updating cp_time[] in statclock go away, and the scope
of the thread lock is reduced.
sysctl kern.cp_time returns a backwards compatible cp_time[] array.
A new kern.cp_times sysctl returns the individual per-cpu stats.
I have pending changes to make top and vmstat optionally show per-cpu
stats.
I'm very aware that there are something like 5 or 6 other versions "out
there" for doing this - but none were handy when I needed them.
I did merge my changes with John Baldwin's, and ended up replacing a
few chunks of my stuff with his, and stealing some other code.
Reviewed by: jhb
Partly obtained from: jhb
since the branch caches on at least Athlon XP through Athlon 64 CPU's
don't understand such instructions and guarantee a cache miss taking
at least 10 cycles. Use the documented workaround "ret $0" instead
("nop; ret" also works, but "ret $0" is probably faster on old CPUs).
Normal code (even asm code) doesn't branch to "ret", since there is
usually some cleanup to do, but the __mcount, .mcount and .mexitcount
entry points were optimized too well to have the minimum number of
instructions (3 instructions each if profiling is not enabled) and
they did this. I didn't see a significant number of cache misses for
.mexitcount, but for the shared "ret" for __mcount and .mcount I
observed cache misses costing 26 cycles each. For a send(2) syscall
that makes about 70 function calls, the cost of these cache misses
alone increased the syscall time from about 4000 cycles to about 7000
cycles. 4000 is for a profiling (GUPROF) kernel with profiling disabled;
after this fix, configuring profiling only costs about 600 cycles in the
4000, which is consistent with almost perfect branch prediction in the
mcounting calls.
unused except to obfuscate disassemblies. -mprofiler-epilogue is
currently with gcc-4 (it does too little), but -finstrument-functions
is broken in a different way (it does too much).
amd64 version: meger whitespace fixes from i386 version.
Call uma_sel_align() there at well.
Set CPU_CONTROL_VECRELOC if we're using the high vectors page.
Submitted by: Rafal Jaworowski <raj AT semihalf DOT com>
MFC After: 1 week
bpf will see inner and outer headers or just inner or outer
headers for incoming and outgoing IPsec packets.
This is useful in bpf to not have over long lines for debugging
or selcting packets based on the inner headers.
It also properly defines the behavior of what the firewalls see.
Last but not least it gives you if_enc(4) for IPv6 as well.
[ As some auxiliary state was not available in the later
input path we save it in the tdbi. That way tcpdump can give a
consistent view of either of (authentic,confidential) for both
before and after states. ]
Discussed with: thompsa (2007-04-25, basic idea of unifying paths)
Reviewed by: thompsa, gnn
- On amd64, just assume type #1 is always used. PCI 2.0 mandated
deprecated type #2 and required type #1 for all future bridges which
was well before amd64 existed.
- For i386, ignore whatever value was in 0xcf8 before testing for type #1
and instead rely on the other tests to determine if type #1 works. Some
newer machines leave garbage in 0xcf8 during boot and as a result the
kernel doesn't find PCI at all (which greatly confuses ACPI which expects
PCI to exist when PCI busses are in the namespace).
MFC after: 3 days
Discussed with: scottl
ZFS porting style didn't extend this, instead using a heap of additional
header files that don't get installed.
My intention had been to allow OpenSolaris external code to build on
FreeBSD out of the box (i.e. without a src tree).
Make clear that this is not a good idea when called from
tcp_output()->ipsec_hdrsiz_tcp()->ipsec4_hdrsize_tcp()
as we do not know if IPsec processing is needed at that point.
T_DIRECT filtering so that disk drives can be attached via the
pass driver. Add CAM locking. Don't mark CAM commands as SG64
since the hardware isn't designed to deal with 64-bit passthru
commands. Hopefully the bounce buffer changes that were done
for the management/ioctl interface are robust enough to handle
this deficiency for CAM as well.
- Enable pcbeep control for Acer + ALC268 (nid 29). Give enough (fake)
hints so the parser will grab it and allocate "speaker" control.
- Fix regression while preparing DAC and ADC for multichannel
format. Since playback policy is to output to every possible path,
ensure that each DAC is started.
Reported / Tested by: Guy Brand
Currently, Giant is not too much contented so that it is ok to treact it
like any other mutexes.
Please don't forget to update your own custom config kernel files.
Approved by: cognet, marcel (maintainers of arches where option is
not enabled at the moment)
of some old programs. Since sigval is union type, this change will not have
binary compatibility problem.
MFC: after 3 days
Discussed with: rwatson, glebius
It should just contain the value we want to add, as if we're interrupted
between the add and the str, we will restart from the beginning. Just use
a register we can scratch instead.
MFC After: 1 week
routine. It is not needed as the existing tests for segment coalescing
already handle bounced addresses and it prevents legal segment coalescing
in certain edge cases.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: scottl
The call should happen with the driver lock held. We don't hold the driver
lock in newstate as it's a separate thread where we can't sleep (and we only
call wpi_cmd in async mode).
Discovered By: Attillo's callout rework
Approved By: mlaier (comentor)
currently, before to spin the turnstile spinlock is acquired and the
waiters flag is set.
This is not strictly necessary, so just spin before to acquire the
spinlock and to set the flags.
This will simplify a lot other functions too, as now we have the waiters
flag set only if there are actually waiters.
This should make wakeup/sleeping couplet faster under intensive mutex
workload.
This also fixes a bug in rw_try_upgrade() in the adaptive case, where
turnstile_lookup() will recurse on the ts_lock lock that will never be
really released [1].
[1] Reported by: jeff with Nokia help
Tested by: pho, kris (earlier, bugged version of rwlock part)
Discussed with: jhb [2], jeff
MFC after: 1 week
[2] John had a similar patch about 6.x and/or 7.x about mutexes probabilly
sends frames up the stack after changing the current channel then
the lookup by ieee channel number may fail leaving a null ptr in
se_chan; if this happens fallback to the channel recorded when the
frame is processed (curchan). Since the frame doesn't contribute
to scan results for the sta this is acceptable.
Reviewed by: thompsa
MFC after: 3 days
1837014 Kernel panics after authentication of an outgoing packet
1836992 Potential bugs in packet auth code (w/patches)
1836967 Kernel panic when using auth rule with keep state
and another reported only to FreeBSD by Andiry (see PR)
PR: kern/118251
Submitted by: Andriy Syrovenko <andriys@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: darrenr
MFC after: 5 days
cast as uint32_t which is defined as unsigned int. gcc doesn't want to
consider that there might not be much difference between an int and
a long on a 32 bit architecture.
vm_pageout_fallback_object_lock() in vm_contig_launder_page() to better
handle a lock-ordering problem. Consequently, trylock's failure on the
page's containing object no longer implies that the page cannot be
laundered.
MFC after: 6 weeks
This has the benefit that rmlocks have proper support for reader recursion
(in contrast to rwlock(9) which could potential lead to writer stravation).
It also means a significant performance gain, eventhough only visible in
microbenchmarks at the moment.
Discussed on: -arch, -net
malloc_type_allocated(..., 0) calls that occur when contigmalloc() has
failed. Eliminate the acquisition and release of the page queues lock
from vm_page_release_contig(). Rename contigmalloc2() to
contigmapping(), reflecting what it does.
as up if at least one of its ports also has a link up. This fixes using
carp+lagg together and any other system that relies on linkstate events.
PR: kern/113956
MFC after: 3 days
the inpcb when there's an inpcb without associated timewait state, and
not unlocking when the inpcb has been freed. This avoids a kernel panic
when tcpdrop(8) is run on a socket in the TIMEWAIT state.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Rako <rako29 at gmail dot com>
should never be moved by one lock to another.
As, luckily, nothing in our tree is using it, axe the function.
This breaks lockmgr KPI, so interested, third-party modules should update
their source code with appropriate replacement.
Ok'ed by: ups, rwatson
MFC after: 3 days
comments from vnode_pager_setsize(). This call was introduced in
revision 1.140 to address a problem that no longer exists.
Specifically, pmap_zero_page_area() has replaced a (possibly)
problematic implementation of page zeroing that was based on
vm_pager_map(), bzero(), and vm_pager_unmap().
while the global callout spinlock is not held, and can lead to PF#.
Reported by: dougb, Mark Atkinson <atkin901 at yahoo dot com>
Tested by: dougb
Diagnosed by: jhb
The lookup hurts a bit for connections but had been there anyway
if IPSEC was compiled in. So moving the lookup up a bit gives us
TSO support at not extra cost.
PR: kern/115586
Tested by: gallatin
Discussed with: kmacy
MFC after: 2 months
a good job of it) in the copypktopts() function, just call ip6_clearpktopts()
directly. Otherwise, the callers of this function would end up freeing the
memory twice.
Reviewed by: jinmei
PR: kern/116360
o Acer Aspire 4520 laptop
- jack sensing / automute
o Toshiba Satellite A135-S4527 laptop
- jack sensing / automute
Tested by: lioux
o Apple Macbook 3 (is it?)
- require gpio0 (for speakers) and ovref50 (for headphone)
to make it works
- jack sensing / automute
Tested by: Ed Schouten
* Add Nvidia MCP67 controller ids.
* Be sensible about simmilar controller with multiple pci ids.
* Connect unused DAC/ADC to stream#0 rather than forcing each of them
managing their own stream.
MFC after: 3 days
include the ithread scheduling step. Without this, a preemption might
occur in between the interrupt getting masked and the ithread getting
scheduled. Since the interrupt handler runs in the context of curthread,
the scheudler might see it as having a such a low priority on a busy system
that it doesn't get to run for a _long_ time, leaving the interrupt stranded
in a disabled state. The only way that the preemption can happen is by
a fast/filter handler triggering a schduling event earlier in the handler,
so this problem can only happen for cases where an interrupt is being
shared by both a fast/filter handler and an ithread handler. Unfortunately,
it seems to be common for this sharing to happen with network and USB
devices, for example. This fixes many of the mysterious TCP session
timeouts and NIC watchdogs that were being reported. Many thanks to Sam
Lefler for getting to the bottom of this problem.
Reviewed by: jhb, jeff, silby
- Bring HEAD up to the latest shared code
- Fix TSO problem using limited MSS and forwarding
- Dual lock implementation
- New device support
- For my ease, this code can compile in either 6.x or later
- brings this driver in sync with the 6.3
prepend a data mbuf in front of a header mbuf without moving the header
to the new mbuf, and (2) a possible alignment problem on architectures
with strict alignment as reported in kern/4184.
PR: kern/4184 (1)
addresses as the source of an AARP request. While this PR was submitted
in the context of work in OpenBSD to port netatalk (in 1997), I've
synchronized the code more to our ARP input routine, which had similar
requirements.
Submitted by: Denton Gentry
PR: kern/4184
MFC after: 1 week
only at address 0 which is supposed to be the only valid phy address
on Marvell PHY. The more correct solution would be masking PHY
address ranges allowable in PHY probe routine. Unfortunately,
FreeBSD has no way to retrict the PHY address ranges or to pass special
flags to PHY driver.
This change assumes that PHY hardwares attached to msk(4) would be
Marvell made 88E11xx PHY.
With this changes the phantom phys attached on 88E8036(Yukon FE)
should disappear.
Reported by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
Tested by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
only 4KB SRAM.
o Rework setting Tx/Rx RAM buffer size. Give receiver 2/3 of memory
and round it down to the multiple of 1024. The RAM buffer size of
Yukon II should be multiple of 1024. This fixes bogus RAM buffer
configuration used in Yukon FE.
Reported by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
Tested by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
timestamps in the initial SYN packet actually use them in the rest of the
connection. Unfortunately, during the 7.0 testing cycle users have already
found network devices that violate this constraint.
RFC 1323 states 'and may send a TSopt in other segments' rather than
'and MUST send', so we must allow it.
Discovered by: Rob Zietlow
Tracked down by: Kip Macy
PR: bin/118005
publicly available datasheet for Yukon II and don't know what
bug/workaround exist for the specific hardware revision. Also I don't
think the vendor will release hardware errata in near future.
The hardware feature lists were not used at all except setting water
mark registers. Since msk(4) should know exact chip model/revision
number to decide which hardware capability could be used the extra
feature lists were redundant.
o Enable jumbo frame support for EC Ultra and disable jumbo frame
for FE.
o Enable store and forward mode for standard MTU sized frame.
o Enable TSO for EC Ultra. However TSO/checksum offload is disabled
for jumbo frame case. Because EC Ultra can't use store and forward
mode for jumbo frame TSO/checksum offload is not available.
o Adjust Tx GMAC almost empty threshold value and add a jumbo frame
water mark. The maic value was obtained from Marvell's sk98lin
driver.
o Fix EC Ultra chip revision number.
rwlocks in conjuction with callouts. The function does basically what
callout_init_mtx() alredy does with the difference of using a rwlock
as extra argument.
CALLOUT_SHAREDLOCK flag can be used, now, in order to acquire the lock only
in read mode when running the callout handler. It has no effects when used
in conjuction with mtx.
In order to implement this, underlying callout functions have been made
completely lock type-unaware, so accordingly with this, sysctl
debug.to_avg_mtxcalls is now changed in the generic
debug.to_avg_lockcalls.
Note: currently the allowed lock classes are mutexes and rwlocks because
callout handlers run in softclock swi, so they cannot sleep and they
cannot acquire sleepable locks like sx or lockmgr.
Requested by: kmacy, pjd, rwatson
Reviewed by: jhb
Revert the probe in atapi-cd.c to the old usage now its fixed on AHCI.
THis change also fixes using virtual CD's om fx parallels.
Still leaves the GEOM problem of telling media vs device access apart in the access function.
server-side RPC retranmission cache for non-idempotent operations: these
hacks substituted 0 (success) for the expected EEXIST in the event that
a target name already existed for LINK, SYMLINK, and MKDIR operations,
under the assumption that EEXIST represented a second application of the
original RPC rather than a true failure.
Background: certain NFS operations (in this case, LINK, SYMLINK, and
MKDIR) are not idempotent, as they leave behind persisting state on the
server that prevents them from being replayed without an error;if an UDP
RPC reply is lost leading to a retransmission by theclient, the second
reply will return EEXIST rather than success, asthe new object has
already been created. The NFS client previouslysilently mapped the
EEXIST return into success to paper over thisproblem.
However, in all modern NFS server implementations, a reply cache is kept
in order to retransmit the original reply to a retransmitted request,
rather than performing the operation a second time, allowing this hack
to be avoided. This allows link()-based filelocking over NFS to operate
correctly, as an application requestingthe creation of a new link for a
file to tell if it succeededatomically or not.
Other NFS clients, including Solaris and Linux, generally follow this
behavior for the same reasons. Most clients also now default to TCP,
which also helps avoid the issue of retransmitted but non-idempotent
requests in most cases.
Reported by: Adam McDougall <mcdouga9 at egr dot msu dot edu>,
Timo Sirainen <tss at iki dot fi>
Reviewed by: mohans
MFC after: 1 week
o buffered write, for chunks smaller than PIPE_MINDIRECT bytes
o direct write, for everything else
A call to writev(2) may receive struct iov of various size and the
kernel may have to switch from one solution to the other. Before doing
this, it must wake reader processes and any select/poll/kqueue up.
This commit fixes a bug where select/poll/kqueue are not triggered
when switching from buffered write to direct write. It adds calls to
pipeselwakeup().
I give more details on freebsd-arch@:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-arch/2007-September/006790.html
This should fix issues with Erlang (lang/erlang) and kqueue.
Reported by: Rickard Green (Erlang)
time ago (2002 according to the gcc log). Using the proper name
fixes a warning in src/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.c about the second
argument of va_start() not being the last named (when it really
was).
This has the following benefits:
- allows to use the AT keyboard maps in share/syscons/keymaps with
sunkbd(4),
- allows to use kbdmux(4) with sunkbd(4),
- allows Sun RS232 keyboards to be configured and used the same
way as Sun USB keyboards driven by ukbd(4) (which also does AT
keyboard emulation) with X.Org, putting an end to the problem
of native support for the former in X.Org being broken over and
over again.
MFC after: 3 days
an unified way for all the lock primitives to express lock assertions.
Currenty, lockmgrs and rmlocks don't have assertions, so just panic in
that case.
This will be a base for more callout improvements.
Ok'ed by: jhb, jeff
strees2 suite, to quote his letter, this change:
1. It removes the tn_lookup_dirent stuff. I think this cannot be fixed,
because nothing protects vnode/tmpfs node between lookup is done, and
actual operation is performed, in the case the vnode lock is dropped.
At least, this is the case with the from vnode for rename.
For now, we do the linear lookup in the parent node. This has its own
drawbacks. Not mentioning speed (that could be fixed by using hash), the
real problem is the situation where several hardlinks exist in the dvp.
But, I think this is fixable.
2. The patch restores the VV_ROOT flag on the root vnode after it became
reclaimed and allocated again. This fixes MPASS assertion at the start
of the tmpfs_lookup() reported by many.
Submitted by: kib
First, a file is mmap(2)ed and then mlock(2)ed. Later, it is truncated.
Under "normal" circumstances, i.e., when the file is not mlock(2)ed, the
pages beyond the EOF are unmapped and freed. However, when the file is
mlock(2)ed, the pages beyond the EOF are unmapped but not freed because
they have a non-zero wire count. This can be a mistake. Specifically,
it is a mistake if the sole reason why the pages are wired is because of
wired, managed mappings. Previously, unmapping the pages destroys these
wired, managed mappings, but does not reduce the pages' wire count.
Consequently, when the file is unmapped, the pages are not unwired
because the wired mapping has been destroyed. Moreover, when the vm
object is finally destroyed, the pages are leaked because they are still
wired. The fix is to reduce the pages' wired count by the number of
wired, managed mappings destroyed. To do this, I introduce a new pmap
function pmap_page_wired_mappings() that returns the number of managed
mappings to the given physical page that are wired, and I use this
function in vm_object_page_remove().
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 6 weeks
If it is set to zero value (default) dummynet module will try to emulate
real link as close as possible (bandwidth & latency): packet will not leave
pipe faster than it should be on real link with given bandwidth.
(This is original behaviour of dummynet which was altered in previous commit)
If it is set to non-zero value only bandwidth is enforced: packet's latency
can be lower comparing to real link with given bandwidth.
- Document recently introduced dummynet(4) sysctl variables.
Requested by: luigi, julian
MFC after: 3 month
with ACCESSPERMS. Document in mount_ntfs(8) only the nine
low-order bits of mask are used (taken from mount_msdosfs(8)).
PR: kern/114856
Submitted by: Ighighi
MFC after: 1 month
In case attach fails because of the priv check we leaked the
memory and left so_pcb as fodder for invariants.
Reported by: Pawel Worach
Reviewed by: rwatson
- Implement timing out of VPD register access.[1]
- Fix an off-by-one error of freeing malloc'd space when checksum is invalid.
- Fix style(9) bugs, i.e., sizeof cannot be followed by space.
- Retire now obsolete 'hw.pci.enable_vpd' tunable.
Submitted by: cokane (initial revision)[1]
Reviewed by: marius (intermediate revision)
Silence from: jhb, jmg, rwatson
Tested by: cokane, jkim
MFC after: 3 days
The register layout is little different from memory-mapped stats
in the previous generation chips. In fact, it is bad because
registers in this range are cleared after reading them.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
- Trying to eliminate another racing by replacing the timeout(9) with
callout APIs. In addition to that, the callout_drain() in an_detach()
help us to avoid a possible panic-on-free due to the callout API tries
to lock a destroyed mutex.
- In an_stats_update(), check the return value of an_read_record(). This
should reduce the chance of device removal(PCCARD) panic [2].
- Adding a comment to state the fact that an_stats_update() is now called
via callout(9) with a lock held [2].
Submitted by: jhb [1], ambrisko [2]
Reviewed by: jhb, ambrisko
Reported by: dhw
Tested by: dhw
MFC after: 3 days
priorities of the technologies supported by 802.3 Selector Field
value.
1000BASE-T full duplex
1000BASE-T
100BASE-T2 full duplex
100BASE-TX full duplex
100BASE-T2
100BASE-T4
100BASE-TX
10BASE-T full duplex
10BAST-T
However PHY drivers didn't honor the order such that 100BASE-T4 had
higher priority than 100BASE-TX full duplex. Fix that long standing
bugs such that have PHY drivers choose the highest common denominator
ability.
Fix a bug in dcphy which inadvertently aceepts 100BASE-T4.
PR: 92599
- Populate the register values for the trapframe put on the stack by the
double fault handler.
- Teach DDB's trace routine to treat a double fault like other trap frames.
MFC after: 3 days
process_fini, thread_ctor, thread_dtor, thread_init, thread_fini. This
will allow us to extend dynamically areas in proc/thread for dtrace ;-)
Reviewed by: rwatson
- process_ctor,dtor, init and fini
- thread_ctor,dtor, init and fini
This allows the ability to add on additional things
during construction/destruction of threads and processes.
Reviewed by: rwatson
communicate that it relates to (is called by) thread_alloc()
o Add cpu_thread_free() which is called from thread_free()
to counter-act cpu_thread_alloc().
i386: Have cpu_thread_free() call cpu_thread_clean() to
preserve behaviour.
ia64: Have cpu_thread_free() call mtx_destroy() for the
mutex initialized in cpu_thread_alloc().
PR: ia64/118024
removing some copy&pasted code.
- Reduce copy and paste in ng_apply_item().
- Resurrect ng_send_fn() as a valid symbol, not a define.
Reviewed by: mav, julian
opposed to what process. Since threads by default have teh name of the
process unless over-written with more useful information, just print the
thread name instead.
sys/dev/acpica/acpi.c rev 1.196 a while ago:
Grab Giant around calls to DEVICE_SUSPEND/RESUME in
acpi_SetSleepState().
If we are resuming non-MPSAFE drivers, they need Giant held for them.
This may fix some obscure suspend/resume problems. It has fixed keyrate
setting problems that were triggered by cardbus (MPSAFE) changing the
ordering for syscons resume (non-MPSAFE). Also, add some asserts that
Giant is held in our suspend/resume and shutdown methods.
Submitted by: Marko Zec
amd64 mechanism over. Instead of page table hackery that isn't
actually needed, just use 'struct pcpu __pcpu[MAXCPU]' for backing like
all the other platforms do. Get rid of 'struct privatespace' and a
while mess of #ifdef SMP garbage that set it up. As a bonus, this
returns the 4MB of KVA that we stole to implement it the old way.
This also allows you to read the pcpu data for each cpu when reading a
minidump.
Background information: Originally, pcpu stuff was implemented as having
per-cpu page tables and magic to make different data structures appear
at the same actual address. In order to share page tables, we switched
to using the GDT and %fs/%gs to access it. But we still did the evil
magic to set it up for the old way. The "idle stacks" are not used
for the idle process anymore and are just used for a few functions during
bootup, then ignored. (excercise for reader: free these afterwards).
that the driver will handle WEP encryption. However, this does not seem to be
implemented by this driver (or maybe the chipset doesn't support it?)
Removing the flag makes my wpi card work using wpa_supplicant(8) on a
network with 802.1x security (without this change it authenticated fine, but
tcpdump only saw garbage packets)
Reviewed by: benjsc, imp (mentor)
Approved by: imp (mentor), sam
frequency from OpenFirmware moved out and into a routine that is called
from cpu_startup().
This allows correct reporting of the CPU clockspeed when printing out
CPU information at boot time.
Reported by: numerous
Reviewed by: marcel
MFC after: 1 day
Enhanced Disk Drive Specification Ver 3.0 defines that the version
of extension in AH would be 30h.
Correct the check for that to be >=30h instead of >3h.
MFC after: 2 months
from messing with the spdb and sadb.
Problem sneaked in with the fast_ipsec+v6->ipsec merger by no
longer going via raw_usrreqs.pr_attach.
Reported by: Pawel Worach
Identified by: rwatson
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 days
bumped to 800004 to note the change though userland apps should not be
affected since they use <sys/agpio.h> rather than the headers in
sys/dev/agp.
Discussed with: anholt
Repocopy by: simon
and update the rx code to handle multiple frames in a single usb
transfer. AX772 parts (at least) exhibit many input errors when
operated with a 2K rx buffer and no errors w/ a 4K rx buffer (it's
unclear what the cause of the errors is for 2K so this may just be
covering up the real issue). Larger rx buffer sizes show no
significant performance improvement for AX772. Bypassing the common
buffer management routines also eliminates an extra context switch
on every packet which noticeably improves performance (TCP netperf
rx goes from 45 Mb/s to 85 MB/s).
Submitted by: "J.R. Oldroyd" <fbsd@opal.com>
Reviewed by: imp
Obtained from: openbsd (partly)
MFC after: 3 weeks
The reliability of it's multi DAC / playback channels is
not that good. Enabling vchans make the bug more visible
since playback allocation will look for possible free
hardware channels first (i.e: the next DAC, the very first
has been consumed by vchan mixer) which in this case has
been proven faulty.
Reported / Tested by: Sascha Klauder
MFC after: 3 days
This includes:
o mtree (for legal/intel_wpi)
o manpage for i386/amd64 archs
o module for i386/amd64 archs
o NOTES for i386/amd64 archs
Approved by: mlaier (comentor)
proc_rwmen.
Otherwise copy on write may create an anonymous page that is
not marked as dirty. Since writing data to these pages
in this function also does not dirty these pages they may be
later discarded by the pagedaemon.
- Use unit2minor() and minor2unit() to generate minor numbers to support
unit numbers higher than 255.
- Use simple string operations on the 'names' array rather than hard-coded
constants and switch statements so that more ptys can be added by simply
expanding the 'names' array.
MFC after: 1 week
lock optimized for almost exclusive reader access. (see also rmlock.9)
TODO:
Convert to per cpu variables linkerset as soon as it is available.
Optimize UP (single processor) case.
- Patch registers CR47 and CR157 on devices that require it.
- Fix power calibration setting on ZD1211B.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
- Fix multicast transfer by properly reprogram multicast global
hash table, which in turns fix promiscuous mode and IPv6
autoconfiguration / local networking.
Reviewed by: sam, Weongyo Jeong
Tested using: Aztech WL230 , Belkin F5D7050, Unicorn WL-54G,
3COM 3CRUSB10075
MFC after: 1 week
I've tried to move md(4) to use geom_disk class, like real disks do, but
this requires major rework of some of the existing features such as
configuration dumping for example. Therefore just putting devstat support
directly into md(4) seems to be optimal solution.
Now you can see md(4) stats in `systat -vm' again.
MFC after: 2 weeks
present on the MacBook, MacBook Pro, and Intel MacMini.
This driver exports information via sysctl in its private sysctl tree
dev.asmc.*. You can get information about temperatures, fan speeds, the
keyboard light sensor and the Sudden Motion Sensor (SMS).
The SMS is very useful to park the disk heads when the laptop is
moved. Basically, the SMS is setup so that, under movement, we get an
interrupt on irq 6 and a devd notification is sent.
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Approved by: njl (mentor)
Reviewed by: attilio (previous version, but very similar), jhb (interrupt
specific review)
LINUX_SIOCGIFCOUNT just returns 0 since it is not implemented in the
Linux 2.6.16.
LINUX_SIOCGIFINDEX/LINUX_SIOGIFINDEX are mapped to the FreeBSD native
SIOCGIFINDEX.
Tested by: Peter Kostouros <kpeter@melbpc.org.au>
Reviewed by: brooks, rpaulo (on net@)
Submitted by: rdivacky
MFC after: 1 week
2) Alter packet flow inside dummynet: allow certain packets to bypass
dummynet scheduler. Benefits are:
- lower latency: if packet flow does not exceed pipe bandwidth, packets
will not be (up to tick) delayed (due to dummynet's scheduler granularity).
- lower overhead: if packet avoids dummynet scheduler it shouldn't reenter ip
stack later. Such packets can be fastforwarded.
- recursion (which can lead to kernel stack exhaution) eliminated. This fix
long existed panic, which can be triggered this way:
kldload dummynet
sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass=0
ipfw pipe 1 config bw 0
for i in `jot 30`; do ipfw add 1 pipe 1 icmp from any to any; done
ping -c 1 localhost
3) Three new sysctl nodes are added:
net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_pkt - packets passed to dummynet
net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_pkt_fast - packets avoided dummynet scheduler
net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_pkt_drop - packets dropped by dummynet
P.S. Above comments are true only for layer 3 packets. Layer 2 packet flow
is not changed yet.
MFC after: 3 month
while other variants have inorder ethernet address for the same
chipset. Override ethernet address ordering if we already know how
it was stored. This fixes the use of inversed ethernet address on
MCP67.
Submitted by: ariff
MFC after: 3 days
Allocate space in keyboard state structure instead to prevent random byte
from possibly overwritten stack location frombeing shoved into USB device
when transfer actually takes place.
This fixes at least one instance of LEDs not working with USB keyboards.
characters (mostly "&"). Because top(1) shows only first six characters of
wait channel, without this change we saw only one meaningful character.
Requested by: kris & others
MFC after: 1 week
must be globally performed before calling any of the TLB invalidation
functions.
With one exception, on amd64, this requirement was already met. Fix this
one case. Also, as a clarification, change an existing atomic op into a
release. (Suggested by: jhb)
Reported and reviewed by: ups
MFC after: 3 days
o do not override the home channel recorded for the sta when the frame is
received off-channel; this fixes a problem where we might think the sta
was operating on the channel the frame was received on causing association
requests to be ignored/rejected (likely cause of kern/99036)
o don't include rssi of off-channel frames in the avg rssi used to select
a bss; this gives us a better estimate of the signal we will see for the
station when on-channel
PR: kern/99036
Found by: Yubin Gong
Reviewed by: sephe
MFC after: 1 week
This import includes:
o wpi Wireless driver for the Intel 3945 Wireless Lan Controller (802.11abg) (sys/dev/wpi)
o Intel firmware revision 2.14.4 & associated LICENSE (sys/dev/contrib/wpi, sys/contrib/dev/wpi/LICENSE)
o wpifw Firmware driver (sys/modules/wpifw)
Approved by: mlaier, sam (co-mentors)
silent NULL pointer dereference in the i386 and sparc64 pmap_pinit()
when the kmem_alloc_nofault() failed to allocate address space. Both
functions now return error instead of panicing or dereferencing NULL.
As consequence, vmspace_exec() and vmspace_unshare() returns the errno
int. struct vmspace arg was added to vm_forkproc() to avoid dealing
with failed allocation when most of the fork1() job is already done.
The kernel stack for the thread is now set up in the thread_alloc(),
that itself may return NULL. Also, allocation of the first process
thread is performed in the fork1() to properly deal with stack
allocation failure. proc_linkup() is separated into proc_linkup()
called from fork1(), and proc_linkup0(), that is used to set up the
kernel process (was known as swapper).
In collaboration with: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: jhb
default object rather than cache it was to have
vm_pager_has_page(object, pindex, ...) == FALSE to imply that there is
no cached page in object at pindex. This allows to avoid explicit
checks for cached pages in vm_object_backing_scan().
For now, we need the same bandaid for the swap object, otherwise both
the vm_page_lookup() and the pager can report that there is no page at
offset, while page is stored in the cache. Also, this fixes another
instance of the KASSERT("object type is incompatible") failure in the
vm_page_cache_transfer().
Reported and tested by: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: alc
MFC after: 3 days
interface. Once the limit is reached packets with unknown source addresses are
dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or is removed. Useful to
use with the STICKY cache option.
Sponsored by: miniSuperHappyDevHouse NZ
reset problem when we reboot the system with the zyd device inserted.
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Reported by: Ted Lindgreen (ted@tednet.nl)
MFC after: 1 week
it's been printing out scary messages about "Unhanded Event Notify Frame"
that are needlessly worrisome to users. Change this warning to only print
out at an elevated debugging level.
warnings. Specifically, whenever vm_page_alloc(9) returned NULL to
get_pv_entry(), we issued a warning regardless of the number of pv
entries in use. (Note: The older pv entry allocator in RELENG_6 does
not have this problem.)
Reported by: Jeremy Chadwick
Eliminate the direct call to pagedaemon_wakeup() by get_pv_entry().
This was a holdover from earlier times when the page daemon was
responsible for the reclamation of pv entries.
MFC after: 5 days
Put in a little comment explaining why it went away.
Re-enable it in the case there an exisiting process is just splitting
off its address space and file descriptors.
(I donpt think anything uses that code but it needs some sort of locking
and this does the job.
Reviewed by: Davidxu, alc, others
MFC after: 3 days
CPUs to make sure idle threads are evicted from the softc before returning
from acpi_cpu_shutdown(). However, this is unnecessary since stop_cpus()
handles this for itself and at this point it's possible that our IPI will be
blocked (interrupts disabled).
Thanks to: Glen Leeder <glen.leeder / nokia.com>
MFC after: 3 days
don't do this right; instead go to the scan cache so we pass through
auth state (if the cache is warm we can do this w/o an actual scan)
MFC after: 1 week
(BIO_WRITE and BIO_FLUSH) as it is done is Solaris. The difference is
that Solaris calls it only for sync requests, but we can't say in GEOM
is the request is sync or async, so we do it for every request.
MFC after: 1 week
to change the freq before the other CPUs are active. The current code
always attempts to change all CPUs to match each other, and the requisite
sched_bind() call won't work before APs are launched.
/dev/agpgart and agp_free_res() frees resources like the BAR for the
aperture. Splitting this up lets chipset-specific detach routines
manipulate the aperture during their detach routines without panicing.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: anholt
* Do not hold any locks over calls to copyin/copyout.
* Clean up some #ifdefs
* fix a possible mbuf leak when NAT fails on policy routed packets
PR: 117216
- Select a tag gains ability to optionally save new tags
off in the timewait system.
- When looking up associations do not give back a stcb that
is in the about-to-be-freed state, and instead continue
looking for other candiates.
- New function to query to see if value is in time-wait.
- Timewait had a time comparison error that caused very
few vtags to actually stay in time-wait.
- When setting tags in time-wait, we now use the time
requested NOT a fixed constant value.
- sstat now gets the proper associd when we do the query.
- When we process an association, we expect the tag chosen
(if we have one from a cookie) to be in time-wait. Before
we would NOT allow the assoc up by checking if its good.
In theory this should have caused almost all assoc not
to come up except for the time-comparison bug above (this
bug was hidden by the time comparison bug :-D).
- Don't save tags for nonce values in the time-wait cache
since these are used only during cookie collisions and do
not matter if they are unique or not.
MFC after: 1 week
set this flag and it was more or less just copied and pasted from
another FreeBSD driver while porting this driver from NetBSD, whose
gentbi(4) doesn't set MIIF_NOISOLATE either.
- Fix spelling in a comment.
OK'ed by: yongari
MFC after: 3 months
zero (0). Actual RFCOMM channel will be assigned after listen(2)
call is done on a RFCOMM socket bound to a ''wildcard'' RFCOMM
channel zero (0).
Address locking issues in ng_btsocket_rfcomm_bind()
Submitted by: Heiko Wundram (Beenic) < wundram at beenic dot net >
MFC after: 1 week
- Remove AU_.* hard-coded audit class constants, as udit classes are now
entirely dynamically configured using /etc/security/audit_class.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
supports the removal of hard-coded audit class constants in OpenBSM
1.0. All audit classes are now dynamically configured via the
audit_class database.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
changes:
01 - Enhanced LRO:
LRO feature is extended to support multi-buffer mode. Previously,
Ethernet frames received in contiguous buffers were offloaded.
Now, frames received in multiple non-contiguous buffers can be
offloaded, as well. The driver now supports LRO for jumbo frames.
02 - Locks Optimization:
The driver code was re-organized to limit the use of locks.
Moreover, lock contention was reduced by replacing wait locks
with try locks.
03 - Code Optimization:
The driver code was re-factored to eliminate some memcpy
operations. Fast path loops were optimized.
04 - Tag Creations:
Physical Buffer Tags are now optimized based upon frame size.
For better performance, Physical Memory Maps are now re-used.
05 - Configuration:
Features such as TSO, LRO, and Interrupt Mode can be configured
either at load or at run time. Rx buffer mode (mode 1 or mode 2)
can be configured at load time through kenv.
06 - Driver Statistics:
Run time statistics are enhanced to provide better visibility
into the driver performance.
07 - Bug Fixes:
The driver contains fixes for the problems discovered and
reported since last submission.
08 - MSI support:
Added Message Signaled Interrupt feature which currently uses 1
message.
09 Removed feature:
Rx 3 buffer mode feature has been removed. Driver now supports 1,
2 and 5 buffer modes of which 2 and 5 buffer modes can be used
for header separation.
10 Compiler warning:
Fixed compiler warning when compiled for 32 bit system.
11 Copyright notice:
Source files are updated with the proper copyright notice.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Alicia Pena <Alicia dot Pena at neterion dot com>,
Muhammad Shafiq <Muhammad dot Shafiq at neterion dot com>
made by Michael Eisele and the patch was slightly modified by me.
With this change several NVIDIA ethernet controllers(e.g. MCP61)
works.
RTL8211B(L) is RealTek's new gigabit PHY. The PHY has several
features including crossover correction, polarity correction as
well as supporting triple speed(10/100/1000bps). Data transfer
between MAC and PHY is via RGMII for 1000baseT, MII for
10baseT/100baseTX.
Unfortunately, RealTek used the same model number for RTL8211B(L)
PHY so there is no way to discriminate between RTL8211B(L) and its
predecessors. ATM RTL8211B uses revision number 2 so checking the
revision number seems to be only way to identify it.
Obtained from: Michael Eisele [1]
Tested by: clemens fischer < ino-qc AT spotteswoode DOT de DOT eu DOT org >
mii_anegticks to MII_ANEGTICKS_GIGE and use it. Previously it used
to MII_ANEGTICKS which may not be enough to wait before retrying
autonegotiation process at 1000bps.
o Reset autonegotation timer if media option is not IFM_AUTO or we
got a valid link.
o Announce link loss right after it happends.
o Autonegiation is retried every mii_anegticks seconds.
o Report link state changes right after setting autonegotiation.
Blade 1500/SX1500 boards have inherited the firmware bug of the
AX1105 mainboards to not include an interrupt map entry for the
parallel port controller (for the AX1105 the heuristic code for
E450s probably erroneously kicks in and guesses an interrupt).
- Take advantage of bus_generic_setup_intr(9).
- Fix some whitespace bugs.
entry point, which is no longer required now that we don't support
old-style multicast tunnels. This removes the last mbuf object class
entry point that isn't init/copy/destroy.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Framework by moving from mac_mbuf_create_netlayer() to more specific
entry points for specific network services:
- mac_netinet_firewall_reply() to be used when replying to in-bound TCP
segments in pf and ipfw (etc).
- Rename mac_netinet_icmp_reply() to mac_netinet_icmp_replyinplace() and
add mac_netinet_icmp_reply(), reflecting that in some cases we overwrite
a label in place, but in others we apply the label to a new mbuf.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
in the TrustedBSD MAC Framework:
- Add mac_atalk.c and add explicit entry point mac_netatalk_aarp_send()
for AARP packet labeling, rather than using a generic link layer
entry point.
- Add mac_inet6.c and add explicit entry point mac_netinet6_nd6_send()
for ND6 packet labeling, rather than using a generic link layer entry
point.
- Add expliict entry point mac_netinet_arp_send() for ARP packet
labeling, and mac_netinet_igmp_send() for IGMP packet labeling,
rather than using a generic link layer entry point.
- Remove previous genering link layer entry point,
mac_mbuf_create_linklayer() as it is no longer used.
- Add implementations of new entry points to various policies, largely
by replicating the existing link layer entry point for them; remove
old link layer entry point implementation.
- Make MAC_IFNET_LOCK(), MAC_IFNET_UNLOCK(), and mac_ifnet_mtx global
to the MAC Framework rather than static to mac_net.c as it is now
needed outside of mac_net.c.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
reason (not all BIOSen have _DIS methods for all link devices for example).
This matches the behavior of attach() with respect to _DIS as well.
Submitted by: njl
userland preemption directly from hardclock() via sched_clock() when a
thread uses up a full quantum instead of using a periodic timeout to cause
a userland preemption every so often. This fixes a potential deadlock
when IPI_PREEMPTION isn't enabled where softclock blocks on a lock held
by a thread pinned or bound to another CPU. The current thread on that
CPU will never be preempted while softclock is blocked.
Note that ULE already drives its round-robin userland preemption from
sched_clock() as well and always enables IPI_PREEMPT.
MFC after: 1 week
a private softc list is needed neither for tracking clones in general
nor for destroying all clones before the module unload -- if_clone
takes care of all that. (Note that some other interface drivers do
need a softc list to be able to scan it for their private purposes.)
noatime, noexec, suiddir, nosuid, nosymfollow, union,
noclusterr, noclusterw, multilabel, acls, force, update,
async. These options correspond to MOPT_STDOPTS, MOPT_FORCE, MOPT_UPDATE,
and MOPT_ASYNC.
Currently, mount_nfs converts these "-o" options from strings
to MNT_ flags via getmntopts(),
and passes the flags from userspace to the kernel.
This change will allow us in future to pass these mount options
as strings directly to the kernel via nmount() when doing NFS mounts.
out instead of returning an error.
(1) This makes the behavior consistent with mount(2).
(2) This makes update mounts on the root file system work properly.
(3) The explicit checks for MNT_ROOTFS in src/sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c
and src/usr.sbin/mountd/mountd.c which were put in to
eliminate errors during update mounts on the root file system
can be removed.
The only place were MNT_ROOTFS can be validly set
is inside the kernel, i.e. with vfs_mountroot_try().
Reviewed by: phk
MFC after: 3 days
handle to the PCI device_t if the ACPI device_t is already attached to a
driver. This happens on the Tablet TC1000 which for some reason includes
two PCI-ISA bridges and treats the second bridge as an ACPI system resource
device.
Reviewed by: njl (a while ago)
MFC after: 3 days
that would have an offset beyond the end of the target object. Such
pages should remain in the source object.
MFC after: 3 days
Diagnosed and reviewed by: Kostik Belousov
Reported and tested by: Peter Holm
defined. This lets each boot program choose which version of cgbase() it
wants to use rather than forcing ufsread.c to have that knowledge.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: imp
saves about 500 bytes in the boot code. While the AT91RM9200 has 12k
of space for the boot loader, which is more than i386's 8k, the code
generated by gcc is a bit bigger.
I've had this in p4 for about two years now.
we move towards netinet as a pseudo-object for the MAC Framework.
Rename 'mac_create_mbuf_linklayer' to 'mac_mbuf_create_linklayer' to
reflect general object-first ordering preference.
Sponsored by: SPARTA (original patches against Mac OS X)
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project, Apple Computer
kthread_add() takes the same parameters as the old kthread_create()
plus a pointer to a process structure, and adds a kernel thread
to that process.
kproc_kthread_add() takes the parameters for kthread_add,
plus a process name and a pointer to a pointer to a process instead of just
a pointer, and if the proc * is NULL, it creates the process to the
specifications required, before adding the thread to it.
All other old kthread_xxx() calls return, but act on (struct thread *)
instead of (struct proc *). One reason to change the name is so that
any old kernel modules that are lying around and expect kthread_create()
to make a process will not just accidentally link.
fix top to show kernel threads by their thread name in -SH mode
add a tdnam formatting option to ps to show thread names.
make all idle threads actual kthreads and put them into their own idled process.
make all interrupt threads kthreads and put them in an interd process
(mainly for aesthetic and accounting reasons)
rename proc 0 to be 'kernel' and it's swapper thread is now 'swapper'
man page fixes to follow.
refactored it to be a generic device.
Instead of being part of the standard kernel, there is now a 'nvram' device
for i386/amd64. It is in DEFAULTS like io and mem, and can be turned off
with 'nodevice nvram'. This matches the previous behavior when it was
first committed.
This change introduces audit_proc_coredump() which is called by coredump(9)
to create an audit record for the coredump event. When a process
dumps a core, it could be security relevant. It could be an indicator that
a stack within the process has been overflowed with an incorrectly constructed
malicious payload or a number of other events.
The record that is generated looks like this:
header,111,10,process dumped core,0,Thu Oct 25 19:36:29 2007, + 179 msec
argument,0,0xb,signal
path,/usr/home/csjp/test.core
subject,csjp,csjp,staff,csjp,staff,1101,1095,50457,10.37.129.2
return,success,1
trailer,111
- We allocate a completely new record to make sure we arent clobbering
the audit data associated with the syscall that produced the core
(assuming the core is being generated in response to SIGABRT and not
an invalid memory access).
- Shuffle around expand_name() so we can use the coredump name at the very
beginning of the coredump call. Make sure we free the storage referenced
by "name" if we need to bail out early.
- Audit both successful and failed coredump creation efforts
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 month
primary object type, and then by secondarily by method name. This sorts
entry points relating to particular objects, such as pipes, sockets, and
vnodes together.
Sponsored by: SPARTA (original patches against Mac OS X)
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project, Apple Computer
the PS/2 mouse controller. Thus, when acpi_ibm(4) claimed the mouse
device, the mouse would stop working. The one ACPI dump of an R40 that
I've looked at includes an HKEY device with the proper "IBM0068" ID, so
I'm not sure how the "IBM0057" ID could have helped at all.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: njl
Rework the read/write support in the bios disk driver some to cut down
on duplicated code.
- All of the bounce buffer and retry logic duplicated in bd_read() and
bd_write() are merged into a single bd_io() routine that takes an
extra direction argument. bd_read() and bd_write() are now simple
wrappers around bd_io().
from mac_vfs.c to mac_process.c to join other functions that setup up
process labels for specific purposes. Unlike the two proc create calls,
this call is intended to run after creation when a process registers as
the NFS daemon, so remains an _associate_ call..
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
than mac_<policy>_whatever, as this shortens the names and makes the code
a bit easier to read.
When dealing with label structures, name variables 'mb', 'ml', 'mm rather
than the longer 'mac_biba', 'mac_lomac', and 'mac_mls', likewise making
the code a little easier to read.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
order. The kernel used to shuffle them around to get things right,
but that was recently fixed. This makes our boot loader match the
behavior of most other boot loaders for the atmel parts. This bug was
inherited from the Kwikbyte loader that we started from.
This bug was discovered by Bj.ANvrn KNvnig back in June, but fell on the
floor. He provided patches to the kernel, include backwards
compatibility options that were similar to Olivier's if_ate.c commit.
in the same order as it's set in ate_set_mac.
I remember a discussion about this on -arm, but apparently nothing was done.
Warner, is this wrong ?
X-MFC After: proper review
on i386 and amd64 machines. The overall process is that /boot/pmbr lives
in the PMBR (similar to /boot/mbr for MBR disks) and is responsible for
locating and loading /boot/gptboot. /boot/gptboot is similar to /boot/boot
except that it groks GPT rather than MBR + bsdlabel. Unlike /boot/boot,
/boot/gptboot lives in its own dedicated GPT partition with a new
"FreeBSD boot" type. This partition does not have a fixed size in that
/boot/pmbr will load the entire partition into the lower 640k. However,
it is limited in that it can only be 545k. That's still a lot better than
the current 7.5k limit for boot2 on MBR. gptboot mostly acts just like
boot2 in that it reads /boot.config and loads up /boot/loader. Some more
details:
- Include uuid_equal() and uuid_is_nil() in libstand.
- Add a new 'boot' command to gpt(8) which makes a GPT disk bootable using
/boot/pmbr and /boot/gptboot. Note that the disk must have some free
space for the boot partition.
- This required exposing the backend of the 'add' function as a
gpt_add_part() function to the rest of gpt(8). 'boot' uses this to
create a boot partition if needed.
- Don't cripple cgbase() in the UFS boot code for /boot/gptboot so that
it can handle a filesystem > 1.5 TB.
- /boot/gptboot has a simple loader (gptldr) that doesn't do any I/O
unlike boot1 since /boot/pmbr loads all of gptboot up front. The
C portion of gptboot (gptboot.c) has been repocopied from boot2.c.
The primary changes are to parse the GPT to find a root filesystem
and to use 64-bit disk addresses. Currently gptboot assumes that the
first UFS partition on the disk is the / filesystem, but this algorithm
will likely be improved in the future.
- Teach the biosdisk driver in /boot/loader to understand GPT tables.
GPT partitions are identified as 'disk0pX:' (e.g. disk0p2:) which is
similar to the /dev names the kernel uses (e.g. /dev/ad0p2).
- Add a new "freebsd-boot" alias to g_part() for the new boot UUID.
MFC after: 1 month
Discussed with: marcel (some things might still change, but am committing
what I have so far)
the PCIOCGETCONF, PCIOCREAD and PCIOCWRITE IOCTLs, which was broken
with the introduction of PCI domain support.
As the size of struct pci_conf_io wasn't changed with that commit,
this unfortunately requires the ABI of PCIOCGETCONF to be broken
again in order to be able to provide backwards compatibility to
the old version of that IOCTL.
Requested by: imp
Discussed with: re (kensmith)
Reviewed by: PCI maintainers (imp, jhb)
MFC after: 5 days
from Mac OS X Leopard--rationalize naming for entry points to
the following general forms:
mac_<object>_<method/action>
mac_<object>_check_<method/action>
The previous naming scheme was inconsistent and mostly
reversed from the new scheme. Also, make object types more
consistent and remove spaces from object types that contain
multiple parts ("posix_sem" -> "posixsem") to make mechanical
parsing easier. Introduce a new "netinet" object type for
certain IPv4/IPv6-related methods. Also simplify, slightly,
some entry point names.
All MAC policy modules will need to be recompiled, and modules
not updates as part of this commit will need to be modified to
conform to the new KPI.
Sponsored by: SPARTA (original patches against Mac OS X)
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project, Apple Computer
on duplicated code and support 64-bit LBAs for GPT.
- The code to manage an EDD or C/H/S I/O request are now in their own
routines. The EDD routine now handles a full 64-bit LBA instead of
truncating LBAs to the lower 32-bits. (MBRs and BSD labels only
have 32-bit LBAs anyway, so the only LBAs ever passed down were 32-bit).
- All of the bounce buffer and retry logic duplicated in bd_read() and
bd_write() are merged into a single bd_io() routine that takes an
extra direction argument. bd_read() and bd_write() are now simple
wrappers around bd_io().
- If a disk supports EDD then always use it rather than only using it if
the cylinder is > 1023. Other parts of the boot code already do
something similar to this. Also, GPT just uses LBAs, so for a GPT disk
it's probably best to ignore C/H/S completely. Always using EDD when
it is supported by a disk is an easy way to accomplish this.
MFC after: 1 week
Slightly cleanup the 'bootdev' concept on x86 by changing the various
macros to treat the 'slice' field as a real part of the bootdev instead
of as hack that spans two other fields (adaptor (sic) and controller)
that are not used in any modern FreeBSD boot code.
macros to treat the 'slice' field as a real part of the bootdev instead
of as hack that spans two other fields (adaptor (sic) and controller)
that are not used in any modern FreeBSD boot code.
MFC after: 1 week
audit it at the beginning of the syscall. This fixes a problem
where the user supplies an invalid process ID which is > 0 which
results in the PID argument not being audited.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
MFC after: 1 week
state is stored in an extended subject token now. Make sure
that we are using the extended data. This fixes the termID
for process tokens.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Discussed with: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
After discussions with jeff, alc, (various Ironport people), david Xu,
and mostly Alfred (who found the problem) it has been demonstrated that this
is not needed for our implementations of threads and represents a real
(as in we've seen it happen a lot) deadlock danger.
Several points:
Since forking multiple threads is not allowed, and posix states that
any mutexes owned by othre threads wilol be owned in the child by
phantom threads, and therads shouldn't ba accessing shared structures without
protection, It can be proved that if this leads to the child process accessing
inconsistent data, it's a programming error.
The mode of thread_single() being used in fork() is the wrong one.
It is using SINGLE_NO_EXIT when it should be using SINGLE_BOUNDARY.
Even if this we used, System processes have no need to do it as they have
no userland to get inconsistent.
This commmit first fixes the above bugs to get tehm correct in CVS.
then removes them with #ifdef.
This is so that history contains the corrected version should it
be needed in the future.
This code may be needed if we implement the forkall() syscall from
Solaris. It may be needed for other non-posix thread libraries
at some time in the future, so let the code sit for a short while
while I do some work on it anyhow.
This removes a reproducible lockup in NFS.
It may be argued that maybe doing a fork while holding a vnode lock may
not be the best idea in th efirst place but it shouldn't cause a deadlock.
The removal has been running under soak test for several days now.
This removal should be seriously considered for 7.0 and RELENG_6.
Note. There is code in the core-dumping code that may have a similar problem
with coredumping threaded processes
MFC After: 4 days
kern/sched_ule.c - Add __powerpc__ to the list of supported architectures
powerpc/conf/GENERIC - Swap SCHED_4BSD with SCHED_ULE
powerpc/powerpc/genassym.c - Export TD_LOCK field of thread struct
powerpc/powerpc/swtch.S - Handle new 3rd parameter to cpu_switch() by
updating the old thread's lock. Note: uniprocessor-only, will require
modification for MP support.
powerpc/powerpc/vm_machdep.c - Set 3rd param of cpu_switch to mutex of
old thread's lock, making the call a no-op.
Reviewed by: marcel, jeffr (slightly older version)
Specifically, if two threads were doing concurrent lookups and the existing
gateway was marked down, the the first thread would drop a reference on the
gateway route and then unlock the "root" route while it tried to allocate
a new route. The second thread could then also drop a reference on the
same gateway route resulting in a reference underflow. Fix this by
clearing the gateway route pointer after dropping the reference count but
before dropping the lock. Secondly, in this same case, the second thread
would overwrite the gateway route pointer w/o free'ing a reference to the
route installed by the first thread. In practice this would probably just
fix a lost reference that would result in a route never being freed.
This fixes panics observed in rt_check() and rtexpunge().
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/112490
Insight from: mehuljv at yahoo.com
Reviewed by: ru (found the "not-setting it to NULL" part)
Tested by: several
- markvoldirty() needs to write to underlying GEOM provider. We
have to do that *before* g_access() which sets the GEOM provider
to read-only.
- Remove dirty flag before free'ing iconv related resources. The
dirty flag removal could fail, and it is hard to revert the
iconv-free after the fail.
- Mark volume as dirty if we have failed to mark it clean for safe.
- Other style fixes to the touched functions.
cache: vnode_pager_setsize() must handle the case where a file is
truncated to a non-page-size-aligned boundary and there is a cached
page underlying the new end of file.
Reported by: kris, tegge
Tested by: kris
MFC after: 3 days
since revision 1.1. Specifically, neither traversal of the vm map checks
whether the end of the vm map has been reached. Consequently, the first
traversal can wrap around and bogusly return an error.
This error has gone unnoticed for so long because no one had ever before
tried msync(2)ing a region above the stack.
Reported by: peter
MFC after: 1 week
for kldstat(2).
This allows libdtrace to determine the exact file from which
a kernel module was loaded without having to guess.
The kldstat(2) API is versioned with the size of the
kld_file_stat structure, so this change creates version 2.
Add the pathname to the verbose output of kldstat(8) too.
MFC: 3 days
to kproc_xxx as they actually make whole processes.
Thos makes way for us to add REAL kthread_create() and friends
that actually make theads. it turns out that most of these
calls actually end up being moved back to the thread version
when it's added. but we need to make this cosmetic change first.
I'd LOVE to do this rename in 7.0 so that we can eventually MFC the
new kthread_xxx() calls.
optimization level (-march=pentium-mmx for example) does not insert
intermediate ops which would trash the carry.
Change both sys/i386/i386/in_cksum.c[1] and sys/i386/include/in_cksum.h.
To my best understanding the same problem was addressed in rev. 1.16
of src/sys/i386/include/in_cksum.h for just a single function 3y ago.
Reviewed by: jhb
Submitted by: Zhouyi ZHOU <zhouzhouyi FreeBSD.org> (intial version of [1])
MFC after: 5 days
PR: 115678, 69257
codecs. Codec at address 0 seems purely digital, or perhaps an HDMI
interface. Let the driver skip it and continue scanning the codecs
starting with address 2 (Realtek ALC885).
* Due to possibilities of future similar cases, put enough logic
in hdac_scan_codecs() to force codec scanning starting from
XX address via tunable "hint.pcm.%d.codec_index".
Reported / Tested by: Toomas Pelberg <toomasp@gmx.net>
- Trivial headphone / speaker automute fixup for Fujitsu-Siemens
AMILO Si 1848 laptop.
Reported / Tested by: Ed <ed@bsd.it>
- Trivial headphone / speaker automute fixup for Fujitsu-Siemens
Lifebook S7020D laptop.
Reported / Tested by: Jaromir Dvoracek <jarek@ataxo.com>
- Some smart vendor trying to create interplanetary wormhole by
screwing pci config space during their BIOS update. The side effects
of their failure attempt includes mutilated hardware id, broken
speaker automuting and loosing the entire analog CD connectivity,
thus causing enough collateral damages to collapse the entire
universe. Move along with it.
Please exercise extra cautious when applying BIOS updates.
Reported / Tested by: Pietro Cerutti <gahr@gahr.ch>
- assembled laptop, based on the MSI-1034
(662) which is now becoming MSI-034A.
- Fix no sound issues (on headphones) for Lenovo ThinkCentre A55 due
to global automute table entry which is not applicable for
non-laptops.
Reported / Tested by: Piotr Smyrak <piotr.smyrak@heron.pl>
- Speaker mute control for HP DC7700 since the front headphone jack
does not generate any interesting unsolicited signal/response.
Reported / Tested by: tyop @ irc.freenode.net
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 days
When item forwarded refence counter is incremented, when item
processed, counter decremented. When counter reaches zero,
apply handler is getting called.
Now it allows to report right connect() call status from user-level
at the right time.
This is much simpler than for ffs since there are many fewer places
where we need to choose between a delayed write and a sync write --
just 5 in msdosfs and more than 30 in ffs.
This is more complete and correct than in ffs. Several places in ffs
are are still missing the choice. ffs_update() has a layering violation
that breaks callers which want to force a sync update (mainly fsync(2)
and O_SYNC write(2)).
However, fsync(2) and O_SYNC write(2) are still more broken than in
ffs, since they are broken for default (non-sync non-async) mounts
too. Both fail to sync the FAT in all cases, and both fail to sync
the directory entry in some cases after losing a race. Async everything
is probably safer than the half-baked sync of metadata given by default
mounts.
us to scale up to sb_max, aka kern.ipc.maxsockbuf.
We do this because there are broken firewalls that will corrupt the window
scale option, leading to the other endpoint believing that our advertised
window is unscaled. At scale factors larger than 5 the unscaled window will
drop below 1500 bytes, leading to serious problems when traversing these
broken firewalls.
With the default maxsockbuf of 256K, a scale factor of 3 will be chosen by
this algorithm. Those who choose a larger maxsockbuf should watch out
for the compatiblity problems mentioned above.
Reviewed by: andre
queue so the output network card must support the same tagging mechanism as
how the frame was input (prepended Ethernet header tag or stripped HW mflag).
Now the vlan Ethernet header is _always_ stripped in ether_input and the mbuf
flagged, only only network cards with VLAN_HWTAGGING enabled would properly
re-tag any outgoing vlan frames.
If the outgoing interface does not support hardware tagging then readd the vlan
header to the front of the frame. Move the common vlan encapsulation in to
ether_vlanencap().
Reported by: Erik Osterholm, Jon Otterholm
MFC after: 1 week
leaving space for adding missing options. Negative options are sorted
after removing their "no" prefix, and generic options are sorted before
msdosfs-specific ones.
(except indirectly for the size pseudo-attribute). If anything deserves
a sync update, then it is ids and immutable flags, since these are
related to security, but ffs never synced these and msdosfs doesn't
support them. (ufs_setattr() only does an update in one case where
it is least needed (for timestamps); it did pessimal sync updates for
timestamps until 1998/03/08 but was changed for unlogged reasons related
to soft updates.)
Now msdosfs calls deupdat() with waitfor == 0, which normally gives a
delayed update to disk but always gives a sync update of timestamps
in core, while for ffs everything is delayed until the syncer daemon
or other activity causes an update (except for timestamps).
This gives a large optimization mainly for things like cp -p, where
attribute adjustment could easily triple the number of physical I/O's
if it is done synchronously (but cp -p to msdosfs is not as bad as
that, since msdosfs doesn't support many attributes so null adjustments
are more common, and msdosfs doesn't support ctimes so even if cp
doesn't weed out null adjustments they don't become non-null after
clobbering the ctime).
in the way we implement handling of relocations.
As for the kernel part this fixes the loading of lots of modules,
which failed to load due to unresolvable symbols when built after
the GCC 4.2.0 import. This wasn't due to a change in GCC itself
though but one of several changes in configuration done along the
import. Specfically, HAVE_AS_REGISTER_PSEUDO_OP, which causes GCC
to denote global registers used for scratch purposes and in turn
GAS uses R_SPARC_OLO10 relocations for, is now defined.
While at it replace some more ELF_R_TYPE which should have been
ELF64_R_TYPE_ID but didn't cause problems so far.
- Sync a sanity check between kernel and rtld(1) and change it to be
maintenance free regarding the type used for the lookup table.
- Sprinkle const on lookup tables.
- Use __FBSDID.
Reported and tested by: yongari
MFC after: 5 days
- fix a bug during cookie collision that prevented an
association from coming up in a specific restart case.
- Fix it so the shutdown-pending flag gets removed (this is
more for correctness then needed) when we enter shutdown-sent
or shutdown-ack-sent states.
- Fix a bug that caused the receiver to sometimes NOT send
a SACK when a duplicate TSN arrived. Without this fix
it was possible for the association to fall down if the
- Deleted primary destination is also stored when SCTP_MOBILITY_BASE.
(Previously, it is stored when only SCTP_MOBILITY_FASTHANDOFF)
- Fix a locking issue where we might call send_initiate_ack() and
incorrectly state the lock held/not held. Also fix it so that
when we release the lock the inp cannot be deleted on us.
- Add the debug option that can cause the stack to panic instead
of aborting an assoc. This does not and should never show up
in options but is useful for debugging unexpected aborts.
- Add cumack_log sent to track sending cumack information for
the debug case where we are running a special log per assoc.
- Added extra () aroudn sctp_sbspace macro to avoid compile warnings.
MFC after: 1 week
This avoids back-to-back faults for all TLB misses. This can be
improved further in the future by also setting PTE_DIRTY for TLB
misses for write accesses.
MFC after: 1 week
ukbd_poll to mark this keyboard instance as polling before calling
usbd_set_polling at USB level. usbd_set_polling runs softintr before
returning, stealing our input and making consequent polling getchar
kind of pointless.
This allows USB keyboards to coexist peacefully with serial console in DDB
and other contexts where polling is used.
MFC after: 1 week
properly due to the shortage of the RX buffer size. In a case of zyd
devices, up to 3 frames can be combined in an USB transaction. So, RX
buffer should be at least ((MCLBYTES + extra structs) * 3)
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
(it is established practice) and ``-o whiteout=whenneeded'' is less
disk-space using mode especially for resource restricted environments
like embedded environments. (Contributed by Ed Schouten. Thanks)
Submitted by: Masanori Ozawa <ozawa@ongs.co.jp> (unionfs developer)
Reviewed by: jeff, kensmith
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
Some folks who have reported some issues have solved with transparent mode.
We guess it is time to change the default copy mode. The transparent-mode is
the best in most situations.
Submitted by: Masanori Ozawa <ozawa@ongs.co.jp> (unionfs developer)
Reviewed by: jeff, kensmith
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
applications that use procfs on unionfs.
- Removed unionfs internal cache mechanism because it has
vfs_cache support instead. As a result, it just simplified code of
unionfs.
- Fixed kern/111262 issue.
Submitted by: Masanori Ozawa <ozawa@ongs.co.jp> (unionfs developer)
Reviewed by: jeff, kensmith
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
make sure to never call sched_bind() for uninitialised CPUs.
Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors)
Mentored by: syrinx
Tested by: many
OKed by: kensmith
This commit includes the following core components:
* sample configuration file for sensorsd
* rc(8) script and glue code for sensorsd(8)
* sysctl(3) doc fixes for CTL_HW tree
* sysctl(3) documentation for hardware sensors
* sysctl(8) documentation for hardware sensors
* support for the sensor structure for sysctl(8)
* rc.conf(5) documentation for starting sensorsd(8)
* sensor_attach(9) et al documentation
* /sys/kern/kern_sensors.c
o sensor_attach(9) API for drivers to register ksensors
o sensor_task_register(9) API for the update task
o sysctl(3) glue code
o hw.sensors shadow tree for sysctl(8) internal magic
* <sys/sensors.h>
* HW_SENSORS definition for <sys/sysctl.h>
* sensors display for systat(1), including documentation
* sensorsd(8) and all applicable documentation
The userland part of the framework is entirely source-code
compatible with OpenBSD 4.1, 4.2 and -current as of today.
All sensor readings can be viewed with `sysctl hw.sensors`,
monitored in semi-realtime with `systat -sensors` and also
logged with `sensorsd`.
Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors)
Mentored by: syrinx
Tested by: many
OKed by: kensmith
Obtained from: OpenBSD (parts)
which is ukbd0. Specifically, the keyboard driver structures for ukbd0
are not allocated/freed but are statically allocated via a persistent
global variable. There is some additional magic for the ukbd0 such that
if the keyboard is marked as probed in this global variable, then we
don't check to see if the device_t we are probing has an interface.
This causes a problem if an attach of ukbd0 fails without fulling clearing
the state in the global variable. Specifically, if the keyboard fails to
initialize in init_keyboard() or kbd_register(), then the keyboard will
still be marked as probed. The USB layer will then try to offer the
"generic" version of the USB keyboard device (as opposed to the
per-interface sub-devices) and the ukbd(4) driver will see that the
keyboard is marked probe and will skip the "is this a per-interface device"
check. Later in ukbd_attach() it panics because it tries to dereference
the interface pointer which is NULL.
The fix is to clear the flags in the persistent keyboard data for ukbd0
when init_keyboard() or kbd_register() fail.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: imp
- Eliminate the hideous nfs_sndlock that serialized NFS/TCP request senders
thru the sndlock.
- Institute a new nfs_connectlock that serializes NFS/TCP reconnects. Add
logic to wait for pending request senders to finish sending before
reconnecting. Dial down the sb_timeo for NFS/TCP sockets to 1 sec.
- Break out the nfs xid manipulation under a new nfs xid lock, rather than
over loading the nfs request lock for this purpose.
- Fix some of the locking in nfs_request.
Many thanks to Kris Kennaway for his help with this and for initiating the
MP scaling analysis and work. Kris also tested this patch thorougly.
Approved by: re@ (Ken Smith)
on multiple different audit pipes. The old method used cv_signal()
which would result in only one thread being woken up after we
appended a record to it's queue. This resulted in un-timely wake-ups
when processing audit records real-time.
- Assign PSOCK priority to threads that have been sleeping on a read(2).
This is the same priority threads are woken up with when they select(2)
or poll(2). This yields fairness between various forms of sleep on
the audit pipes.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Discussed with: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
This fixes the process portion of the bpf(4) stats if the peer forks
into the background after it's opened the descriptor. This bug
results in the following behavior for netstat -B:
# netstat -B
Pid Netif Flags Recv Drop Match Sblen Hblen Command
netstat: kern.proc.pid failed: No such process
78023 em0 p--s-- 2237404 43119 2237404 13986 0 ??????
MFC after: 1 week
- Add proper scanning support rather than letting the firmware grab the first
access point
- Overhaul state changes
- Use macros for locking and provide _locked() versions of some functions
- Increase debugging output
- Use a callout rather than the old watchdog interface
- Improve style, function names and defines
- Add WPA (TKIP) support
Based heavily on a patchset provided by Sam Leffler.
VR_STICKHW register would result in unexpected results on these
hardwares. wpaul said the following for the issue.
The vr_attach() routine unconditionally does this for all supported
chips:
/*
* Windows may put the chip in suspend mode when it
* shuts down. Be sure to kick it in the head to wake it
* up again.
*/
VR_CLRBIT(sc, VR_STICKHW, (VR_STICKHW_DS0|VR_STICKHW_DS1));
The problem is, the VR_STICKHW register is not valid on all Rhine
devices. The VT86C100A chip, which is present on the D-Link DFE-530TX
boards, doesn't support power management, and its register space is
only 128 bytes wide. The VR_STICKHW register offset falls outside this
range. This may go unnoticed in most scenarios, but if you happen to have
another PCI device in your system which is assigned the register
space immediately after that of the Rhine, the vr(4) driver will
incorrectly stomp it. In my case, the BIOS on my test board decided
to put the register space for my PRO/100 ethernet board right next
to the Rhine, and the Rhine driver ended up clobbering the IMR register
of the PRO/100 device. (Long story short: the board kept locking up on
boot. Took me the better part of the morning suss out why.)
The strictly correct thing to do would be to check the PCI config space
to make sure the device supports the power management capability and only
write to the VR_STICKHW register if it does.
Instead of inspecting chip revision numbers for the availability of
VR_STICKHW register, check the existence of power management capability
of the hardware as wpaul suggested.
Reported by: wpaul
Suggested by: wpaul
OK'ed by: jhb
1. The locking was changed to shared but roundrobin mode still updated a
pointer in the softc with the next tx interface to use. This will panic
under high load. Change this to an atomically incremented sequence number in
order to choose the tx port in round robin.
2. IFQ_HANDOFF will free the mbuf if the queue is full, this will then be freed
again by lagg_start() and panic. Reorganised the error handling and freeing
to fix this.
MFC after: 3 days
SAS-enabled cards. It also makes the driver MPSAFE, eliminating some
problems that resulted from CAM becoming MPSAFE. Many thanks to 3Ware/AMCC
for continuing to support FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Manjunath Ranganathaiah
Approved by: re
voltage of 0. This can result in a divide by zero trap. Add a guard
for this case. The value of lfcap is checked in acpi_battery_bif_valid()
just before this, so it is safe.
Reportd by: sam
Approved by: re
MFC after: 3 days
of directly from acpi0. Before it would attach prior to the sysresource
devices, causing the later allocation of its memory range to fail and
print a warning like "acpi0: reservation of fed00000, 1000 (3) failed".
Use an explicit define for our probe order base value of 10.
Help from: jhb
Tested by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri <almarrie / gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Approved by: re
fixes a bug on UP machines with SMP kernels where the idle thread
constantly switches after trying to steal work from the local cpu.
- Make the idle stealing code more robust against self selection.
- Prefer to steal from the cpu with the highest load that has at least one
transferable thread. Before we selected the cpu with the highest
transferable count which excludes bound threads.
Collaborated with: csjp
Approved by: re
to simply switch rather than lowering priority and switching. This allows
threads of equal priority to run but not lesser priority.
Discussed with: davidxu
Reported by: NIIMI Satoshi <sa2c@sa2c.net>
Approved by: re
critical_exit() owepreempt check. ULE will always use owepreempt to
preempt the idle thread. This change does not effect 4BSD since it will
never set owepreempt without PREEMPTION enabled.
- Remove some unused code from choosethread().
Discussed with: jhb
Approved by: re
it must first ensure that the page is no longer mapped. This is
trivially accomplished by calling pmap_remove_all() a little earlier
in vm_page_cache(). While I'm in the neighborbood, make a related
panic message a little more useful.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Reported by: Peter Holm and Konstantin Belousov
Reviewed by: Konstantin Belousov
a consequence of sparc64/sparc64/vm_machdep.c revision 1.76. It occurs
when uma_small_free() frees a page. The solution has two parts: (1) Mark
pages allocated with VM_ALLOC_NOOBJ as PG_UNMANAGED. (2) Defer the lock
assertion in pmap_page_is_mapped() until after PG_UNMANAGED is tested.
This is safe because both PG_UNMANAGED and PG_FICTITIOUS are immutable
flags, i.e., they do not change state between the time that a page is
allocated and freed.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
PR: 116794
TCP: [X.X.X.X]:X to [X.X.X.X]:X tcpflags 0x18<PUSH,ACK>; tcp_do_segment: FIN_WAIT_2: Received data after socket was closed, sending RST and removing tcpcb
So that it also includes how many bytes of data were received. It now looks
like this:
TCP: [X.X.X.X]:X to [X.X.X.X]:X tcpflags 0x18<PUSH,ACK>; tcp_do_segment: FIN_WAIT_2: Received X bytes of data after socket was closed, sending RST and removing tcpcb
Approved by: re (gnn)
not being independently freeable. This allows one to embed an mbuf in
the cluster itself. This confers the benefits of the packet zone on
all cluster sizes. Embedded mbufs currently suffer from the same
limitation that packet zone mbufs do in that one cannot disconnect
them and pass them around independently of the cluster. It would
likely be possible to eliminate this limitation in the future by
adding a second reference for the mbuf itself.
Approved by: re(gnn)
problems with the syncache, it produces a lot of console noise and has led
to quite a few false positive bug reports. It can be selectively
re-enabled when debugging specific problems by frobbing the same sysctl.
Discussed with: silby
Approved by: re (gnn)
directory itself (rather than any of its contents) is visible to the
current thread.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/90063
Submitted by: john of 8192.net
Approved by: re (kensmith)
with all functions supported. This is done adding usb device IDs
to the table of recognised devices (because there is no standard
'scanner' class, so no other way to recognise them), and with
a small change to the uscanner attach routine that prevents
reconfiguring the whole USB device while we are dealing only with
one of its USB interfaces.
The latter part has been suggested by Steinar Hamre in
http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=107665 , i have
only added a bit of explaination to the code.
I have personally tried this on the Epson DX-5050 and DX-6000
devices (on the US market they have different names, CX-something).
I have good reasons to think that, possibly with the mere addition
of more USB ids to the table in uscanner.c, this should work with
all Epson multifunction devices in that family (from DX-3800 to
DX-7000 - these units are in the 50-120$ price range).
More details on related topics (SANE configuration, OCR, etc.)
at http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/FreeBSD/dx5050.html
Manpage updates coming soon.
Approved by: re, imp
MFC after: 3 days
UDMA modes.
Please notice that Soekris NET5501 bios versions before 1.32f has a bug
that prevents this from working.
Approved by: re (gnn)
MFC: 2 weeks
Before that fix, it was possible for the function to fail if number
of sharers changes between 'x = sx->sx_lock' step and atomic_cmpset_acq_ptr()
call.
This fixes ZFS problem when ZFS returns strange EIO errors under load.
In ZFS there is a code that depends on the fact that sx_try_slock() can
only fail if there is an exclusive owner.
Discussed with: attilio
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: re (kensmith)
after the switch leads to a race where the outgoing thread still owns
the local queue lock while another cpu may switch it in. This race
is only possible on machines where cpu_switch can take significantly
longer on different cpus which in practice means HTT machines with
unfair thread scheduling algorithms.
Found by: kris (of course)
Approved by: re
starvation caused by unbalanced interrupt loads.
- Change the rebalancer to work on stathz ticks but retain randomization.
- Simplify locking in tdq_idled() to use the tdq_lock_pair() rather than
complex sequences of locks to avoid deadlock.
Reported by: kris
Approved by: re
retransmittion by handover event (fast mobility code)
- Fixed problem of mobility code which is caused by remaining
parameters in the deleted primary destination.
- Add a missing lock. When a peer sends an INIT, and while we
are processing it to send an INIT-ACK the socket is closed,
we did not hold a lock to keep the socket from going away.
Add protection for this case.
- Fix so that arwnd is alway uses the minimal rwnd if the user
has set the socket buffer smaller. Found this when the test
org decided to see what happens when you set in a rwnd of 10
bytes (which is not allowed per RFC .. 4k is minimum).
- Fixes so a cookie-echo ootb will NOT cause an abort to
be sent. This was happening in a MPI collision case.
- Examined all panics and unless there was no recovery, moved
any that were not already to INVARANTS.
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (gnn)
support machines having multiple independently numbered PCI domains
and don't support reenumeration without ambiguity amongst the
devices as seen by the OS and represented by PCI location strings.
This includes introducing a function pci_find_dbsf(9) which works
like pci_find_bsf(9) but additionally takes a domain number argument
and limiting pci_find_bsf(9) to only search devices in domain 0 (the
only domain in single-domain systems). Bge(4) and ofw_pcibus(4) are
changed to use pci_find_dbsf(9) instead of pci_find_bsf(9) in order
to no longer report false positives when searching for siblings and
dupe devices in the same domain respectively.
Along with this change the sole host-PCI bridge driver converted to
actually make use of PCI domain support is uninorth(4), the others
continue to use domain 0 only for now and need to be converted as
appropriate later on.
Note that this means that the format of the location strings as used
by pciconf(8) has been changed and that consumers of <sys/pciio.h>
potentially need to be recompiled.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: grehan, jhb, marcel
Approved by: re (kensmith), jhb (PCI maintainer hat)
After discussion with Sam, switch back to use firmware(9) instead of
having the firmware in hex format.
Put the binary firmware uuencoded into sys/contrib/dev/npe, and slap a
LICENSE file, as found on the Intel website.
Approved by: re (blanket), mux (mentor)
MFC After: 1 week
Without this change the following situation was possible:
1. Provider is orphaned from within class' access() method on last write
close - orphan provider event is send.
2. GEOM detects last write close on a provider and sends new provider event.
3. g_orphan_register() is called, and calls all orphan methods of attached
consumers.
4. New provider event is executed on orphaned provider, all classes can
taste already orphaned provider, and some may attach consumers to it.
Those consumers will never go away, because the g_orphan_register()
was already called.
We end up with a zombie provider.
With this change, at step 3, we will cancel new provider event.
How to repeat this problem:
# mdconfig -a -t malloc -s 10m
# geli init -i 0 md0
# geli attach md0
# newfs -L test /dev/md0.eli
# mount /dev/ufs/test /mnt/tmp
# geli detach -l md0.eli
# umount /mnt/tmp
# glabel status
Name Status Components
ufs/test N/A N/A
Reviewed by: phk
Approved by: re (kensmith)
value for kern.sched.preempt_thresh appropriately. It can still by
adjusted at runtime. ULE will still use IPI_PREEMPT in certain
migration situations.
- Assert that we're not trying to compile ULE on an unsupported
architecture. To date, I believe only i386 and amd64 have implemented
the third cpu switch argument required.
Approved by: re
cache: vm_object_page_remove() should convert any cached pages that
fall with the specified range to free pages. Otherwise, there could
be a problem if a file is first truncated and then regrown.
Specifically, some old data from prior to the truncation might reappear.
Generalize vm_page_cache_free() to support the conversion of either a
subset or the entirety of an object's cached pages.
Reported by: tegge
Reviewed by: tegge
Approved by: re (kensmith)
to gem_attach() as the former access softc members not yet initialized
at that time and gem_reset() actually is enough to stop the chip. [1]
o Revise the use of gem_bitwait(); add bus_barrier() calls before calling
gem_bitwait() to ensure the respective bit has been written before we
starting polling on it and poll for the right bits to change, f.e. even
though we only reset RX we have to actually wait for both GEM_RESET_RX
and GEM_RESET_TX to clear. Add some additional gem_bitwait() calls in
places we've been missing them according to the GEM documentation.
Along with this some excessive DELAYs, which probably only were added
because of bugs in gem_bitwait() and its use in the first place, as
well as as have of an gem_bitwait() reimplementation in gem_reset_tx()
were removed.
o Add gem_reset_rxdma() and use it to deal with GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW errors
more gracefully as unlike gem_init_locked() it resets the RX DMA engine
only, causing no link loss and the FIFOs not to be cleared. Also use it
deal with GEM_INTR_RX_TAG_ERR errors, with previously were unhandled.
This was based on information obtained from the Linux GEM and OpenSolaris
ERI drivers.
o Turn on workarounds for silicon bugs in the Apple GMAC variants.
This was based on information obtained from the Darwin GMAC and Linux GEM
drivers.
o Turn on "infinite" (i.e. maximum 31 * 64 bytes in length) DMA bursts.
This greatly improves especially RX performance.
o Optimize the RX path, this consists of:
- kicking the receiver as soon as we've a spare descriptor in gem_rint()
again instead of just once after all the ready ones have been handled;
- kicking the receiver the right way, i.e. as outlined in the GEM
documentation in batches of 4 and by pointing it to the descriptor
after the last valid one;
- calling gem_rint() before gem_tint() in gem_intr() as gem_tint() may
take quite a while;
- doubling the size of the RX ring to 256 descriptors.
Overall the RX performance of a GEM in a 1GHz Sun Fire V210 was improved
from ~100Mbit/s to ~850Mbit/s.
o In gem_add_rxbuf() don't assign the newly allocated mbuf to rxs_mbuf
before calling bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(), if bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg()
fails we'll free the newly allocated mbuf, unable to recycle the
previous one but a NULL pointer dereference instead.
o In gem_init_locked() honor the return value of gem_meminit().
o Simplify gem_ringsize() and dont' return garbage in the default case.
Based on OpenBSD.
o Don't turn on MAC control, MIF and PCS interrupts unless GEM_DEBUG is
defined as we don't need/use these interrupts for operation.
o In gem_start_locked() sync the DMA maps of the descriptor rings before
every kick of the transmitter and not just once after enqueuing all
packets as the NIC might instantly start transmitting after we kicked
it the first time.
o Keep state of the link state and use it to enable or disable the MAC
in gem_mii_statchg() accordingly as well as to return early from
gem_start_locked() in case the link is down. [3]
o Initialize the maximum frame size to a sane value.
o In gem_mii_statchg() enable carrier extension if appropriate.
o Increment if_ierrors in case of an GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW error and in
gem_eint(). [3]
o Handle IFF_ALLMULTI correctly; don't set it if we've turned promiscuous
group mode on and don't clear the flag if we've disabled promiscuous
group mode (these were mostly NOPs though). [2]
o Let gem_eint() also report GEM_INTR_PERR errors.
o Move setting sc_variant from gem_pci_probe() to gem_pci_attach() as
device probe methods are not supposed to touch the softc.
o Collapse sc_inited and sc_pci into bits for sc_flags.
o Add CTASSERTs ensuring that GEM_NRXDESC and GEM_NTXDESC are set to
legal values.
o Correctly set up for 802.3x flow control, though #ifdef out the code
that actually enables it as this needs more testing and mainly a proper
framework to support it.
o Correct and add some conversions from hard-coded functions names to
__func__ which were borked or forgotten in if_gem.c rev. 1.42.
o Use PCIR_BAR instead of a homegrown macro.
o Replace sc_enaddr[6] with sc_enaddr[ETHER_ADDR_LEN].
o In gem_pci_attach() in case attaching fails release the resources in
the opposite order they were allocated.
o Make gem_reset() static to if_gem.c as it's not needed outside that
module.
o Remove the GEM_GIGABIT flag and the associated code; GEM_GIGABIT was
never set and the associated code was in the wrong place.
o Remove sc_mif_config; it was only used to cache the contents of the
respective register within gem_attach().
o Remove the #ifdef'ed out NetBSD/OpenBSD code for establishing a suspend
hook as it will never be used on FreeBSD.
o Also probe Apple Intrepid 2 GMAC and Apple Shasta GMAC, add support for
Apple K2 GMAC. Based on OpenBSD.
o Add support for Sun GBE/P cards, or in other words actually add support
for cards based on GEM to gem(4). This mainly consists of adding support
for the TBI of these chips. Along with this the PHY selection code was
rewritten to hardcode the PHY number for certain configurations as for
example the PHY of the on-board ERI of Blade 1000 shows up twice causing
no link as the second incarnation is isolated.
These changes were ported from OpenBSD with some additional improvements
and modulo some bugs.
o Add code to if_gem_pci.c allowing to read the MAC-address from the VPD on
systems without Open Firmware.
This is an improved version of my variant of the respective code in
if_hme_pci.c
o Now that gem(4) is MI enable it for all archs.
Pointed out by: yongari [1]
Suggested by: rwatson [2], yongari [3]
Tested on: i386 (GEM), powerpc (GMACs by marcel and yongari),
sparc64 (ERI and GEM)
Reviewed by: yongari
Approved by: re (kensmith)
33MHz for calculating the latency timer values for its children.
Inspired by NetBSD doing the same and Linux as well as OpenSolaris
using a similar approach.
While at it rename a variable and change its type to be more
appropriate fuer values of PCI properties so the variable can be
more easily reused.
- Initialize the cache line size register of PCI devices to a
legal value; the cache line size is limited to 64 bytes by the
Fireplane/Safari, JBus and UPA interconnection busses. Setting
it to an unsupported value caused bad performance at least with
GEM as it causes them to not do cache line bursts and to not
issue cache line commands on the PCI bus.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
timeout occurring at exactly the same time. If this happens, the nfsiod
exits although there may be a queued async IO request for it.
Found by : Kris Kennaway
Approved by: re
ways:
(1) Cached pages are no longer kept in the object's resident page
splay tree and memq. Instead, they are kept in a separate per-object
splay tree of cached pages. However, access to this new per-object
splay tree is synchronized by the _free_ page queues lock, not to be
confused with the heavily contended page queues lock. Consequently, a
cached page can be reclaimed by vm_page_alloc(9) without acquiring the
object's lock or the page queues lock.
This solves a problem independently reported by tegge@ and Isilon.
Specifically, they observed the page daemon consuming a great deal of
CPU time because of pages bouncing back and forth between the cache
queue (PQ_CACHE) and the inactive queue (PQ_INACTIVE). The source of
this problem turned out to be a deadlock avoidance strategy employed
when selecting a cached page to reclaim in vm_page_select_cache().
However, the root cause was really that reclaiming a cached page
required the acquisition of an object lock while the page queues lock
was already held. Thus, this change addresses the problem at its
root, by eliminating the need to acquire the object's lock.
Moreover, keeping cached pages in the object's primary splay tree and
memq was, in effect, optimizing for the uncommon case. Cached pages
are reclaimed far, far more often than they are reactivated. Instead,
this change makes reclamation cheaper, especially in terms of
synchronization overhead, and reactivation more expensive, because
reactivated pages will have to be reentered into the object's primary
splay tree and memq.
(2) Cached pages are now stored alongside free pages in the physical
memory allocator's buddy queues, increasing the likelihood that large
allocations of contiguous physical memory (i.e., superpages) will
succeed.
Finally, as a result of this change long-standing restrictions on when
and where a cached page can be reclaimed and returned by
vm_page_alloc(9) are eliminated. Specifically, calls to
vm_page_alloc(9) specifying VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT can now reclaim and
return a formerly cached page. Consequently, a call to malloc(9)
specifying M_NOWAIT is less likely to fail.
Discussed with: many over the course of the summer, including jeff@,
Justin Husted @ Isilon, peter@, tegge@
Tested by: an earlier version by kris@
Approved by: re (kensmith)
This patch was part of ACPI-CA 20070508 release and the
following is excerpt from its change log:
Fixed a problem where the Global Lock handle was not properly
updated if a thread that acquired the Global Lock via executing
AML code then attempted to acquire the lock via the
AcpiAcquireGlobalLock interface. Reported by Joe Liu.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Tested by: ambrisko
Obtained from: Intel
polling/interrupt-driven fallback and instead use polling only during
boot and pure interrupt-driven mode after boot. Polled mode could be
relegated completely to a legacy role if we could enable interrupts
during boot. Polled mode can be forced after boot by setting
debug.acpi.ec.polled="1", i.e. if there are timeouts.
- Use polling only during boot, shutdown, or if requested by the user.
Otherwise, use a generation count of GPEs, incremented atomically. This
prevents an old status value from being used if the EC is really slow
and the same condition (i.e. multiple IBEs for a write transaction) is
being checked.
- Check for and run the query handler directly if the SCI bit is set in
the status register during boot. Previously, the query handler wouldn't
run until interrupts were finally enabled late in boot.
- During boot and after starting a command, check if the event appears
to already have occurred before we even start waiting. If so, it's
possible the EC is very slow and we might accept an old status value.
Print a warning in this case. Once we've booted, interrupt-driven mode
should work just fine but polled mode could be unreliable. There's not
much more we can do about this until interrupts are enabled during boot.
- In the above case, we also do one final check if the interrupt-driven
mode gets a timeout. If the status is complete, it will force the
system back into polled mode since interrupt mode doesn't work. For
polled mode during boot, if the status appears to be already complete
before beginning the check loop, it waits 10 us before actually checking
the status, just in case the EC is really slow and hasn't gotten to work
on the new request yet.
- Use upper-case hex for the _Qxx method
- Use device_printf for errors, don't hide them under verbose
- Increase default total timeout to 750 ms and decrease polling interval
to 5 us.
- Don't pass the status value via the softc. Just read it directly.
- Remove the mutex. We use the sx lock for transaction serialization
with the query handler.
- Remove the Intel copyright notice as no code of theirs was ever
present in this file (verified against rev 1.1)
- Allow KTR module-only builds for ease of testing
Thanks to jkim and Alexey Starikovskiy for helpful discussions and testing.
Approved by: re
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Reintegrate the ANSI C function declaration change
from tcp_timer.c rev 1.92
- Reorganize the tcpcb structure so that it has a single
pointer to the "tcp_timer" structure which contains all
of the tcp timer callouts. This change means that when
the single tcp timer change is reintegrated, tcpcb will
not change in size, and therefore the ABI between
netstat and the kernel will not change.
Neither of these changes should have any functional
impact.
Reviewed by: bmah, rrs
Approved by: re (bmah)
route and once they are done with it, call rtfree(). rtfree() should
only be used when we are certain we hold the last reference to the
route. This bug results in console messages like the following:
rtfree: 0xc40f7000 has 1 refs
This patch switches the rtfree() to use RTFREE_LOCKED() instead,
which should handle the reference counting on the route better.
Approved by: re@ (gnn)
Reviewed by: bms
Reported by: many via net@ and current@
Tested by: many
All active fields in fsi are advisory/optional, so we shouldn't do
extra work to make them valid at all times, but instead we write to
the fsi too often (we still do), and we searched for a free cluster
for fsinxtfree too often.
This commit just removes the whole search and its results, so that we
write out our in-core copy of fsinxtfree instead of writing a "fixed"
copy and clobbering our in-core copy. This saves fixing 3 bugs:
- off-by-1 error for the end of the search, resulting in fsinxtfree
not actually being adjusted iff only the last cluster is free.
- missing adjustment when no clusters are free.
- off-by-many error for the start of the search. Starting the search
at 0 instead of at (the in-core copy of) fsinxtfree did more than
defeat the reasons for existence of fsinxtfree. fsinxtfree exists
mainly to avoid having to start at 0 for just the first search per
mount, but has the side effect of reducing bias towards allocating
near cluster 0. The bias would normally only be generated by the
first search per mount (if fsinxtfree is not supported), but since
we also adjusted the in-core copy of fsinxtfree here, we were doing
extra work to maximize the bias.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
providers with limited physical storage and add physical storage as
needed.
Submitted by: Ivan Voras
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2006
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- Improve load long-term load balancer by always IPIing exactly once.
Previously the delay after rebalancing could cause problems with
uneven workloads.
- Allow nice to have a linear effect on the interactivity score. This
allows negatively niced programs to stay interactive longer. It may be
useful with very expensive Xorg servers under high loads. In general
it should not be necessary to alter the nice level to improve interactive
response. We may also want to consider never allowing positively niced
processes to become interactive at all.
- Initialize ccpu to 0 rather than 0.0. The decimal point was leftover
from when the code was copied from 4bsd. ccpu is 0 in ULE because ULE
only exports weighted cpu values.
Reported by: Steve Kargl (Load balancing problem)
Approved by: re
Eliminates panics due to locking issues.
Idea taken from src/sys/gnu/fs/xfs/FreeBSD/xfs_super.c.
PR: 89966, 92000, 104393
Reported by: H. Matsuo <hiroshi50000 yahoo co jp>,
Chris <m2chrischou gmail.com>,
Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher yandex ru>,
Jan Henrik Sylvester <me janh de>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
simplifies code and should speedup pppoe_findsession() function which is
called for every incoming packet.
Approved by: re (kensmith), glebius (mentor)
changes the units from seconds to the value of 'ticks' when swapped
in/out. ULE does not have a periodic timer that scans all threads in
the system and as such maintaining a per-second counter is difficult.
- Change computations requiring the unit in seconds to subtract ticks
and divide by hz. This does make the wraparound condition hz times
more frequent but this is still in the range of several months to
years and the adverse effects are minimal.
Approved by: re
last interface should own the address, but the current code
fumbles the handoff. This fixes that.
- move address related debugs to PCB4 and add additional ones to
help in debugging address problems.
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (K Smith)
changes the units from seconds to the value of 'ticks' when swapped
in/out. ULE does not have a periodic timer that scans all threads in
the system and as such maintaining a per-second counter is difficult.
- Change computations requiring the unit in seconds to subtract ticks
and divide by hz. This does make the wraparound condition hz times
more frequent but this is still in the range of several months to
years and the adverse effects are minimal.
Approved by: re
In particular:
- smp_tlb_mtx is no longer used, so it is axed.
- smp rendezvous lock isn't really a leaf spin-mutex. Its bad placement in
the table, however, has been the source of a false positive LOR reporting
with the dt_lock. However, smp rendezvous lock would have had sched_lock
there for older lock, so it wasn't still a leaf lock.
- allpmaps is only used in ia32 architecture, so it is inserted in the
appropriate stub.
Addictionally:
- kse_zombie_lock is no longer present, so its definition is axed out.
- zombie_lock doesn't need to have an exported symbol, so just let's it be
declared as static.
Tested by: kris
Approved by: jeff (mentor)
Approved by: re
Together with the sys/i386/i386/trap.c rev. 1.306 it fixes the PR.
Submitted by: rdivacky
Suggested by: jhb
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
PR: kern/77710
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- The output routine of low level console is not protected by any lock
by default.
- Increment and decrement of sc->write_in_progress are not atomic and
this may cause console hang.
- We also have many other states used by emulator that should be protected
by the lock.
- This change does not fix interspersed messages which PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE
kernel option should fix.
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week
commented out until I can re-test them on all our architectures. I
had re@ approval to commit this a long time ago, but that's before we
were this close to the branch.
Approved by: re@
controller if it's sole child device has the "usb" device class.
Previously ehci(4) would think that PCI-ISA bridges on the same slot
(such as in some Intel ICHs) were "neighbors" resulting in spurious
warnings about neighbor count mismatches.
- Fix a memory leak when looking for neighbors.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Tested by: phk
to become unkillable when that process is sent a termination signal. The
process will sit in waitvt looping in the kernel, and chewing up all
available CPU until the system is rebooted.
Submitted by: Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl>
Reviewed by: bde
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
to the node before starting the work, otherwise the node may go
away before a reference is made in ieee80211_send_mgmt.
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
Obtained from: Atheros
3 arguments, but we had forgotten the second argument. Also make the
Linux statfs64 struct depend on the architecture because it has an
extra 4 bytes padding on amd64 compared to i386.
The three argument fix is from David Taylor, the struct statfs64
stuff is my fault. With this patch I can install i386 Linux matlab
on an amd64 machine.
Submitted by: David Taylor <davidt_at_yadt.co.uk>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
the mfi(4) LSI MegaSAS RAID card. Looking at the Linux driver for the
mpt(4) it should be 0x0062 and not 0x0060. Tested with an mfi card
of this device id.
Approved by: re (bmah)
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
also involves macro changes to have a RLOCK and a WLOCK
and placing the correct version within the code.
- The INP-INFO lock is changed to a rwlock.
- When sctp_shutdown() is called on Mac OS X, the socket lock is held.
So call sctp_chunk_output with SCTP_SO_LOCKED and
not SCTP_SO_NOT_LOCKED.
- Add SCTP_IPI_ADDR_[RW]LOCK and SCTP_IPI_ADDR_[RW]UNLOCK for Mac OS X.
- u_int64_t -> uint64_t
- add missing addr unlock for error return path
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (K Smith)
was used in assembler code in such a way that no unresolved relocation
records were generated, so ld didn't flag the problem. You can see
this with an 'nm' of the kernel. There will be 'U MAXCPU' on SMP systems.
The impact of this is that the intrcount/intrnames arrays do not have
the intended amount of space reserved. This could lead to interesting
problems due to the arrays being present in the middle of kernel code.
An overflow would be rather interesting as executable code would be used
as per-cpu incrementing interrupt counters.
This fixes it for now by exporting MAXCPU to the assembler. A better fix
might be to define these data structures in C - they're only referenced
in the kernel from C code these days anyway.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
o add driver callback to handle notification of beacon changes;
this is required for devices that manage beacon frames themselves
(devices must override the default handler which does nothing)
o move beacon update-related flags from ieee80211com to the beacon
offsets storage (or handle however a driver wants)
o expand beacon offsets structure with members needed for 11h/dfs
and appie's
o change calling convention for ieee80211_beacon_alloc and
ieee80211_beacon_update
o add overlapping bss support for 11g; requires driver to pass
beacon frames from overlapping bss up to net80211 which is not
presently done by any driver
o move HT beacon contents update to a routine in the HT code area
Reviewed by: avatar, thompsa, sephe
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
- p_sflag was mostly protected by PROC_LOCK rather than the PROC_SLOCK or
previously the sched_lock. These bugs have existed for some time.
- Allow swapout to try each thread in a process individually and then
swapin the whole process if any of these fail. This allows us to move
most scheduler related swap flags into td_flags.
- Keep ki_sflag for backwards compat but change all in source tools to
use the new and more correct location of P_INMEM.
Reported by: pho
Reviewed by: attilio, kib
Approved by: re (kensmith)
does not have a rate table in older hal's so if we scan such a
channel the driver will hit an assertion or crash; for old hal's
fallback to using the static turbo rate table for this mode
(not correct but good enough for now given none of the rate
control algorithms understand how to switch between base+boost)
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
mode works properly, previously the hostap channel could not be changed off #3.
Fix an ifp/sc misuse while I am here.
Reported by: many
Approved by: re (bmah)
- Fix panic from mutex unlock on freed lock when ASCONF-ACK
aborts an assoc
- Fix panic from addr lock recursion when ASCONFs are queued
in the front states
- ASCONFs "queued" in the front states should really be
bundled after the COOKIE-ACK, not in front of it
- Fix issue with addresses deleted in the front states from
being sent with ASCONF(DELETE)-- replaced
sctp_asconf_queue_add_sa() with delete specific function
- Comment change in sctp.h the drafts are now RFC's
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (B Mah)
of pages don't sum to anywhere near the total number of pages on amd64.
This is for the most part because uma_small_alloc() pages have never been
counted as wired pages, like their kmem_malloc() brethren. They should
be. This changes fixes that.
It is no longer necessary for the page queues lock to be held to free
pages allocated by uma_small_alloc(). I removed the acquisition and
release of the page queues lock from uma_small_free() on amd64 and ia64
weeks ago. This patch updates the other architectures that have
uma_small_alloc() and uma_small_free().
Approved by: re (kensmith)
status after vm_pager_put_pages() is VM_PAGER_PEND, then it could have
already been recycled, i.e., freed and reallocated to a new purpose;
thus, asserting that such pages cannot be written is inappropriate.
Reported by: kris
Submitted by: tegge
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
change interrupt if the link is established with link parter. However
interrupt handler didn't acknowledge the interrupt if nfe(4) was not
running at the time of interrupt delivery. This caused endless
interrupt generation. Fix the bug by acknowledging the interrupt
regardless of running state of the driver.
PR: kern/116295
Submitted by: Mark Derbyshire (mark At taom dot com)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
per-primitive macros like MTX_NOPROFILE, SX_NOPROFILE or RW_NOPROFILE) is
not really honoured. In particular lock_profile_obtain_lock_failure() and
lock_profile_obtain_lock_success() are naked respect this flag.
The bug leads to locks marked with no-profiling to be profiled as well.
In the case of the clock_lock, used by the timer i8254 this leads to
unpredictable behaviour both on amd64 and ia32 (double faults panic,
sudden reboots, etc.). The amd64 clock_lock is also not marked as
not profilable as it should be.
Fix these bugs adding proper checks in the lock profiling code and at
clock_lock initialization time.
i8254 bug pointed out by: kris
Tested by: matteo, Giuseppe Cocomazzi <sbudella at libero dot it>
Approved by: jeff (mentor)
Approved by: re
incorrect and should be OFF letting IP fragment
large cookie-echos.
- Rename sysctl variable logging to log_level.
- Fix description of sysctl variable stats.
- Add sysctl variable log to make sctp_log readable via sysctl
mechanism (this is by compile switch and targets non KTR platforms or
when someone wants to do performance wise tracing).
- Removed debug code
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (B Mah)
stream (using EEOR mode). Changed to EINVAL (in sctp_output.c)
- Static analysis comments added
- fix in mobility code to return a value (static analysis found).
- sctp6_notify function made visible instead of
static (this is needed for Panda).
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (B Mah)
races for some struct thread members.
More specifically, this bug seems responsible for some memory dumping
problems people were experiencing.
Fix this adding correct thread locking.
Tested by: rwatson
Submitted by: tegge
Approved by: jeff
Approved by: re
matches the BPF registers (which are the only thing that is assigned
to/from BPF memory). This is a pedantic change that shouldn't change
any behaviour.
PR: 115931
Submitted by: Matthew Luckie <mjl@luckie.org.nz>
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 3 weeks
Fix a few while (!uart_getreg() & SR1_TNF) when
while (!(uart_getreg() & SR18TNF)) was really meant.
This driver should die anyway, it's awful, and uart_ns8250 should be fine
for the StrongArm 1110. I'll kill it later.
Submitted by: Mikhael Skvorts
Approved by: re (blanket)
prevents insmntque() from placing reallocated syncer vnode on mount
list, that causes panic in vfs_allocate_syncvnode().
Introduce MNTK_NOINSMNTQ flag, that marks the period when instmntque is
not allowed to success, instead of MNTK_UNMOUNT. The MNTK_NOINSMNTQ is
set and cleared simultaneously with MNTK_UNMOUNT, except on umount error
path, where it is cleaned just before the syncer vnode is going to be
allocated.
Reported by: Peter Jeremy <peterjeremy optushome com au>
Suggested by: tegge
Approved by: re (rwatson)
other changes too).
(without any real order)
1. Use device_get_nameunit for mutex naming
2. Add timer for low-latency playback
3. Move most mixer controls from sysctls to mixer(8) controls.
This is a largest part of this patch.
4. Add analog/digital switch (as a temporary sysctl)
5. Get back support for low-bitrate playback (with help of (2))
6. Change locking for exclusive I/O. Writing to non-PTR register
is almost safe and does not need to be ordered with PTR operations.
7. Disable MIDI until we get it to detach properly and fix memory
managment problems.
8. Enable multichannel playback by default. It is as stable as
single-channel mode. Multichannel recording is still an
experimental feature.
9. Multichannel options can be changed by loader tunables.
10. Add a way to disable card from a loader tunable.
11. Add new PCI IDs.
12. Debugger settings are loader tunables now.
14. Remove some unused variables.
15. Mark pcm sub-devices MPSAFE.
16. Partially revert (bus_setup_intr -> snd_setup_intr) since it need
to be done independently
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov (driver maintainer)
Approved by: re (bmah)
The control input routine passes a NULL as its void argument when it
has reached the innermost header, which terminates the loop.
Reported by: Pawel Worach <pawel.worach@gmail.com>
Approved by: re
topology foo functions.
Working at the patch for topology problems in ia32/amd64 evicted some
problems regarding functions ordering in the SI_SUB_CPU family of
SYSINIT'ed subsystems.
In order to avoid problems with new modified to involved functions, a
correct ordering is not semantically specified for SI_SUB_CPU functions
(for a larger view of the issue please visit:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2007-July/075409.html )
Discussed with: peter
Tested by: kris, Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
Approved by: jeff
Approved by: re
- duplicate #define in header, thanks to Kevin Lo for pointing out.
- incorrect BUSMASTER enable logic, thanks Patrick Oeschger
- 82543 fails due to bogus IO BAR logic
- Allow 82571 to use MSI interrupts
- Checksum Offload for UDP not working on 82575
Approved by:re
value, so we don't run out of KVA. The default vnodes limit fits better for
UFS, but ZFS allocated more file system specific memory for a vnode than UFS.
Don't touch vnodes limit if we detect it was tuned by system administrator
and restore original value when ZFS is unloaded.
This isn't final fix, but before we implement something better, this will
help to stabilize ZFS under heavy load on i386.
Approved by: re (bmah)
code comes from.
- Fix a LOR on Mac OS X: Do not hold an stcb lock when
calling soisconnected for a socket which has the
SS_INCOMP bit set on so_state.
- fix a comment to be non c++ style.
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (B Mah)
jumping to dropunlock to avoid a panic. While here move the calls to
ipsec4_in_reject() and ipsec6_in_reject() so they are after we obtain
the lock on inp.
Original patch to avoid panic: pjd
Review of locking adjustments: gnn, sam
Approved by: re (rwatson)
- Resort includes a bit.
- Correct typos and wording problems in comments.
- Rename udpcksum to udp_cksum to be consistent with other UDP-related
configuration variables.
- Remove indirection of udp_notify through local notify variable in
udp_ctlinput(), which is presumably due to copying and pasting from TCP,
where multiple notify routines exist.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
is given (with newfs or tunefs) and dirsize overflows.
In case dirsize is <= 0 because of an overflow set maxcontigdirs
to 0 so it will be 1 later. This is what would happen for large
fs_avgfilesize. [1]
Identified with help from: roberto, pjd
Submitted by: pjd [1]
Approved by: re (rwatson)
MFC after: 8 days
ioctl().
Note that other information provided by ifconfig(8) such like "list chan"
or "list ap" are still not available at this moment.
Before an(4) is connected to wlan(4), users are encouraged to use
ancontrol(8) to retrieve aforementioned information.
Reported by: dhw (http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2007-July/074848.html)
Reviewed by: ambrisko
Tested by: dhw
Approved by: re (bmah)
flags, the absense of these flags causes problems in other areas such as
bridging which expect them to be correct.
At the moment only Ethernet DLTs are checked.
Reviewed by: bms, csjp, sam
Approved by: re (bmah)
point to mac_check_vnode_unlink(), reflecting UNIX naming conventions.
This is the first of several commits to synchronize the MAC Framework
in FreeBSD 7.0 with the MAC Framework as it will appear in Mac OS X
Leopard.
Reveiwed by: csjp, Samy Bahra <sbahra at gwu dot edu>
Submitted by: Jacques Vidrine <nectar at apple dot com>
Obtained from: Apple Computer, Inc.
Sponsored by: SPARTA, SPAWAR
Approved by: re (bmah)
- fix the use after free seen when sending packets small enough to fit as an immediate
and bpf peers are present
- update to firmware rev 4.7 along with various small vendor fixes
Supported by: Chelsio
Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 3 days
the recent send code, but uio may be NULL on sendfile
calls. Change to use sndlen variable.
- EMSGSIZE is not being returned in non-blocking mode
and needs a small tweak to look if the msg would
ever fit when returning EWOULDBLOCK.
- FWD-TSN has a bug in stream processing which could
cause a panic. This is a follow on to the codenomicon
fix.
- PDAPI level 1 and 2 do not work unless the reader
gets his returned buffer full. Fix so we can break
out when at level 1 or 2.
- Fix fast-handoff features to copy across properly on
accepted sockets
- Fix sctp_peeloff() system call when no true system call
exists to screen arguments for errors. In cases where a
real system call exists the system call itself does this.
- Fix raddr leak in recent add-ip code change for bundled
asconfs (even when non-bundled asconfs are received)
- Make sure ipi_addr lock is held when walking global addr
list. Need to change this lock type to a rwlock().
- Add don't wake flag on both input and output when the
socket is closing.
- When deleting an address verify the interface is correct
before allowing the delete to process. This protects panda
and unnumbered.
- Clean up old sysctl stuff and get rid of the old Open/Net
BSD structures.
- Add a function to watch the ranges in the sysctl sets.
- When appending in the reassembly queue, validate that
the assoc has not gone to about to be freed. If so
(in the middle) abort out. Note this especially effects
MAC I think due to the lock/unlock they do (or with
LOCK testing in place).
- Netstat patch to get rid of warnings.
- Make sure that no data gets queued to inactive/unconfirmed
destinations. This especially effect CMT but also makes a
impact on regular SCTP as well.
- During init collision when we detect seq number out
of sync we need to treat it like Case C and discard
the cookie (no invarient needed here).
- Atomic access to the random store.
- When we declare a vtag good, we need to shove it
into the time wait hash to prevent further use. When
the tag is put into the assoc hash, we need to remove it
from the twait hash (where it will surely be). This prevents
duplicate tag assignments.
- Move decr-ref count to better protect sysctl out of
data.
- ltrace error corrections in sctp6_usrreq.c
- Add hook for interface up/down to be sent to us.
- Make sysctl() exported structures independent of processor
architecture.
- Fix route and src addr cache clearing for delete address case.
- Make sure address marked SCTP_DEL_IP_ADDRESS is never selected
as src addr.
- in icmp handling fixed so we actually look at the icmp codes
to figure out what to do.
- Modified mobility code.
Reception of DELETE IP ADDRESS for a primary destination and
SET PRIMARY for a new primary destination is used for
retransmission trigger to the new primary destination.
Also, in this case, destination of chunks in send_queue are
changed to the new primary destination.
- Fix so that we disallow sending by mbuf to ever have EEOR
mode set upon it.
Approved by: re@freebsd.org (B Mah)
additional flags to many function calls. The flags only
get used in BSD when we compile with lock testing. These
flags allow apple to escape the "giant" lock it holds on
the socket and have more fine-grained locking in the NKE.
It also allows us to test (with witness) the locking used
by apple via a compile switch (manually applied).
Approved by: re@freebsd.org(B Mah)
- Fix copyrights, comments in UDPv6.
- Remove macro defines for in6pcb and udp6stat.
- Consistently refer to inpcbs as 'inp' and not also 'in6p'.
Reviewed by: gnn, jinmei, bz
Approved by: re (bmah)
TCP timers as a single timer, but retain the API changes necessary to
reintroduce this change. This will back out the source of at least two
reported problems: lock leaks in certain timer edge cases, and TCP timers
continuing to fire after a connection has closed (a bug previously fixed and
then reintroduced with the timer rewrite).
In a follow-up commit, some minor restylings and comment changes performed
after the TCP timer rewrite will be reapplied, and a further change to allow
the TCP timer rewrite to be added back without disturbing the ABI. The new
design is believed to be a good thing, but the outstanding issues are
leading to significant stability/correctness problems that are holding
up 7.0.
This patch was generated by silby, but is being committed by proxy due to
poor network connectivity for silby this week.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Submitted by: silby
Tested by: rwatson, kris
Problems reported by: peter, kris, others
that can lead to a panic when the stick is yanked.
- make sure that zyd_attach() returns 0 or errno.
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong@gmail.com>
Reported by: Ted Lindgreen <ted@tednet.nl>
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
with the INTR_FILTER-enabled MI code. Basically this consists of
registering an interrupt controller (of which there can be multiple
and optionally different ones either per host-to-foo bridge or shared
amongst host-to-foo bridges in any one machine) along with an interrupt
vector as specific argument for all the interrupt vectors used by a
given host-to-foo bridge (roughly similar to registering interrupt
sources on amd64 and i386), providing functions to enable, clear and
disable the interrupts of the children beneath the bridge.
This also includes:
- No longer entering a critical section in tl0_intr() and tl1_intr()
for executing interrupt handlers but rather let the handlers enter
it themselves so in the case of intr_event_handle() we don't enter
a nested critical section.
- Adding infrastructure for binding delivery of interrupt vectors to
specific CPUs which later on can be interfaced with the code from
amd64/i386 for binding interrupts to specific CPUs.
- Getting rid of the wrapper hack introduced along the lines of the
API changes for INTR_FILTER which as a side-effect caused interrupts
associated with ithread handlers only to get the elevated priority
of those associated with filters ("fast handlers") (this removes the
hack also in the non-INTR_FILTER case).
- Disabling (by not clearing) an interrupt in the interrupt controller
until all associated handlers have been executed, which is crucial
for the typical locking strategy of NIC drivers in order to work
correctly in case of shared interrupts. This was a more or less
theoretical problem on sparc64 though, as shared interrupts are
rather uncommon there except for the on-board SCCs and UARTs.
Note that due to the behavior of at least of some of the interrupt
controllers used on sparc64 an enable+EOI instead of a disable+EOI
approach (as implied by the INTR_FILTER MI code and implemented on
other architectures) is used as the latter can cause lost interrupts
or in the worst case interrupt starvation.
o Correct a typo in sbus_alloc_resource() which caused (pass-through)
allocations to only work down to the grandchildren of the bus, which
wasn't a real problem so far as we don't support any devices which are
great-grandchildren or greater of a U2S bridge, yet.
o In fhc(4) use bus_{read,write}_4() instead of bus_space_{read,write}_4()
in order to get rid of sc_bh and sc_bt in the fhc_softc. Also get rid
of some other unneeded members in fhc_softc.
Reviewed by: marcel (earlier version)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
o reset ni_inact when ni_inact_reload is changed so we're
assured a valid setting
o never let ni_inact go negative
o add a knob to disable hostap sta idle handling (e.g. so it can be done
by a user application)
o remove bogus reload on associate
Reviewed by: avatar
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
o update ic_lastdata to reflect time of last outbound frame
o outbound traffic must preempt/cancel bg scanning to avoid delays
This stuff was somehow missed in the initial import.
Reviewed by: thompsa, avatar, sephe (earlier version)
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
